shy ee ug as bye FT gy sitet oh Pastel: fe ust une Hii Br emai ne Pity ie Ahi Ni ty ‘Ys Sasi! ) RRL Ri? He Se NU Tay f Tia ty i it 4 bg i we i Mme a hi § ney, ! t, ‘ hae Vol. XV, No. 1 SATURDAY, JUNE 29, 1940 Single Copies, 30 Cents. CRUISES OF THE ATLANTIS DURING THE PAST WINTER C. O’D. IsELIN Director, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution Shortly after the outbreak of war in Europe it was decided to keep the Atlantis within the Neutrality Patrol Zone. However, off this coast a relatively wide area is in- = ious SEMI-CENTENNIAL OF COLD SPRING HARBOR BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY Dr. Ertc PONDER Director, Biological Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor The fiftieth anniversary of the founding of the Biological Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor is being celebrated today. The speakers will be Mr. Arthur W. Page, Presi- cluded, for the eastern limit of A. dent of the Board of Directors of the Long Island Biological Annual Subscription, $2-00_—— the patrol is as much as 600 miles off shore. As a further precaution large flags were sewed to both sides of the mizzen, for this sail remains up practically the whole time when the Atlantis is at sea. During the autumn months two hydrographic — sections were secured, crossing the Gulf Stream along a line ex- tending from Montauk Point to Bermuda. In late January a third profile was completed. In all 15 of these series of subsurface temperature and salinity-observations have been obtained in the past two and a half years. The objective is a study of long-period varia- B. £. Calendar FRIDAY, July 5, 1940, 8:00 P. M. M. B. L. Auditorium Lecture: “Oxidation and Reduction in Organic and Biological Chemistry.” Dr. Leonor Michaelis, Member of Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, New York, N. Y. The first weekly seminar of the season will be held on Tuesday, July 9. Association; Dr. Harold C. Urey, Professor of Chemistry at Columbia University, and Dr. Robert Cushman Murphy, Curator of Oceanic Birds at the American Museum of Na- tural History, members of the Board of Directors of the As- sociation, Following the ad- dresses, tea will be served at Blackford Hall, and a series | * of exhibits will be set up in the John D. Jones Laboratory. The exhibits have been ar- ranged by Professor Richard T. Cox and Dr. Walter Ros- enblith of the Department of Physics at New York Univer- sity, Dr. Harold A. Abramson tions in the transport of the Gulf Stream. As- suming the 2000 decibar level (approximately 2000 meters) as being (Continued on page 4) of the Mount Sinai Hospital and the College of Physicians and Surgeons of Columbia University, Dr. L. R. Blinks of the Department of Biology at TABLE OF CONTENTS Semi-Centennial of Cold Spring Harbor Bio- Protozoclogy Class Notes ........csssscscsrstessseeceseees 7 Z fost sage ee Ditp (Binte THeGI Se cma: 1 ihe Mapa Clunpin lod 0p eeree ee ee 8 : 7 Oaya\ ] tb) =| a iniee av OD. eee, Ae paring eres j Introducing Dr. E. J. W. Barrington .................. 10 The Biological Field Stations of France, Homer Scientific Workers and the War, Dr. Robert PAWN ELC aN ieee ecg aan saccs wsteetece tess abotionoscevsenseesucsevecesesucess 5 Chambers: deccctecceserccsvestecce casey eee dea ase eee 10 Hela stologiye Classy NiObeS) cistcceccsccsseseesesscestctesceesczsees G6 Themis) off Interest ecssccsicccccccssscteagssscesocseeseetacesseaccomet 11 Embryology Class Notes ...cccccccsscssessessssssssesessessssees th SDineckouygeLOr GAO Meecceccccecevsserezcsescrecsccssceeseneeceeatce 15 4 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vot. XV, No. 128 Monday, June 24th RUDOLF Hodser, University of Pennsylvania: Correla- tion between the molecular configuration of organic compounds and their active transfer in living cells. Tuesday, June 25th W. J. V. OsterHOUT, The Rockefeller Institute: Some models of protoplasmic surfaces. Wednesday, June 26th Henry B. Buuu, Northwestern University Medical School: The chemistry of the lipids. Thursday, June 27th Harotp A. ABRAMSON, MANUEL GorIN, and Eric Pon- DER, College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia University, and The Biological Laboratory: Electro- phoresis and the chemistry of cell surfaces. Hans NeuratH, Duke University School of Medicine: Some chemical and physical properties of the pro- teins. Monday, July 1st Francis O. Scomitr and KENNETH J. PALMER, Wash- ington University: X-ray diffraction studies of lipide and lipide-protein systems. G. W. ScartH, J. Levirr, and D. Simrnovircu, McGill University: Plasma-membrane structure in the light of frost-hardening changes. Tuesday, July 2nd KENNETH 8S. COLE, College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia University: Membrane impedance. BaupuIN Lucke, University of Pennsylvania: The liv- ing cell as an osmotic system and its permeability to water. Wednesday, July 3rd M. J. Kopac, New York University: The physical properties of the extraneous coats of living cells. Rosert CHAMBERS, New York University: The rela- tion of extraneous coats to the organization and per- meability of cellular membranes. Friday, July 5th S. C. Brooks, University of California: radioactive isotopes by living cells. D. R. HoaGuanD, University of California: Salt aecum- ulation by plant cells with special reference to metab- olism. The intake of Monday, July 8th DANIeEL MaziA, University of Missouri: by the cell surface. L. R. Buinks, Stanford University: The relation of metabolism to the permeability of plant cells. Tuesday, July 9th Eric Ponper, The Biological Laboratory: as an osmometer. Wednesday, July 10th B. W. Zweiracu, New York University: The structural basis of permeability and other functions of blood capillaries. Binding of ions The red cell Thursday, July 11th Roser? F. FurcHeGorr, Northwestern University Medical School: Observations on the structure of red cell ghosts. Davip F. WAuGH and FrRANcIS O. Scumirr, Washington University: Investigations of the thickness and ultra- structure of cellular membranes by the analytical lep- toscope. Monday, July 15th H. Burr STemnBAcH, Columbia University: balance of animal cells. Tuesday, July 16th HucGH Davson, Dalhousie University: of the erythrocyte to cations. JoHN Scupper, College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia University: Relation of ammonia to eryth- rocyte permeability to cations. Wednesday, July 17th Harotp A, ABRAMSON and MANUEL GorIN, College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia University: Per- meability of the skin. Electrolyte The permeability CRUISES OF THE ATLANTIS DURING THE PAST WINTER (Continued from page 1) motionless, these observations indicate that the flow has varied between a maximum of 95 and a minimum of 76 million cubic meters per second during recent years. Early in January a biological survey of the waters on Georges Banks was attempted. Five additional surveys have been completed since the middle of March. In this case the main objective is a study of the factors influencing the survival of young haddock. The new additions to the had- dock population on Georges Banks are known to fluctuate widely from year to year and it is hoped that it will be possible to find out whether or not a large part of these variations occurs in the first few weeks after the eggs are released. It is hoped that it can be found out whether physical or bio- logical factors are chiefly responsible for the loss of so many of the young haddock. From the middle of January to the middle of March the Atlantis cruised southward in order to avoid the worst of the winter weather. Ob- servations were secured at anchor in the Gulf Stream off Jacksonville, Florida, on short-period internal waves. In addition, various experiments were attempted to further develop seismic meth- ods of determining the thickness of submarine sediments in deep water. As it turned out, send- ing the Atlantis south this winter was a mistake. While New England experienced cold, settled weather with mainly moderate winds, south of Cape Hatteras it blew half a gale during most of February. On the voyage southward one of the sailors became extremely sick. In fact, it seemed likely to Captain McMurray that he had an acute ap- pendix case on his hands. At the time a heavy westerly gale was blowing and the only port which the Atlantis could make in a hurry was Bermuda. Captain McMurray was not particu- larly anxious to put in at Bermuda for on deck June 29, 1940 ] Dp COLLECIING NET 5 he had 600 Ibs. of T. N. T. which was later to be used by Prof. Ewing for his seismic work. However, the sailor seemed desperately sick and on nearing Bermuda the Atlantis was spoken by an English naval vessel. Much to Captain Mc- Murray’s relief the boarding officer turned out to be Captain Whitfield, formerly from the Bermuda Biological Station and probably the only officer in the British navy who could understand why the Atlantis was carrying 600 lbs. of T. N. T. In- cidentally, it also turned out that most of the sailor’s trouble was sea sickness. On June 18 the Atlantis sailed for ten days on Georges Banks with a scientific party of seven, THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD headed by Dr. George L. Clarke. This was cruise number 100, so it will perhaps be of interest to add a few statistics. Since her launching in June 1931 the Atlantis has sailed a total of 158,000 miles and has been 1900 days at sea. During this time nearly 3000 stations have been occupied for subsurface temperature and salinity observations. Approximately 2400 hauls have been made with nets of various kinds. Of the original crew only one member remains, Chief Engineer Backus. Most sailors find that they can learn all they want to know about oceanography in a single winter cruise on the Atlantis. STATIONS OF FRANCE Homer A. JACK Science Education Department, Cornell University Professor C. O. Whitman, first director of the Marine Biological Laboratory, in a discussion on biological observatories, quoted the distinguished French zoologist, Henri Lacaze-Duthiers, as say- ing in 1891: We have been able to count as many as seventeen or eighteen stations on our coasts in the course of 1891. Are they all born to live? Will they all en- dure as long as the pompous announcements that have accompanied or preceded them would have us _ believe? Have not some discounted too quickly the future? ...Is this not also an exaggeration and a dissipation of precious energies, which, if concen- trated into a single strong organization, might ren- der very great service? Professor Lacaze-Duthiers’ prediction was cor- rect. Today only nine of the seventeen French marine stations existent in 1891 are in operation. Today it might be said, too, that France, even with its two thousand miles of coast line, is dis- sipating her energies on the fourteen marine sta- tions which were in operation up to the beginning of the Second World War. Beginning on the Straits of Dover and the Eng- lish Channel, marine laboratories are located at Ambleteuse, Wimereux, Havre, and Luc-sur- Mer. Stations are also situated at Dinard, Ros- coff, Concarneau, Le Croisic, and Arcachon on the Atlantic Ocean. French Mediterranean sta- tions include those at Banyuls, near the Spanish border, Séte, Endoume, Tamaris-sur-Mer, and Villefranche. Of the freshwater biological sta- tions, the most important are at Aix-les-Bains on Lake Bourget, at Besse near Clermont-Ferrand, and at Lake Orédon in the Pyrenees. Other in- land field stations include the laboratory on Pic- du-Midi in the Pyrenees, the geobotanical station of Professor Braun-Blanquet at Montpellier, and the institute at Col du Lautaret in the French Alps. In all, there are twenty-one biological field stations in France, or one to about every two million inhabitants. France enjoys the distinction of having the oldest biological station in continuous operation. This is the Laboratoire de Zoologie et de Physi- ologie maritimes du College de France, located at Concarneau. Founded in 1859, this institution is generally recognized to have been the first bio- logical station to be established in the world, pre- ceding Agassiz’s Anderson School of Natural History at Penikese by fourteen years and the Marine Biological Laboratory by twenty-nine years. The Concarneau laboratory was estab- lished by Professor C. C. Coste after consulta- tions with Professor Valenciennes who collected in the region as an assistant to Cuvier. Spanning the gap, then, from Cuvier to the present, this station today has an annual budget of about 80,000 francs and a two-story stone building. It is especially equipped for physiological research, but offers no formal instruction to students. The most important French station is often considered to be the Station Biologique de Ros- coff. It was founded by Professor Lacaze-Duth- iers in 1872 and now contains a campus of sixty acres and five stone buildings. It is equipped with a large experimental aquarium room with forty-seven aquaria, dark rooms, a library with two thousand bound volumes and seventy current scientific periodicals, zoological and botanical col- lections, stockrooms, and a workshop. There are twenty-five large research laboratories and ten smaller ones, all equipped with running sea- and fresh-water, electricity, and gas. Qualified for- eign investigators are normally admitted to the station at all times of the year. Investigators may reside in buildings owned by the station and take their meals at one of several small hotels 6 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vot. XV, No. 128 within two minutes’ walking distance from the laboratory. The station at Roscoff is also renowned for the formal instruction in marine biology which it of- fers. Students from all parts of France and other countries come to this Brittany port to take a four-week course, beginning the middle of July or the third week of August. The instruction consists of morning conferences, laboratory work, and field trips. More unique to Americans is the system that, although the station is attached to the Sorbonne, there are no examinations, no attendance requirements, no credit, and—for. stu- dents registered at French universities—no tui- tion. The registration is limited to thirty-five students who reside in the station’s buildings and get their meals at a nearby hotel. Space does not allow a detailed examination of the other marine stations of France. That at Wimereux was under the able direction of Pro- fessor Maurice Caullery until his retirement a short time ago. The Laboratoire Arago at Ban- yuls-sur-Mer is not unlike the one at Roscoff, being also established by Professor Lacaze-Duth- iers. It was put under the direction of Professor Chatton, the protozoologist, in 1937 and he has put energy into its administration. The station at Villefranche is now an annex of the one at Banyuls, although until the World War it was owned and sponsored by a group of’ Russian na- turalists. The best-equipped fresh-water station is the Station d'Etudes Hydrobiologiques du Lac du Bourget at Aix-les-Bains. It was established in 1933 by the National School of Waters and For- ests at Nancy and is now housed in a two-story modernistic building. There are five special lab- oratories for investigators and each of these is supplied with 110-volt A.C. electricity and run- ning lake water. Investigators are expected to pay a laboratory fee of 190 francs a month (nor- mally about $5.00) and to obtain board and lodg- ing at nearby pensions for 1,200 francs a month (about $32.00). Of the other inland stations of France, perhaps the best known is the Station Internationale de Géobotanique Méditerranéene et Alpine at Mont- pellier. In addition to being one of the few truly international stations of the world (for it had been supported by national committees of phyto- sociologists in Holland, Switzerland, Germany, Poland, Rumania, and France), it has gained dis- tinction by sponsoring an annual excursion to study the flora and geobotany of special areas in Europe. An inland station of a different type is that on Pic-du-Midi, situated 9,437 feet above sea level in the French Pyrenees. While this obsery- atory 1s primarily devoted to physics, it does offer its facilities for biological research at high alti- tudes. The Institute de Botanique Alpine Marcel Mirande at Col du Lautaret likewise offers op- portunities for the study of biological forms at high altitudes, this time 6,888 feet above sea level in the French Alps. * CK OK Since the beginning of the current war and more especially since the start of its aggressive phase, the author has heard little of the work or fate of the biological stations of France. While the scientific work at most of these institutions is undoubtedly curtailed, it is believed that some of the research at these stations—as at the ones in Germany—is continuing despite the war. As the French biologist peers into his aquarium, how- ever, he reflects that at least one director of a French biological station was killed in the last war and already several stations are in enemy hands. Further pessimism is found in the recent report of President Fosdick of the Rockefeller Foundation: ‘‘. . . Of the 240 enlisted students of the Ecole Normale Supérieure in Paris, an insti- tution which supplies the French universities with professors, 120 were killed [in the last World War]. Among the graduates of this school, 560 who were already professors in the universities were mobilized; 119 were killed.” This is no in- dictment of Germany. It is an indictment of war and its effect on the potentialities of science in all countries, PHYSIOLOGY CLASS NOTES The Physiology circus has begun. At present there seem to be four rings, but closer examina- tion reveals rings within rings, with overlapping and intertwining which only the ringmasters— from long experience—can untangle. The big rings themselves get somewhat confused, and if you should start to follow the fate of a Limulus heart, you'll suddenly find yourself trying to de- cide whether a white Thunberg tube is blue. Sichel’s jugglers, however, throw their cells around in their own little corner and the rest of us wouldn’t know whether they catch them again or not. Superficial attention would indicate that Irving’s Van Slykers stay in their own ring, but watch carefully and you'll notice furtive sallies forth to appropriate the equipment of other inno- cent performers. The Fisher troupe integrates its numerous acts well, except for the game of hide- and-go-seek set up at frequent intervals by its leader. Prosser’s clowns furnish levity at the ex- June 29, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 7 pense of clam hearts which never did get used to cigarette smoke and applause. Sunday after much effort, we took a holiday on boat and beach. Recruits from other circuses swelled our numbers. They (the numbers) wouldn't have needed swelling if Dr. Irving hadn’t kidnapped his own group, and if some of our own conscientious fellow performers hadn't loved their work too much to leave it. (We no- tice they didn’t get much of a jump on us.) But EMBRYOLOGY In the brief space of one week this year’s em- bryology class has shown itself to be made up of a group of gentlemen (and gentlewomen) and scholars and judges of good—uh—food. The members of the class have brought fame to them- selves by being the admitted epicureans of the colony, and justifiably so. They are the first to enter the mess hall and the last to leave. As ex- ponents of culture they have shown their fervor by attending practically en masse the Monday night concert. Music lovers at heart, one-sixth of them have even gone so far as to join the local church choir in an effort to let loose their desire to make music. But their greatest fame still rests on their gustatory powers and hefty appetites. Especially on the appetites of certain particular members who stop at not one, not two, not three but four helpings of anything and everything. Despite the extra-curricular activities, class work has been going on in earnest with only two major and one minor interruptions. The regular work in the lab consisted of the work on the de- velopment of the teleosts in general and the Fun- dulus heteroclitus in particular as outlined by Dr. Goodrich. Minor catastrophes such as a seven day fundulus with no circulation and a cunner with four polar bodies were experienced, but in the end science triumphed and such things were proven to be merely optical illusions. In addition to the prescribed work, some members of the class have been doing some experimental work on fun- dulus. Hybridization experiments were tried using a cross of Fundulus heteroclitus and Fundu- lus majolis and also by using a cross between Fundulus heteroclitus and mackerel. Following Dr. Stockard’s methods, other students are pro- the recruits were good even if they weren’t Phys- iologists. They withstood the drenching sea water, burning (!) sun and sand, raw hamburger and sweet harmony nearly as well as the best of us. And now our cytochrome oxidase has had its efficiency increased, we tackle Warburg, Limulus, Haldane and Fundulus with new vigor and the show is better than ever. —J.L.C. CLASS NOTES ducing cyclopean monsters by treating the fundu- lus eggs with alcohol or with magnesium chloride. The first major interruption was Dr. Schotté’s lecture on gastrulation. Dr. Schotté was respon- sible for putting the class in a momentary state of collapse for he told us of his Amherst boys who would come home from dates with the girls across the way and then want to know the details of the Concresence Theory that the Smith girls had been talking about on their date. The second major interruption was the trip to the fish traps that we made on Saturday. The purpose of the trip was to obtain mackerel at the traps which we could strip for experimental work in the lab, The minor interruption was the inopportune ar- rival in the lab of one misled “Puffer”, who made a rapid exodus under the hands of two true in- vestigators who desired to know what made a “Puffer” puff. The intellectual efforts of the class have prob- ably been induced by this week of exceeding cold which has reduced the lure of Rocky Beach and the tennis courts and given the lab a cozy air which was made complete by the addition of a radio on which to hear such important events as the Louis-Godoy fight. When the cold spell lifts and the estimable members of the class can creep far enough out of their long underwear and six sweaters, there will undoubtedly be one lonely lab and one concerted shout for bathing suits. Only the hardier souls have dared go in the water yet. Until that time, the only chorus for which they can get up enough energy to squeak is, ‘‘Please pass the potatoes!” —Margie Jolly PROTOZOOLOGY CLASS NOTES Early in the morning of Friday, June 21, 1940, the potential protozoologists gathered in the lab to be greeted by a pleasant introduction to the course given by Dr. Kidder. In this, he pointed out to them the nature of the work and warned them gently of the impending pitfalls which are now apparent, The class consists of almost equal numbers of graduates and undergraduates of eastern colleges and universities, including one from Canada. As well as drawing and identifying a fair number of genera, they will learn various techniques used in the study of Protozoa and later apply this to an individual problem. The whole atmosphere of the 8 THE COLLECTING NET [ VoL. XV, No. 128 lab is condusive to uninterrupted study except for the many and continued noisy outbursts which as- cend from the department below and make us wonder just what are the projects in which the physiologists are engaged. Dr. Calkins at the opening of the course was in the Berkshires officiating at his son’s wedding. He has since returned and given several very in- teresting lectures touching upon the history of the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, the position of Protozoa in the living world, their organizations, classification and economic impor- tance, The protozoologists have turned to the well-es- tablished standards of their predecessors and have spent many hours delving into the private lives of the horrible Hypotrichs and the fearsome flagel- lates. Above all else they have concentrated on the elusive Euplotes craftily evading low, not to mention high, power. There is as yet little con- sensus of opinion as to the nature of membranelles and undulating membranes, nor have they agreed as to the relative merits of cirri as locomotor or- gans but they are convinced said organs are effi- cient. Most of the class is still taking it easy on sharp turns after a six-mile field trip the first day. It seems one gets a bit stiff after sitting for the train- ing period. On this extensive sightseeing hike, primarily in search of Protozoa, among the local wet spots they visited Crane’s Water Garden, Cedar Swamp, Endicott Hollow, Copeland’s Pool, Typha Pool, Wood Pond, Lillie’s Ditch, Mill THE M. B. L. A large and enthusiastic group opened the sea- son’s activities of the M. B. L. Club with a mixer Saturday evening. Dancing followed a period of introductions and conversation. Artistic name cards designed by Mary Cham- berlain enabled all to identify newcomers and sometimes by a sly glance to recall a name for- gotten during the winter. Students in the courses were special guests and wore distinctive labels. Larval fish were the badge of the embryologists, daisies of the students of algae, Protozoologists were identified by an animal as easy to name as most protozoa, physi- ologists by sea horses, while workers not in the courses had sailboats on their markers, perhaps as a hint of their greater freedom. Mrs. Duryee was assisted in making the occa- sion a happy one by Mrs. Lynn, Mrs. Abramo- witz, Mrs. Marshall Smith, Mrs. Jay Smith, Lu- cille Nason, Virginia Dewey, Alice Zimmerman and Mary Goodrich. The first of the weekly concerts of recorded music was held somewhat informally Monday Pond and Eel Pond. Deticking proved one of the chief occupations of the afternoon, this being an efficient introduction of this famous arachnid to various members of the class and much to their consternation was accompanied by the ever pres- ent exposure to the no less famous plant, poison ivy. However the collecting was most satisfac- tory due to the constant efforts of Miss Dewey and Dr. Kidder, and the beasts of the marsh and pond are happily wandering about in the jars in the lab awaiting their chance at cover-slip and slide. Particular difficulty was encountered when the pH of Buzzards Bay was determined. Just who dripped acid into the bottle after making their de- termination wasn’t found out, but several people were convinced that sea water is acid. Time is not lost however, and drawings and identifications increase in number from day to day. Inspired by the lab motto which occupies a most prominent area of the laboratory wall, hour by hour they “study Nature not books” as suggested by Louis Agassiz. As we all know, the elements opening the season have been con- dusive to indoor occupations and the class has been wondering how long it will be before condi- tions more favorable to some of the lighter out- door pastimes will lure them from swivel chair and ‘scope. To date the Protozoans have had no competition. More power to Leuwenhoek’s “Wee Beasties” ! —Doris Marchand and Katherine Macdonald CLUB IN 1940 evening. The program of others will be an- nounced each week, The club house now shines with two new coats of white paint applied by volunteers led by Presi- dent Duryee. Other important improvements since last season are the repairing of the seawall and foundations, and a board walk from the street. The fine condition of the furnishings and in- terior of the club house is due largely to the work of Mr. and Mrs. Bosworth, the latter the club hostess. The purpose of the M. B. L. Club is to promote social relations among the scientific workers and their families while at Woods Hole. The club provides magazines and newspapers, facilities for cards, chess, checkers, and ping-pong. Each Sat- urday the club is filled for the weekly dance and the Monday concerts of recorded music, usually symphonic, have proved most successful. The club maintains beach party equipment which members may borrow. The privileges of the club are open to members of the Woods Hole scientific laboratories, their families, and guests. —P. S. Crowell JuNE 29, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET 9 THE GROWTH SYMPOSIUM The second growth symposium held under the auspices of the Society for Development and Growth met at Salisbury Cove, Maine, from June 20 to 25. Drs. Ballard, Duryee, Hamburger and Harvey drove up from Woods Hole to attend the sessions. In all about eighty biologists were pres- ent. The papers presented and those taking part were: “Structure of Protoplasm:” Speaker, O. L. SPONSLER; Discussion leader, DorotuHy M. WrincH. “Synthesis of Protoplasmic Constitu- ents :”” Speaker, RUDOLF SCHOENHEIMER. “Col- loid Chemistry of Development and Growth:” Speaker, HERBERT FREUNDLICH; Discussion leader, E. F. ApotpH. ‘Chemical Factors of Growth:” Speaker, G. S. Avery. “Physi- cal Factors of Growth:” Speaker, D. M. Wurr- AKER. “Cell Division and Development :” Speak- er, A. B. Dawson; Discussion leader, B. H. Witiier. “Size-Controlling Factors:” Speaker, V. C. Twitty; Discussion leader, R. G. Harrt- son. “Pathology of Development: Speaker, H. S. N. GReENE. “Theories of Organization:” Speaker, F. S. C. NortHrop. The Genetics Society of America will hold ‘a meeting at Woods Hole on August 29 and 30. Inaugurated in 1934, summer meetings have been held annually at the Marine Biological Laboratory since that date, with the exception of last year, when many of the Society’s members were attend- ing the Seventh International Congress of Gene- tics at Edinburgh on the eve of the European War. The customary clam-bake will be held on the evening of the 29th; the next evening the Friday lecture will be one of especial interest for geneticists. Dr. L. J. Cole is President of the Society, and Dr. E. W. Lindstrém is Secretary- treasurer, THE WOODS HOLE CHORAL CLUB The first rehearsal of the Woods Hole Choral Club for 1940 will be held on Tuesday, July 2. The Choral Club, which is being revived after a . year of abeyance, will be under the direction again of Professor Ivan T. Gorokhoff, director of choral music at Smith College. Miss Galina I. Gorok- hoff will be accompanist. Officers of the club in- clude Dr. Eliot R. Clark, professor of anatomy at the University of Pennsylvania Medical School, President, and Dr. Charles Packard, associate di- rector of the Marine Biological Laboratory, Sec- retary-Treasurer. Rehearsals will be held every Tuesday night immediately after the seminar, and on Thursday nights at 8 o’clock. A concert will be presented in the latter part of August. All members of the Woods Hole summer community interested in singing good music under competent direction are cordially invited to attend. MOUNTAIN LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION A new laboratory and classroom building has opened at the Mountain Lake Biological Station of the University of Virginia for its eleventh sum- mer season, June 24 to August 31. This new building has been made possible by the General Education Board and has cost $55,000 for con- struction and equipment. It provides space for classrooms, professors’ offices, laboratories for students and research workers, and a library. Dr. Ivey F. Lewis, Miller professor of biology, and dean of the University of Virginia, is director of the station. Others on the staff this year are Dr. Robert K. Burns, Jr., University of Roches- ter; Dr. Robert E. Coker, University of North Carolina; Dr. John M. Fogg, Jr., University of Pennsylvania; Dr. Mary S. MacDougall, Agnes Scott College; Dr. Paul M. Patterson, Hollins College; Dr. Bruce D. Reynolds, University of Virginia; Dr. Jacob G. Harrar, Virginia Poly- technic Institute, and Dr. Lorande L. Woodruff, Yale. A new dormitory has been opened by the Ma- rine Biological Laboratory. It is the former Howes residence on Water Street which was pur- chased by the Laboratory a few years ago and which had been occupied by Dr. Samuel E. Pond. The dormitory, which contains accomodations for eighteen or nineteen boys, was remodeled during the winter. The Coast Guard Canteen, located across the street from the M. B. L. Mess, will be used this summer as an exhibition hall by apparatus com- panies. The Bausch and Lomb Optical Company and the Spencer Lens Company have already made arrangements for space. CURRENTS IN THE HOLE At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the Hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: Date P. M. June 29 reba June 30 12:35 Jaahy al. 125 July 2 4 MS) July 3 3:00 July 4 3:46 Wedlye D cecccce 4:33 Witt? GD osoce 5:18 italy 6:03 ullycSn oe cee 6:56 In each case the current changes approxi- mately six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. 10 THE COLEECTING NET [ Vout. XV, No. 128 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories. Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879, and re-entered, July 23, 1938. Introducing Dr. Ernest JAMES WILLIAM BarRINGTON, Lec- turer in Zoology, University College, Nottingham, Iengland; Rockefeller Fellow in the Department of Physiology, McGill University, Montreal. Born and raised in London, England, Dr. Bar- rington attended Christ’s Hospital and Oxford University, where he received his B.A. in 1931, B.Sc. in 1932 and M.A. in 1935. He was then appointed lecturer in zoology and subsequently head of the department at Nottingham, England. He occupied this position until he came to Ameri- ca on leave last August to study as a Rockefeller fellow at McGill University under the direction of Dr. P. B. Babkin, Dr. Barrington’s research work for his Bach- elor’s degree was carried out with Dr. G. R. de Beer on ‘the embryology of the head of the duck. Upon graduation he continued his work in the field of embryology, publishing a description of the development of the tail in Pleuronectes and Gadus. His later work has been concerned with the application of physiological methods to problems of comparative zoology, and has been chiefly focused on the digestive system of the chordates ; his publications have dealt with the structure and physiology of the digestive system of Amphioxus, Clossobalanus and the ammocoete larva of the lamprey. His work at Montreal dealt with the influence of secretin on pancreatic secretion in cats, in prep- aration for a study of the nervous and hormonal control of the pancreas in the lower vertebrates. As part of the general problem of the origin of the pancreatic mechanism, he has also turned his attention to the control of blood-sugar in the am- mocoete, with a view to establishing the exis- tence of islet tissue in lampreys, and he hopes to continue this work at Woods Hole this summer. For recreation, Dr. Barrington has music as a hobby. In particular, he enjoys playing the piano, of which he did a good deal in Montreal. He expects to return to "England i in early September to resume his duties at the University of Notting- ham. SCIENTIFIC WORKERS AND THE WAR DR. ROBERT CHAMBERS Research Professor of Biology, New York University It is gratifying that a great many scientists and also members of the American Association of Scientific Workers have taken issue with the newspaper interpretations of a “Peace Statement” which the Association prepared and made public. The primary purpose of the Association is to de- velop increased cooperation between the scientific laboratories and the newspapers, and also to pub- licize the dangers of pseudo-science which is be- coming increasingly widespread throughout the country. The purpose of many who assisted in the prep- aration of the peace statement was to disclaim, as scientists, the popular conception that scientific research is directly responsible for the horrible engines of war. There were some sentences in the statement which might well have been omitted, and it was on the interpretation of these sentences that the newspapers prepared headlines such as “Scientists Sue for Peace.” The publication of the peace statement in Science was quickly followed by a counter-state- ment by those who objected to the implications involved. There also appeared in the press num- erous letters indicating the strong attitude of American scientists in general that we must use our influence in helping our brother democracies against the evil forces of totalitarianism. In a recent issue of Science there appeared a statement by members of the Boston-Cambridge branch of the American Association of Scientific Workers in which they urge “the United States Govern- ment to take all steps necessary for hemisphere defence, including such aid to the Allies as most effectively furthers this aim.” The present conflict in Europe has reached a stage which behooves us to think seriously and to apply all our energies towards adequate means of maintaining our democratic ideals. Our gov- ernment is extending aid as far as possible to the Allies, and if those in the government who know the present situation should call upon us to go into the war, we should be ready so to do. It is to be hoped that the Association, purged of pacifistic tendencies, may continue in its highly important purpose of acquainting the public with what science means to the investigator. The question of peace or war is another issue. There are times when righteous indignation requires a drastic stand. War is frightful but we must re- member that even the Prince of Peace became angered and drove the money-changers out of the Temple. June 29, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 11 ITEMS OF Dr. B. H. Wit ter, who has been chairman of the division of biological sciences at the Uni- versity of Rochester, has been appointed chair- man of the work in biology at Johns Hopkins University and in that capacity will coordinate the departments of botany, plant physiology, and zoology. His position there will be Henry Wal- ters professor of zoology, succeeding Dr. Herbert S. Jennings, who has retired. Dr. DEetLEv W. Bronk, professor of biophysics and director of the Johnson Foundation for Medi- cal Physics at the University of Pennsylvania, has been appointed head of the department of physiol- ogy at Cornell University Medical College. Dr. H. Keffer Hartline, assistant professor of bio- physics at Pennsylvania, joins the department at Cornell as an associate professor. Dr. C. L. Turner, chairman of the depart- ment of zoology at Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois, has resigned in the belief that the chairmanship of departments should rotate among its members. Dr. J. W. Buchanan, pro- fessor of zoology, will succeed him in the post. Dr. Turner will continue on the faculty as pro- fessor of zoology. Dr. C. S. Soup has been promoted from as- sistant professor to associate professor of biology at Vanderbilt University. Dr. Donatp F. Poutson, and Dr. Encar J. Boe tt, instructors in biology at Yale University, have been promoted to assistant professorships. Dr. S. Meryt Rose, who has been assistant in zoology at Columbia University, has been ap- pointed instructor in biology at Amherst College. Dr. P. S. CRowELt, assistant professor in zool- ogy at Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, has been made upper class advisor for liberal arts majors in biology at that university. Dr. E. Newton Harvey, Henry Fairfield Os- born professor of biology at Princeton University, is the author of the recently published book “Living Light”, a study of bioluminescence. The Children’s School of Science and Junior Laboratory will open on Monday July 1 and will remain in session until August 9. Dr. Ross G. Harrtson, Sterling professor of biology at Yale University, was awarded the hon- orary degree of Doctor of Science at commence- ment exercises at Columbia University this June. Dr. Alfred E. Cohn of the Rockefeller Institute of Medical Research was also a recipient. INTEREST With the closing of the Biological Laboratory at the Dry Tortugas, its 70-foot power boat, An- ton Dohrn, has been transferred to the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution by the Trustees of the Carnegie Institution. The vessel was ex- pected to arrive on Friday under the command of Captain Mills, who is about to retire. Richard Harvey, son of Dr. and Mrs, E. Newton Harvey, is a member of the crew. Dr. Victor C. Twitty, professor of zoology at Stanford University, who arrived in Woods Hole on Wednesday, gave a special lecture before the embryology class the following day. He spoke on “Size-controlling Factors in Amphibian Em- bryology.”’ Proressor Oscar E. ScHottrE, who gave a lecture before the embryology class on June 20, will spend most of the summer at the Amherst College biological laboratory working on rejuven- ation of tissues in collaboration with Professor E. G. Butler of Princeton University, who will be guest investigator there. Dr. E. ALFRED WOLF will conduct, as in pre- vious years, a course in “German for the Science Reader” for persons connected with the Marine Biological Laboratory. The group will meet on Tuesdays and Fridays at 7:00 P. M. Miss DorotHy HAMILTON, an assistant biolo- gist at the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries at Woods Hole, was married on May 20 in Mt. Washing- ton, Mass., to Dr. Glenn Algire, who was inves- tigator at Woods Hole last summer. Dr. Algire is leaving Woods Hole on Monday in order to interne at the Hospital of the University of Mary- land Medical School; Mrs. Algire will continue her work here. Miss Camityta Rices, daughter of Mr. and Mrs. Lawrason Riggs, Jr., treasurer of the Cor- poration of the Marine Biological Laboratory, will be married to Dr. John W. Meigs, son of Dr. and Mrs. Edward Browning Meigs, at Juniper Point next Saturday. Miss THEeLMA Ler NUETZEL was married to Dr. Carl C. Smith in Rockport, Indiana, on No- vember 24, 1939. Dr. Smith has just received his Ph.D. degree in biochemistry from the Uni- versity of Cincinnati, where he will be a research associate in cardiology this fall. Mrs. Smith is a graduate of the School of Applied Arts at the University of Cincinnati. Dr. RoBert CHAMBERS and his family are this summer occupying the Fay residence on the main road to Falmouth. 12 _THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 128 | | i i | | | I | | 1 i Recommended by Scientific Book Club and Book-of-the-Month Club LIVING LIGHT By E. NEWTON HARVEY For the BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES Models Skeletons Lantern Slides Display Material Preserved Material Naturalists Supplies Stains and Chemicals Museum Preparations Laboratory Glassware Bird Skins and Mounts Dissecting Instruments Bacteriological Reagents Microscope Slide Preparations Charts, Botanical and Zoological Insect Life-histories and Collections Microscopes, Microtomes and Accessories A fascinating and up-to-date account of animal luminescence by an able scientist who reports his own brilliant discov- eries and interprets three centuries of scientific advance. Illustrated. $4.00 Prompt ee Quality Service Guaranteed BRODUCTS New York Scientific Supply Co. (Formerly N. Y. Biological Supply Co.) 111-113 E. 22nd St., New York, N. Y. From your bookseller or from PRINCETON UNIVERSITY PRESS, PRINCETON, NEW JERSEY 1 ES OES OED OD 1D 00D SD 0S 0S OE OD ON OD 0-0 0D 0D OED OED) ED OED 09 oe oe ee) 0 0 D0 D0 ED 0 0 0 0 0 0D) ED) D0 ED) ED (ED) ET | oe 20) 0D 0D DO MED SED) POND EDD) CD OCD *,% COOP PFO L OLE LILLE L LLL L ILL LL ILO E LES POL IL PY Turtox Latex Injections Teachers who have used the im- proved Turtox latex-injected speci- mens say: “The most perfect demon- stration of the circulatory system I have ever seen.” “the strength of the injected ves- sels is beyond all expectation.” “Promises to revolutionize dissec- tion.” Try one Turtox latex-injected speci- men and see why teachers are so en- thusiastic about these preparations. we (Specimens prepared with color-injections in the improved latex compound are furnished at our regular catalog prices.) GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE TU RTOX EE ye UCTS Incorporated 761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE CHICAGO The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction QOPI LO LOLOL LLL LL IIL LOL LE LOLOL ICDILEL IG II LOL ILL ELIL ISLS ELIIE LIE L I. June 29, 1940 ] Ask for Bulletin W61 ANGLE CENTRIFUGES U. S. Patent — Do not confuse with imitations Small in size ® Large in capacity Amazingly efficient Universally endorsed Equally valuable for research and routine work AUTOMATIC PIPETTE d i | | ae STERLING [ | Ask for Bulletin W62 (also for filling ampoules and vials) Time Saving - Accurate Easy to operate Ask for Bulletin W63 ORIGINAL—ODHNER The Calculator for the Scientist with new back transfer device (Automatic Re-set) Efficient Sturdy - Low Priced SERV-ALL LABORATORY AIDS IVAN SORVALL 210 Fifth Avenue New York, N. Y. Lib COLLECDING NED 13 To be published in the fall... PROTOZOA IN BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH A Symposium Edited by Gary N. Calkins Contributors and Papers General Considerations, by Gary N. Calkins Protoplasm of Protozoa, by H. W. Beams and F. L. King Cytoplasmic Inclusions, by R. F. Mac- 3 Lennan Fibrillar Systems in Ciliates, by C. V. Taylor Motor Responses, by S. O. Mast Respiratory Metabolism, by Theodore L. Jahn Contractile Vacuole, by J. H. Weatherby Control of Cultures, by G. W. Kidder Food Requirements, by R. P. Hall Growth, by Osear W. Richards The Life Cycle, by C. A. Kofoid Fertilization, by J. P. Turner Endomixis, by L. L. Woodruff Sexuality, by T. M. Sonneborn Inheritance, by H. S. Jennings Morphogenesis, by F. M. Summers Pathogenicity, by E. R. Becker Immunology, by William H. Taliaferro Relations between Protozoa and Other Animals, by H. Kirby, Jr. Organisms Living on and in Protozoa, by H. Kirby, Jr. If you want to receive an announcement of the publication date and price, send your Full infor- mation, without obligation on your part, name and address to us now. will be sent as soon as it is available. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS Box D81, Morningside Heights New York 14 THE \COLEECIING NI Efficiency at Low Cost Ideal for routine testing, for replacement or as an auxiliary instrument, the improved Model ‘‘C1"' Centrifuge is of intermediate size, suitable for general laboratory work. High speeds may be obtained by using a conical head. INTERNATIONAL Improved Model ‘“‘C1”’ Centrifuge The speed control is attached to the centrifuge and a portable stand may be added to make a mobile unit ready to plug into any wall receptacle. The base forms the frame of the motor which operates on either AC or DC and maintains allowable speeds varying between 1,800.and 3,300 r. p. m., depending upon the type of equipment used. NEW INDICATING TACHOMETER The International Tachometer shows at a glance the speed at which your centrifuge is run- ning for any setting of the rheostat and with it uniform and duplicate results can be secured, The speed range is from 0 to 6,000 in steps of 100 r.p.m. It is shown above mount- ed on a Model “‘Cl,”’ the easy handling of which is in no wise impeded, For $18.00 this desirable instru- ment can be furnished with a new Model ‘‘C1"’ Centrifuge or attached to any now in use. There is an International for any job INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT CO. 352 WESTERN AVENUE BOSTON, MASS. Makers of Fine Centrifuges SS New! Low Price [ Vor. XV, No. 128 Stainless Steel UTILITY FORCEPS Wide range of usefulness... Originally developed as a sterilizer forceps, the design of this instrument recommended it for a wide range of uses from the handling of a small eye needle to a fair sized specimen. It is particularly recommended for use at Woods Hole or other climates where rust and corrosion will gener- ally ruin an instrument in short order. Precision made... 11” long, made from 3/16” stainless steel stock. Heavy construction. Net weight about 5 ounces. Serrated tips are carefully hand finished to meet accurately. Order a few for use this summer...and a supply for all year around general use... you will enjoy using them. No. B-782 Stainless Steel UTILITY FOR- CEPS 11” long, each $1.75, doz. $18.00 3 for $5.00 CO., 44 East 23rd St, (cM (fe CLAY-ADAM Inc. New York, N. Y. ep June 29, 1940 } THE COLLECTING NET 15 DIRECTORY FOR 1940 Residence Apartment Dormitory ....... Drew House Laboratories Botany Building Brick Building..... “3 Lecture Hall... Main Room in Fisheries Laboratory............00 M Old Main Building......OM Rockefeller Bldg. ....Rock Supply Dept...............00 Ss MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY THE STAFF Packard, C. assoc. director. asst. prof. zool. Inst. Cancer Research, Columbia. ZOOLOGY Investigation Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. Conklin, E. G. prof. zool. Princeton. Grave, C. prof. zool. Washington (St. Louis). Jennings, H. S. prof. zool. California. Lillie, F. R. prof. emb. Chicago. McClung, C. E. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Mast, S. O. prof. zool. Hopkins. Morgan, T. H. dir. biol. lab. California Tech. Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Harvard. Woodruff, L. L. prof. proto. Yale. Instruction Bissonnette, T. H. prof. biol. Trinity. in charge. Crowell, P. S., Jr. instr. zool. Miami. Jones, E. R. prof. zool. William & Mary. Lucas, A. M. assoc. prof. zool. Iowa State. Martin, W. E. asst. prof. zool. DePauw. Matthews, S. A. asst. prof. biol. Williams. Mattox, N. T. instr. zool. Miami. Rankin, J. S., Jr. instr. biol. Amherst. Waterman, A. J. asst. prof. biol. Williams. PROTOZOOLOGY Investigation (See Zoology) Instruction Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. in charge. Dewey, Virginia asst. zool. Vassar. Kidder, G. W. asst. prof. biol. Brown. EMBRYOLOGY Investigation (See Zoology) Instruction Ballard, W. W. asst. prof. biol. & anat. Dartmouth. Costello, D. P. asst. prof. zool. North Carolina. Goodrich, H. B. prof. biol. Wesleyan. in charge. Hamburger, V. assoc. prof. zool. Washington (St. Louis). Schotté, O. assoc. prof. biol. Amherst. PHYSIOLOGY Investigation Amberson, W. R. prof. physiol. Maryland Med. Bradley, H. C. prof. physiol. chem. Wisconsin. Garrey, W. E. prof. physiol. Vanderbilt Med. Jacobs, M. H. prof. physiol. Pennsylvania. Lillie, R. S. prof. gen. physiol. Chicago. Mathews, A. P. prof. biochem. Cincinnati. Instruction Chambers, R. res. prof. biol. New York. Fisher, K. C. asst. prof. exper. biol. Toronto. Hober, R. visiting prof. physiol. Pennsylvania. Irving, L. prof. biol. Swarthmore. in charge. Prosser, C. L. asst. prof. zool. Illinois. Shannon, J. A. asst. prof. physiol. New York Med. Sichel, F. J. M. instr. physiol. Vermont Med. BOTANY Investigation Brooks, S. C. prof. zool. California. Duggar, B. M. prof. physiol. & econ. bot. Wisconsin. Geddard, D. R. asst. prof. bot. Rochester. Sinnott, E. W. prof. bot. Columbia. Instruction Runk, B. F. D. instr. bot. Virginia. Taylor, W. R. prof. bot. Michigan. in charge. Thompson, R. H. teaching asst. Stanford. INVESTIGATORS Abell, R. G. instr. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Br 117. Abramowitz, A. A. res. asst. phys. Harvard. Br 122. D 318. Albaum, H. G. instr. biol. Brooklyn. Br 110. Alexander, L. E. asst. prof. biol. Fisk (Tenn.). L 25. Allee, W. C. prof. zool. Chicago. Br 332. A 101. Alley, Armine dem. biol. McGill. OM 1. W D. Alsup, F. W. grad. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 220. Dr Attic. Amberson, W. R. prof. phys. Maryland Med. Br 109. Andersch, Marie assoc. prof. biochem. Womans Med. (Penn.) Br 217-B. Anderson, R. S. biophysicist Memorial Hospital (N. Y.). Br 343) 16 IMENT, (COMILIHE MUNG NET [ Vou. XV, No. 128 Angerer, C. A. instr. physiol. Ohio State. Br 111. Arena, J. F. de la fel. Guggenheim Found. Br 310. Armstrong, C. W. J. dem. biol. Toronto. OM 4. Ka 23 Armstrong, P. B. prof. anat. Syracuse Med. Br 318. A 202. Badger, Elizabeth res. asst. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 341. W E. Baker, H. B. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 221. Baker, R. res. assoc. phys. Columbia. Br 114. Ball, E. G. assoc. physiol. chem. Hopkins Med. Br 233. Ballard, W. W. asst. prof. biol. & anat. Dartmouth. OM 40. D 211. Barnes, Martha R. asst. zool. Illinois. OM 44. W F. Barrington, E. J. W. (Nottingham, England) Rocke- feller fel. phys. McGill. Br 312. Barth, L. G. asst. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 228. Belfer, S. res. asst. biochem. Wisconsin. Br 122-A. Bissonnette, T. H. prof. biol. Trinity (Conn.). OM 28. Blinks, L. R. prof. plant phys. Stanford. Br 222. Bliss, A. F. asst. biophys. Columbia. Br 314. Ho 6. Bodine, J. H. prof. zool. State U. Iowa. Br 107. Boell, E. J. instr. zool. Yale. Br 323. (July 28). Botsford, E. Frances asst. prof. zool. Connecticut. L 22 Bowen, W. J. instr. zool. Hopkins. Br 329. Bradley, H. C. prof. phys. chem. Wisconsin. Br 122-A. Brill, E. R. grad. biol. Harvard. Br 217-M. Bronfenbrenner, J. J. prof. bact. and immun. Wash- ington Med. (St. Louis). Br 234. Bronk, D. W. prof. biophys. Pennsylvania. Br 115. Brooks, Matilda M. res. assoc. biol. California. Br 322. Brooks, S. C. prof. zool. California. Br 322. Broomall, Annabelle grad. phys. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. Brownell, Katharine A. res. asst. phys. Ohio State. Br 111. A 204. er il R. instr. zool. Chicago. Br 227. (July 15). Buck, J. B. instr. zool. Rochester. Br 324. Budington, R. A. prof. zool. Oberlin. Br 218. Burt, R. L. grad. asst. biol. Brown. OM 21. K 9. Cable, R. M. assoc. prof. parasit. Purdue. Br 223. Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. Br 331. ser orners, E. Eleanor res. assoc. zool. U. Iowa. L Carson, H. L. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. OM Base. J. Chambers, E. New York Med. Br 328. Chambers, R. res. prof. biol. New York. Br 328. Cheney, R. H. prof. biol. Long Island. Br 118. A 302. Se L. res. fel. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 125. D al Claff, C. L. res. assoc. biol. Brown. OM 38. A 208-9. Clark, E. R. prof. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Br 117. Clare L. B. asst. prof. biol. Union. Br 315. (July Cee A. C. asst. prof. biol. Charleston (S. C.). Br 217-H. Clowes, G. H. A. res. dir. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 328. Cohen, I. res. asst. biol. New York. Br 311. vole, A S. assoc. prof. phys. Columbia. Br 114. A Colwin, A. L. instr. biol. Queens (N. Y.). OM 45. Compton, A. D., Jr. master biol. Choate (Walling- ford, Conn.). Bot 1. Copeland, D. E. asst. biol. Harvard. OM 41. Copeland, M. prof. biol. Bowdoin. Br 334. Cornman, I. teaching fel. biol. New York. Br 328. (Aug. 20). Costello, D. P. asst. prof. zool. North Carolina. Br 128. D 202. Crayon: J. G. Milton Acad. (Milton, Mass.). Br 09. Croasdale, Hannah T. tech. asst. bot. Dartmouth. Bot 1. (July 15). Crouse, Helen V. fel. zool. Missouri. OM Base. A. 3. Crowell, S. asst. prof. zool. Miami. OM 25. Curtis, H. J. Rockefeller fel. phys. Columbia. Br 114. Curtis, W. C. prof. zool. Missouri. Br 335. (Aug. 1). Dent, J. N. grad. asst. zool. Hopkins. Bot 6. Dr 1. Dewey, Virginia C. grad. biol. Brown. OM 22. D 3811. Dienes, Priscilla Yale Med. Br 234. Diller, Irene Corey res. assoc. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 219. (Aug. 1). Diller, W. F. asst. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 221. (Aug. 1). Donnellon, J. A. asst. prof. biol. Villanova. Rock 3. Dowling, Delphine L. instr. bot. Vassar. Bot 1. D 311. Pore ae L. asst. prof. biol. Bryn Mawr. Br 336. D DuBois, E. F. prof. med. Cornell Med. Br 317. Duryee, W. R. visiting asst. prof. biol. New York. Br 301. D 312. Dytche, Maryon M. grad. asst. phys. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. Eder, H. Harvard Med. Br 122. Evans, D. asst. prof. biol. Mississippi. OM Base. E. Evans, L. T. asst. prof. zool. Missouri. L 21. Evans, T. C. res. asst. prof. zool. U. Iowa. Br 107. Failla, G. physicist Memorial Hosp. (N. Y.). Br 306. Fisher, K. C. asst. prof. expt. biol. Toronto. OM 4. Frank, Sylvia R. grad. resident scholar zool. Colum- bia. Br 314. H 7. Frisch, J. A. prof. biol. Canisius (Buffalo). OM 39. Gabriel, M. L. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Garrey, W. E. prof. phys. Vanderbilt Med. Br 215. Giddings, C. B. grad. asst. biochem. Cincinnati Med. Br 341. Dr 3. : Giese, A. C. Rockefeller fel. phys. Princeton. Br 230- 231. Gilbert, W. J. grad. asst. bot. Michigan. Bot 1. Dr 6. Goldin, A. grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Ho 8. Goodrich, H. B. prof. biol. Wesleyan. Br 210. D310. Goulding, Helen J. grad. biol. Toronto. OM 1. D 306. Granick, S. res. asst. biol. Rockefeller Inst. (N. Y.). Br 207. Grant, R. lect. zool. McGill. Br 217-K. Grave, C. prof. zool. Washington. (St. Louis). Br BYAT(G Guttman, Rita tutor phys. Brooklyn. Br 110. Hamburger, V. assoc. prof. zool. Washington (St. Louis). L 24. June 29, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET Ww, Harnly, M. H. assoc. prof. biol. New York. Br 342. Harris, D. L. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 125. D 111. Harris, J. E. res. assoc. obs. & gyn. Iowa State. Br 107. D 214. Hartman, F. A. prof. phys. Ohio State. Br 111. D 218. Harvey, E. N. prof. phys. Princeton. Br 116. Harvey, Ethel B. res. invest. zool. Princeton. Br 116. Haywood, Charlotte assoc. prof. phys. Mt. Holyoke. Br 335. A 207. Heilbrunn, L. V. assoc. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 220. Hendley, C. D. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Ho 6. Henson, Margaret teaching fel. biol. New York. Br 217-F. Hill, S. E. prof. biol. Russell Sage. OM 40. Hinchey, M. Catherine grad. biol. Pennsylvania. Br 217-D. Hober, R. visiting prof. phys. Pennsylvania Med. Br 318. Hobson, L. B. Chicago Med. Bot 1. D 207. Holz, A. Marie Univ. scholar. zool. Columbia. Br 314. lal "(( Howe, H. E. ed. Indus. & Engineering Chem. Br 203, 216. Hunninen, A. V. prof. biol. Oklahoma City U. Br 217-K. Dr 9. Hunter, Laura N. asst. prof. biol. Pennsylvania Women. OM 45. Irving, L. prof. biol. Swarthmore. OM 2. A 108-9. Jacobs, M. H. prof. gen. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 205. genmins; G. B. prof. anat. George Washington. OM Johlin, J. M. assoc. prof. biochem. Vanderbilt Med. Br 108. Jones, E. R., Jr. prof. biol. Wm. & Mary. OM 33. Kabat, E. A. instr. path. Cornell Med. Br 110. Kalmanson, G. M. res. fel. bact. Washington (St. Louis). Br 234. Katzin, L. I. res. worker zool. California. Br 217-G. Keefe, E. L. res. asst. biol. Washington (St. Louis). Br 217-J. Kidder, G. W. asst. prof. biol. Brown. OM 21. D 204. Kindred, J. E. prof. anat. Virginia. Br 106. (Aug. 1). Kleinholz, L. H. res. asst. biol. Harvard. Br 213. Knowlton, F. P. prof. phys. Syracuse Med. Br 226. eca J. asst. prof. biol. New York. Br 328. D Korr, I. M. instr. phys. New York Med. Br 126. paueence, Maria grad. bot. Marywood (Penn.). Rock Leuchtenberger, Cecilie asst. path: Mt. Sinai Hosp. (N. Y.). L 34. (July 15). Leuchtenberger, R. asst. path. Mt. Sinai Hosp. (N. Yi). 34. (July 15). Lewis, Lena A. res. asst. phys. Ohio State. Br 111. D 106. Lillie, F. R. prof. emb. Chicago. Br 101. Lillie, R. S. prof. gen. phys. Chicago. Br 326. Eee. Mary H. instr. immun. Cornell Med. Br Luckman, C. E. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. OM Base. FE Lynn, W. G. Rockefeller fel. zool. Yale. Br 343. D 101. MacKnight, 217-L. McClung, C. E. dir. zool. lab. Pennsylvania. Br 219. Marrazzi, A. S. asst. prof. pharmacol. New York Med. Br 3389. Marrazzi, Rose fel. pharmacol. New York Med. Br 339. Martin, Phyllis C. asst. Women. Rock 2. Martin, Rosemary D. C. asst. biol. Toronto. OM 4. D 306. Martin, W. E. asst. prof. zool. DePauw. OM 31. Mast, S. O. prof. zool. Hopkins. Br 329. Mathews, A. P. prof. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 341. Matthews, S. A. asst. prof. biol. Williams. OM 27. Mattox, N. T. instr. zool. Miami. OM 32. Mavor, J. W. prof. biol. Union. Br 315. Mazia, D. asst. prof. zool. Missouri. Br 310. D 316. Menkin, V. instr. path. Harvard Med. LH 27. Michaelis, L. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 207. Milford, J. J., Jr. grad. asst. biol. New York. OM 41. Miller, Ruth N. assoc. prof. anat. Woman’s Med. Penna. Br 217-E. Molter, J. A. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. OM Base. C. Moog, Florence grad. zool. Columbia. OM Base. H 7. Morgan, T. H. prof. biol. California Tech. Br 320. Morrill, C. V. assoc. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 317. Moser, F. res. assoc. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 220. D lalate Nachmansohn, D. res. fel. phys. Yale Med. Br 204. Navez, A. E. instr. science Milton Acad. (Milton, Mass.). Br 309. Nonidez, J. F. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 340. Northrop, J. H. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Med. Res. (Princeton). Br 209. O’Brien, J. P. grad. zool. Hopkins. Bot 6. O’Neal, J. D. grad. phys. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. Olson, M. instr. zool. Minnesota. Br 217-N. Orr, P. R. asst. prof. biol. Brooklyn. L 28. Osterhout, W. J. V. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 208. Oxford, A. E. Rockefeller fel. biochem. Wisconsin. Br 121. (July 15). Packard, C. asst. prof. zool. Inst. Cancer Res. Colum- bia. Br 102. Park, T. asst. prof. zool. Chicago. Br 303. A 106. Parker, alice E. instr. anat. Colorado. Med. OM 1. D 205. Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Harvard. Br 213. A 308-9. Bermenter, C. L. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 221. Plough, H. H. prof. biol. Amherst. Br 330. (Aug. 1). Price, Dorothy res. assoc. zool. Chicago. Br 217-0. Prosser, C. L. asst. prof. zool. Illinois. OM 3. Ramsdell, Pauline A. res. asst. phys. chem. Hopkins Med. Br 233. Rankin, J. S. instr. biol. Amherst. OM 24. Rimmler, L., Jr. res. asst. biol. Syracuse Med. Br 318. Dr 10. Ris, H. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. (Aug. 1). R. H. instr. zool. Northwestern. Br prof. biol. Pennsylvania 18 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. XV, No. 128 Rogers, C. G. prof. comp. phys. Oberlin. Br 218. D 209. Ronkin, R. R. grad. zool. California. Br 322. Ka 24. Rose, S. M. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 344. Ruebush, T. K. instr. zool. Yale. L 26. Rugh, R. assoc. prof. zool. New York. Br 342. Runk, B. F. D. instr. biol. Virginia. Bot 26. K 14. Russell, Alice M. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 217-C. Sayles, L. P. asst. prof. biol. C.C.N.Y. Rock 6. Schaeffer, A. A. prof. biol. Temple. Br 214. Scharrer, Berta indep. invest. Rock. Inst. Br 207. Scharrer, E. fel. Rock. Inst. Br 207. Schechter, V. instr. biol. C.C.N.Y. Br 315. (July 15). Schram, Mildred W. S. sec. Internat. Cancer Res. Found. L 28, 29. Scott, A. C. asst. prof. biol. Union. Br 312. Selsam, Millicent E. Columbia. Br 315. Shapiro, H. instr. phys. Vassar. Br 110. Shaw, Myrtle senior bact. N. Y. State Dept. Health. Br 122-B. D 303. Shelden, E. F. instr. phys. Ohio State. Br 111. Sichel, Elsa Keil head sci. dept. Vermont State Nor- mal Sch. (Johnson, Vt.). OM 4. K 8. Sichel, F. J. M. asst. prof. phys. Vermont Med. OM 4, K 8. Skow, R. K. res. asst. plant phys. Stanford. Br 222. Slifer, Eleanor H. asst. prof. zool. State U. Iowa. Br 217-A. Smith, C. C. res. assoc. med. Cincinnati Gen. Hosp. Brag: Smith, D. C. assoe prof. phys. Maryland Med. OM 8. (Aug. 1). Smith, J. A. prof. biol. Springfield. Br 6. Smith, M. E. Hopkins Med. Br 224. Ka 1. Snedecor, J. grad. asst. zool. Indiana. L 31. Dr Attic. Speidel, C. C. prof. anat. Virginia. Br 106. D 315. Spofford, W. R. instr. anat. Cornell Med. Br 317. (Aug. 1). Steinbach, H. B. asst. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 228. Stern, K. G. res. asst. prof. physiol. chem. Yale Med. Br 204. Stilwell, E. Frances instr. biol. Woman’s Med. Penn- sylvania. OM Base. H. Stokey, Alma G. prof. bot. Mt. Holyoke. Bot 1. Stunkard, H. W. prof. biol. New York. Br 232. Summers, F. M. instr. biol. C.C.N.Y. Br 331. D 204. Tashiro, S. prof. biochem. Cincinnati Med. Br 341. Taylor, W. R. prof. bot. Michigan. Bot 24. Terry, R. L. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. OM Base. Dr. Thivy, Francesca grad. bot. Michigan. Bot 1. Thompson, R. H. teaching asst. Stanford. Bot. Townsend, Grace prof. biol. Great Falls Normal (Mont.). Br 122-D. W E. Trinkaus, J. P. asst. zool. Wesleyan. Br 210. Trombetta, Vivian V. instr. bot. Smith. Bot 1. Tucker, G. H. instr. zool. Duke. Br 121. Turner, C. L. prof. zool. Northwestern. Br 225. Walther, R. F. res. asst. phys. Ohio State. Br 111. Dr 2. Waterman, A. J. asst. prof. biol. Williams. OM 26. (July 26). Weiss, P. A. assoc. prof. zool. Chicago. Br 301. Wenrich, D. H. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 219. Whaley, W. G. instr. bot. Columbia. Br 321. Whiteley, A. H. teaching asst. zool. California. Br 322. Ka 24, Whiting, P. W. assoc. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Rock 2 Wichterman, R. asst. prof. biol. Temple. Br 217-H. Wiercinski, F. J. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. OM Base. Dr Attic. Wilbur, K. M. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. OM Base. G. 23 Wilde, C. E., Jr. Dartmouth. Bot 1. Ho 3. Willier, B. H. chairman div. biol. sci. Rochester. Br 324, Wolf, E. A. assoc. prof. biol. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. Wolf, Opal M. asst. prof. zool. Goucher. Br 122-C. A 206. Woodruff, L. L. prof. proto. Yale. Br 323. (Aug. 1). Wolfson, C. instr. anat. Kansas. Br 108. Young, Roger A. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 315. A 304. Zimmerman, Alice C. grad. asst. biol. Brown, OM 38. Zorzoli, Anita grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. H 7. Zwilling, E. teaching asst. zool. Columbia. Br 344. STUDENTS Alper, C. asst. emb. Drew. emb. Ka 22. Atkinson, W. B. grad. biol. Virginia.emb. K 1. Baylor, E. R. Illinois. phys. D 10. Beam, C. A. Brown, proto. Ho 7. Belanger, L. F. asst. histo-emb. Montreal. emb. Blanchard, Barbara D. teach. Placer Jr. College (Calif.). phys. Brown, D. H. Dartmouth. bot. Ka 2. Brown, Dorothy M. instr. sci. St. Luke’s Hosp. (N. bot. Buchanan, Natalie V. Wellesley. bot. Campbell, Virginia Wheaton. bot. D 205. Carleen, Mildred H. grad. asst. phys. Mt. Holyoke. phys. W B. Carroll, Kenneth M. Franklin & Marshall. proto. Cass, Ruth E. instr. biol. Russell Sage. emb. K 2. Ciu, Ruth E. grad. bot. Michigan. bot. Chidsey, Jane L. asst. prof. zool. Wheaton. phys. Cosgrove, W. B. Cornell. proto. Davies, P. W. Johnson scholar biol. Pennsylvania. phys. Ho 2. Dodge, Frances Gettysburg. proto. DuBois, Rebeckah Vassar. emb. Edgerley, R. H. grad. asst. biol. Ohio State. phys. Dr 2. Edwards, G. A. grad. asst. biol. Tufts. phys. Ka 1. Everett, G. M. grad. teaching asst. phys. Maryland Med. phys. Dr 3. Fetter, Dorothy instr. biol. Brooklyn. emb. Binh, R. T. grad. teaching asst. biol. Indiana. emb. Tee Foulks, J. G. grad. teaching asst. biol. Rochester. emb. K 15. June 29, 1940 } THE COLLECTING NET 19 Fox, Ruth P. asst. phys. Vassar. phys. Friedman, R. S. grad. biol. Harvard. emb. Goldman, P. W. grad. biol. Harvard. emb. Ka 21. Halsted, G. O. Princeton. emb. Harrigan, Mary K. special instr. proto. Hartmann, J. F. asst. hist. & emb. Cornell. emb. Ka 3. Hartung, E. W. grad. biol. Harvard. emb. Heath, J. P. Stanford. emb. K 1 Henderson, J. M. McGill. emb. Dr 1. Henry, R. J. Pennsylvania Med. phys. Hohwieler, H. J. grad. biol. Washington (St. Louis). phys. Holton, G. W. Wesleyan. phys. K 7. Hopper, A. F. asst. biol. Yale. emb. Dr 2. Jackson, Blanche E. fel. biol. Radcliffe. phys. H 1. Jakus, Marie E. grad. asst. biol. Washington (St. Louis). phys. W B. Johnson, V. O. techn. zool. Oklahoma. emb. Dr 2. Jolly, Margie DePauw. emb. H 8. Jones, Sarah R. grad. asst. biol. Connecticut. emb. Karelsen, June Van R. Oberlin. emb. W G. Krantz, Marion Bennington. emb. K 3. Lee, R. E. Harvard. emb. Dr 3. Ludwig, F. W. Villanova. emb. MacCosbe, Henrietta E. instr. bot. & zool. Pennsyl- vania State. bot. K 2. Macdonald, Katherine C. grad. biol. McGill. proto. Hil. McFarland, W. Washington & Jefferson. emb. Dr 5. Marchand, Doris teacher St. Catherine’s School (Richmond, Va.). proto. H 9. Miller, G. Oberlin. emb. Ho 1. Morgan, D. T. grad. bot. Kentucky State. bot. Dr 14. Nichols, M. M. asst. biol. DePauw. emb. Ho 7. Norman, G. R. Wabash. phys. Ho 2. Ormsbee, R. A. grad. asst. biol. Brown. phys. K 9. Pond, S. M. Wesleyan. emb. K 5. Rathbun, Edith N. Skidmore. phys. eckson, E. J. teaching fel. biol. New York. emb. 1 biol. Simmons. Samorodin, A. J. grad. biol. Minnesota. emb. Sanders, Jane Smith. bot. H 9. Sawyer, C. H. asst. biol. Yale. bot. Dr 2. Scholander, P. F. res. assoc biol. phys. Sherman, F. G. asst. biol. Northwestern. emb. Ka 2. Silver, S. grad. bot. C.C.N.Y. bot. Ho 2. Steele, K. C. Dartmouth. emb. Ho 3. Stokes, A. W. Harvard. phys. Dr 1. Sweeny, F. P. Amherst. emb. Dr 7. Wolf, Mary H. grad. phys. Duke. phys. H 2. Bicodward, A., Jr. grad. asst. biol. Wesleyan. phys. OFFICE OF ADMINISTRATION Anderson, Elsie sec. WG. Billings, Edith sec. WI. Crowell, Polly L. asst. to bus. mer. MacNaught, F. M. bus. mer. Packard, C. assoc. dir. LIBRARY Lawrence, Deborah sec. Montgomery, Priscilla B. librarian. Rohan, Mary A. asst. Thombs, S. Mabell asst. WF. EXPERIMENTAL RADIOLOGY Failla, G. Memorial Hosp. Br 307-8. Little, E. P. instr. Phillips Exeter. Br 307-8. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL SUPPLIES AND SCIENTIFIC APPARATUS Chemical Room Ballard, K. C. teach. sci. Lawrence H.S. (Falmouth). Cherry, Betty Tufts Med. WD. Orr, Elizabeth D. Smith, C. C. Cincinnati Gen. Hosp. Smith, J. A. prof. biol. Springfield (Mass.). Smith, M. E. Hopkins Med. Apparatus and Technical Service Boss, L. F. techn. Br 6. Graham, A. S. Philips Exeter. Br 211. Graham, J. D. Pennsylvania. glass blower. Br 17. Le Fevre, Dorothy sec. Br 1. Liljestrand, R. S. mechanician. Br 7. Pond, S. E. tech. mgr. Br 1-3. MAINTENANCE Bolster, R. janitor. Ka 1. Cannon, F. janitor. Cooper, J. janitor. Dr Attic. Fink, F. janitor. Ka 4. Fitts, E. night mechanic. Dr 14. Gibbert, J. G. janitor. Dr Attic. Hemenway, W. C. carpenter. Kahler, R. S. asst. Larkin, R. janitor. Larkin, T. E. supt. Br 7. Larkin, T. E., Jr. fireman. Dr 4. McKenzie, R. janitor. Negeim, J. janitor. Tawell, T. E. head janitor. Travis, R. F. mail. Wynn, J. night watchman. SUPPLY DEPARTMENT Bulmer, Gladys teacher H. S. (Philadelphia). col- lector. Carlson, B. C. Phillips Exeter. collector. Crowell, Ruth S. sec. Donovan, Mary K. Rosemont (Pa.) bot. collector. WI. Gilbert, W. J. bot. collector. Gildea, F. collector. Gillon, C. Holy Cross. collector. Goodrich, A. animal house. Gray, M. B. collector. Harman, Grace sec. WH. Hilton, A. M. collector. 20 tH COLEReCLING NEM [ Vor. XV, No. 128 Hume, D. Harvard. collector. Kahler, W. E. collector. Kyllonen, A. Harvard. collector. Leathers, A. W. head shipper. Lehy, G. collector. McInnis, J. mgr. Metcalf, W. G. Oberlin. collector. Ho. Muse, R. Harvard. collector. Ho 4. Schweidenback, C. O. collector. Talbert, J. D. Columbia (Mo.). collector. Ho. Wamsley, F. W. supervisor of schools (Charleston). preparator. Young, E. Worcester Acad. collector. MUSEUM Gray, G. M. curator emer. THE BIOLOGICAL BULLETIN Boyden, Louise E. ed. asst. Br 120. Redfield, A. C. managing ed. Br 120. THE JOURNAL OF INDUSTRIAL AND ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY Anderson, Stella B. sec. Br 203. Bruff, Eleanor G. sec. Br 203. Gordon, Gladys sec. Br 203. Howe, H. E. editor. Br 203. Martenet, Dorothy sec. Br 203. Newton, Helen K. ms. ed. Br 203. Parkinson, Nellie A. sec. Br 203. THE COLLECTING NET Browning, Peggy Mary Baldwin. OM Base. Cattell, W. managing ed. Sci. Monthly. OM Base. Chambers, R. res. prof. biol. New York. Br 328. Gorokhoff, B. I. Yale. OM Base. WOODS HOLE OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION Abramowitz, A. A. res. asst. biol. Harvard. 101. Bumpus, D. F. 108. Clarke, G. L. instr. biol. Harvard. 107. Eddy, Gladys asst. oceano. 308. Hock, C. W. Hsiao, S. T. C. China Foundation res. fel. 123. F 49. Iselin, C. O’D. director. Osborn, C. M. invest. anat. Ohio State. 106. Parker, Frances L. asst. geol. U.S.G.S. 212. Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Harvard. 106. Phelps, A. Texas. 203. Phillips, Helen asst. Rakestraw, N. W. assoc. prof. chem. Brown. 109. Redfield, A. C. prof. biol. Harvard. 103. Sears, Mary jr. biol. 305. Souder, P. asst. Iowa State. 201. Soule, F. M. senior physical oceano. U. S. Coast Guard. 307. Spilhaus, A. F. prof. New York. 209. Stergion, A. M. I. T. 210. Stetson, H. C. res. assoc. palaeont. Harvard. 213. Waksman, S. A. prof. microbiol. Rutgers. 203. Wald, G. instr. biol. Harvard. 311. Watson, E. E. asst. prof. physics. Queen’s (Ontario). 315. Weiss, C. M. bact. techn. Rutgers. 201. Woodcock, A. H. techn. Atlantis. 207. OFFICE OF ADMINISTRATION Iselin, C. O’D. director. 206. Schroeder, W. C. assoc. curator fishes. Museum of Comp. Zool. (Harvard). bus. manager. 113. Smith, Virginia Walker sec. “ATLANTIS” Backus, H. first engineer. Cook, H. sec. engineer. Kelley, T. N. first officer. Mandly, H. sec. officer. McMurray, F. S. master. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS Condon, W. asst. to superintendent. Schroeder, W. C. superintendent. U. S. BUREAU OF FISHERIES SCIENTIFIC STAFF Algire, Dorothy H. asst. biol. U.S.B.F. 122. F 27. Bliss, C. I. indep. invest. 119. F 43. Boving, B. G. Swarthmore. 121. F 45. Corson, S. A. temp. jr. aquatic biol. U.S.B.F. 121. F 54, Galtsoff, Eugenia assoc. zool. George Washington. 128. F 23-24. Galtsoff, P. S. biol. U.S.B.F. acting director. 118. F 23-24. Hsiao, S. C. T. China Foundation res. fel. 123. F 49. Maluf, N. S. R. scholar zool. Hopkins. 123. F 41. Marvel, R. New Hampshire. “Skimmer.” F 49. Newcombe, C. L. instr. zool. Maryland. 123. F 55. Pupchick, Anna sec. 118. F 30. Shlaifer, A. visiting invest. N. Y. Aquarium. 123. F 54. Shepherd, B. B. fel. zool. Maryland. 123. F 55. Webster, J. R. asst. biol. U.S.B.F. 115. F 56. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS Armstrong, J. apprentice fish culturist. Bellinger, H. H. fireman. Conklin, P. fireman. Hatchery 137. Goffin, R. A. superintendent. 117. F. Hamblin, R. P. apprentice fish culturist. Howes, E. S. coxswain. 116. Lowey, J. engineer. Malone, J. J. apprentice fish culturist. June 29, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 21 Announcing! TLIE SCIENCES A SURVEY COURSE FOR COLLEGES e Ldited by Gerald Wendt, Ph.D. This series of six brief volumes has been planned to present a concise survey of the sciences —not too detailed nor technical, yet comprehensive in coverage. They afford a view of basic principles, concepts and methods of research, without probing into details which only the specialist need know. The books nay be studied in any order, depending upon the curricu- lum of the college using them. PHYSICS. By W. F. G. Swann. A new approach to the study of physics. It proposes the broad fundamental laws and concepts underlying all of the various ‘‘facts’” of physics, without the technicalities. Basic principles of motion, heat, etc., are first established, then their applications in many diverse fields are shown. Ready in September. Approximately 220 pages; Probable price, $1.75. CHEMISTRY. By Gerald Wendt. A careful selection of major concepts and_ their practical application is given. The book covers concisely atoms and molecules, elements and compounds, the basis of chemical reactions, the structure of the atom, atomic number, valence electrons, the periodic system, the formation of compounds, reactions, oxidation and reduction, acids and bases, formulas and equations, physics, organic and biological chem- istry, and the future of chemical research. Ready in September. Approximately 212 pages; Probable price, $1.75. EARTH SCIENCES. By J. Harlen Bretz. Under the major headings of earth, water and air, this analysis forms a sound and practical survey of geology, oceanography and meteorology, as well as of physical geography. The style is smooth, yet challenging. The illustrations in this volume are profuse, beautiful and cogent. Ready in September. Approx- wmately 252 pages; Probable price, $1.75. ASTRONOMY. By Clyde Fisher and Marian Lockwood. A short, informative survey of the Earth as an astronomical body, of the solar system and the relations of its members to each other, and their place in the universe. The Moon, Sun, planets, comets, meteors, stars and galaxies are all treated in easy, informal style, together with their motions and celestial events. Published May 1940. 205 pages; $1.75. BIOLOGY. By Howard M. Parshley. The structural organization and chemical composi- tion of living things form the entering wedge in this survey. Reproduction and development receive due attention. Inheritance of characteristics likewise has its place in the discussion. Environment, and the adaptation of the individual organism to it, are described. Evolution and variation are the concluding subjects of the book. Published May 1940, 232 pages; $1.75. THE BODY FUNCTIONS. By Ralph W. Gerard. This volume on the human body and on human biology is organized upon the basic concepts of function and its emphasis is chem- ical rather than anatomical. It is a sound, thorough, though compact survey of physiology as the basis of the medical sciences. Respiration, nutrition, reproduction are analyzed into their simple component processes and are themselves established as the basis of health. Ready in September. Approximately 218 pages; Probable price, $1.75. e JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC., 440 FOURTH AVE., NEW YORK 22 THE COLLECTING NET [ VoL. XV, No. 128 fet CHEMICALS and GLASSWARE SEND FOR A COPY OF BULLETIN No. 610 * Special Chemicals Formerly Imported Now Made in U.S.A. * EIMER & AMEND 205-223 THIRD AVENUE NEW YORK, N. Y. ASCARIS Recently completed a new series of slides of MITOSIS in Ascaris megalocephala bivalens. Dr. Powers considers them one finest Prices as in catalog No. 16. of our products. Send for sample. POWERS & POWERS Lincoln, Nebraska COPS OPO PLSD LE LOL IIS ELLIO LI IOG DI SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS 3iological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, Sets, Volumes and Odd There may be some Single Copies needed to complete your sets, or an Im- portant Article which you may need. Prices are reasonable. B. LOGIN & SON, INC. 29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK CITY a etc. Complete Copies. DALEY’S Patent Medicines and Hospital Supplies STATIONERY COSMETICS SUNDRIES Best Coffee in Town TEXACO GAS AND OIL WOODS HOLE GARAGE CO. Opposite Station THE BELLOWS Mrs. Hedlund Falmouth Heights Road at Jericho LUNCHEON DINNER For Reservations Call Falmouth 271 », ROWE’S PHARMACY 4, Cigarettes - Cosmetics - Magazines Home Remedies 1a Developing and Printing Snapshots Feowtam Server Falmouth - Woods Hole - No. Fal. WOODS HOLE SANDWICH SHOP Lunch Parker Products Main Street Breakfast Dinner Woods Hole MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS HOSIERY, DRY GOODS Toilet Necessities Cretonne, Chintz, Lingerie FALMOUTH CLEANING — PRESSING Dyeing — Repairing Daily Calls and Deliveries Tel. 907 PARK TAILORING SHOP BAND BOX CLEANERS 172 Main St. Falmouth Choice meats E. E. C. SWIFT CO. <> Yes, c Meats and Groceries Free Delivery to Woods Hole Call Falmouth 22 or 421-W Falmouth Osterville June 29, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET Spencer AIDS TO MICROSCOPY Spencer has perfected many acces- sories to broaden the usefulness of its microscopes. Four of these aids to microscopy are illustrated above. At the left rear is the Spencer Hand Microtome No. 905 for sectioning specimens. The feed is graduated, each division representing 10 microns. At the right rear is the Spencer Camera Lucida of the Abbe type. The entire field of the microscope may be viewed from above the prism and the light so regulated as to show both the object and the drawing pencil with the same intensity. The Spencer Mechanical Stage No. 485 (at the left front) facilitates the complete exploration of a slide and is provided with graduations and verniers reading to 1/10 mm. Spencer Magnifiers — Doublets and Triplet Aplanats — represent the finest Spencer optical standards. They are shown at the lower right. Complete information about these and other accessories may be obtained by writing Dept. F8. Spencer Lens Company MICROSCOPES SPENCER REFRACTOMETERS MICROTOMES COLORIMETERS PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC SPECTROMETERS EQUIPMENT I PROJECTORS HE (COLLE CLNG NEw This prism is a reject, although the user of the refractometer for which it was designed probably could not detect a single fault in its performance. But, merely ‘‘good enough” falls below Bausch & Lomb standards. These standards, based upon rigid inspection, give no quarter to inaccuracy. This is one of many reasons why you can place your trust in the uni- form high quality of B&L instruments. For your next instrument select one that bears the B&L trade-mark. Write concerning your opti- cal instrument problems. Bausch & Lomb Optical Company, 671 St. Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y. BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY 5d! FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH & LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION C [ Vout. XV, No. 128 Vol. XV, No. 2 SATURDAY, JULY 6, 1940 $2.00 Single Copies, 30 Cents. Annual Subscription, THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF GERMANY Homer A. JAcK Science Education Department, Cornell University Germany has always been a leader in sponsor- OXIDATION AND REDUCTION IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Dr. LEoNoR MICHAELIS Member, Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research All life as we know it is dependent on the ex- ing biological field stations, although these have often been outside German territory. German biological stations to be established were on the Mediterranean and Adriatic Seas. In 1870 the Berlin Aquarium founded a station at Trieste in order to obtain a steady supply of living marine specimens. Under the leader- ship of Dr. Otto Hermes this station soon offered laboratory facilities to visiting German investigators. Also at that time Anton Dohrn, then a young German zoologist who had just studied with Haeckel and Gegenbauer at Jena, es- tablished the Zoological Sta- tion of Naples. Although this institution has never been strictly a German station, from its inception it was heavily subsidized by German funds and attracted numbers of German investigators. While the establishment of field stations on (Continued on page 31) German territory was Seminar: The first M. B. UE. Calendar TUESDAY, July 9, 8:00 P. M. Papers on cellular phys- iclogy presented under the chair- manship of Dr. Robert Cham- bers, Research Professor of Biol- ogy, New York University. FRIDAY, July 12, 8:00 P. M. Lecture: Dr. Kenneth V. Thimann, Associate Professor of Plant Physiology, Harvard University: “Hormones and the Physiology of Growth in Plants.” istence of such chemical compounds as constitute the realm of organic chemistry. These compounds show two properties which at first glance seem to be con- tradictory: an enormous re- activity, on the one hand, and a remarkable sluggishness in the manifestation of this re- activity on the other hand. All organic compounds react with oxygen; the affinity of such a reaction is great enough to release very large amounts of energy, indeed enough en- ergy for the maintenance of life. On the other hand, in spite of the high affinity for oxidation, organic compounds, such as sugar, fat or proteins, can exist even in contact with oxygen for a practically un- limited time at ordinary tem- peratures. There is some barrier acting as a brake to the reactivity, and the organism has to avail itself of specific catalysts, the respiratory enzymes, to overcome that barrier. Thereby, the energy of Oxidation and Reduction in Organic Chemistry, TABLE OF CONTENTS Drea Meonors Michaelisimr:scscccsserssexccssescscestcteese=s 2 eae Curricular WAchiviticgiatteuh iene eae 36 The Biological Field Stations of Germany ow) Embryol Cl INES s sccessssetesssesscsscssevne snes teeees 36 tore men ackae is ts th eae yn DB a Ra ol Bees oe Prot ] Cl INotest jctcsiciecisshscsvasssvecartecesctas 37 The Contributions of Dr. Frank R. Lillie to BR a eta an nea Oceanography, Dr. E. G. Conklin .........cceeee 201. Botany Classi NOES) ccncccccccsssececenccnesssccsscccceccressoncece 38 Introducing Dr. A. C. Giese (A Be CeOtmWiOO0SmEH Ol clececeserestteerccsaccncscecesreenteeeres 39 Items of Interest WIOH SGOOM NI SAIYOLVYORVT TVOIDOIOIN HHYUHL AHL AO NOLLVOOT FHL DNIMOHS MATA TVINaV NV ‘SSRI ‘PAIOJp9IgG MON ‘PpOOM “IN premoT Aq YdvRaso0j04yq ed libs Jury 6, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET 27 the process is dealt with much more economically than in a sudden, rapid or explosive reaction. Rather is the process conducted through succes- sive steps leading through a well planned path most suitable for the utilization of the energy by the machinery of the living organism. The problem of this lecture is to account for this remarkable lack of reactivity of organic com- pounds, which for purely unsophisticated con- siderations ought to be reactive toward oxygen to such an extent as not to be capable at all, of existence, in the presence of oxygen, for any appreciable length of time. Let us start the discussion of this problem by an example, say, the oxidation of ethyl alcohol, CsH,O. The first known product of this oxida- tion is acetaldehyde, C2HyO. Any oxidation of an organic compound is primarily the detachment of hydrogen, or something analogous to it, such as the attachment of a hydroxyl group. In order to arrive from alcohol to aldehyde, one has to proceed not in one single elementary step of ox- idation, involving one hydrogen atom, but a double step involving two hydrogen atoms. The first step, schematically speaking, is the loss of one H atom: C2HeO — C2H;0 + H. The second is the loss of another H atom, C2H;0 — CoH,O -+ H. Whatever may be the structural formula of the intermediate form C.H;O, it will be a free radical containing one tervalent carbon atom. If we maintain that carbon should be quadri- valent, then this intermediate compound has no chance of existence to any measurable extent. It should be a compound much less stable than alcohol, hence much more reactive than alcohol. So, in order to pass from alcohol to a less reactive substance such as aldehyde, we have to pass through a compound, which is even more reactive than alcohol itself. We may say: the energy content of alcohol, when passing to aldehyde, decreases, the process taken as a whole. How- ever, it has to climb over an energy hill. Once the top of the hill is reached, the energy will fall down spontaneously. But the necessity of climb- ing over this hill is the barrier of the reaction and makes alcohol resistent against oxygen under ordinary conditions. This argument is so simple that one should expect it to be known and acknowledged for a long time. What has been acknowledged is that there is some barrier, and that some activation energy is necessary to overcome some kind of energy hill. However, astounding as it may be, it has not been recognised that the intermediate free radical is the impersonation, or the substrate, of this barrier. On the contrary, whenever the mechanism of oxidation of organic compounds was discussed, it was taken for granted that in general the oxidation is primarily and essentially a bivalent one, and that an intermediate stage, or any univalent oxidation, does not occur. This can be best shown by studying the current theories on reversible oxidation-reduction as observed by potentiometric titration of many organic dyestuffs. The simplest prototype of such a reversible oxidation-reduction process is O:CgH4:O + Hs — HO:C,H,:OH (Quinone) (Hydroquinone) According to what has been just now said this process should be split into two successive steps, such as (1 ) HO-:CsgHsy:OH — HO:CsgH4:0 - H (Hydroquinone) (Semiquinone) @) HO:C.gH4:0 = O:C.H4:O + H (Semiquinone) (Quinone) The substance called semiquinone contains one tervalent carbon. It is a free radical, and it has never been prepared to any easily detectable amount. (What is known as solid quinhydrone is not this radical but a compound of double molecular size, containing no tervalent carbon.) Our thesis, when exemplified for this particular case, is that hydroquinone, in order to be oxidised to quinone, cannot be oxidised directly in one step but has to pass through an intermediate step, which is the semiquinone, a free radical, with an unsaturated valence. This free radical is a very unstable compound, its formation requiring much energy. To convert hydroquinone to semiquinone, amounts to winding up an elastic spring. It re- quires the expenditure of energy. The necessity of passing through this stage makes hydroquinone a relatively stable compound even in the presence of oxygen. This is true at least in acid solution. Why hydroquinone is much easier to oxidise in an alkaline solution will be understandable from what follows. You may guess it even now: be- cause in alkaline solution, the formation of such a radical requires less energy, and it will presently be shown why this is the case. Now, though this particular semiquinone is very unstable and capable of existence in equilib- THE COLLECTING NET was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, 1938. It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods marine biological laboratories. Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. It is devoted to the scientific work at Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 28 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vot. XV, No. 129 rium with its parent substances, quinone and hydroquinone, only to a very small extent, its existence must not be entirely denied. As regards the stability of such free radicals, it may vary from case to case to a wide extent, and for the sake of clarification we may somewhat schematic- ally distinguish three possibilities : 1) In some cases, the existence of the inter- mediate free radical cannot be demonstrated ex- perimentally at all. Whether or not it exists in minute quantities is a matter of hypothesis. An example: no radical intermediate between alcohol and aldehyde has ever been shown to exist. 2) Ina second group of cases, the existence of the intermediate radical can just be detected by refined methods. 3) Ina third group, the existence of the free semiquinone radical is easy to demonstrate. Let us discuss these three cases in detail by some examples. We begin with the third case. A good example is pyocyanine, a bacterial dye- stuff, or riboflavin (vitamin B.). When such a dyestuff, in a sufficiently acid solution, is gradual- ly reduced, one can see a twofold change of color. For instance, an acid solution of pyocyanine is red; on reduction it first turns green, then color- less. The intermediate green compound can be shown to be a free radical by two entirely in- dependent methods, a potentiometric and a mag- netometric one. The potentiometric method is used as follows. The dyestuff is titrated with a reducing agent and the electric potential as estab- lished at a bright platinum electrode, is plotted against the degree of reduction. The shape of the titration curve allows one to infer whether any intermediate compound is formed at all, and what is the molecular size of the intermediate com- pound as compared with the molecular size of the dyestuff itself; furthermore, whether the inter- mediate compound differs from the original dye- stuff by one single, univalent step of oxidation, or by two. Hereby it can be learned from a mathematical analysis of the titration curve whether or not the intermediate compound is a free radical. The second method is based on the observation of the magnetic properties of the substance. A regular organic compound contains always an even number of electrons, and these are arranged in pairs. Each pair consists of two electrons with opposite spin. If the spin of an electron should be detectable at all by some physical property, it cannot be manifest in a compound with an even number of electrons because for each pair of electrons these effects are cancelled out due to the opposite sign of the spins. However, as free radical must contain an odd number of electrons, and the spin of the odd electron is not cancelled out, the effect of such spin is to make the mole- cule paramagnetic: it is attracted by a magnet. A spinning electron is equivalent to a circular electric current, and it has been known for more than a hundred years that a circular electric cur- rent is equivalent to a magnet. For this reason, any free radical must be paramagnetic, and ordin- ary molecules must not be paramagnetic, but show that very faint diamagnetism, common to all mat- ter, manifested by a very faint repulsion by a magnet, instead of attraction, Though in principle this method seems to be very simple, the technical difficulties which pre- vented its application for this particular task have been overcome only quite recently. The method adopted consists in mixing a solution of a suitable substance with some reagent such as to bring about the reduction quite gradually. E.g., glucose in an alkaline solution is such a reducing agent which under proper conditions stretches the per- iod of the reduction process over a whole hour or more. During this period, successive measure- ment of the magnetic properties of the solution are performed. The solution, in a cylindrical con- tainer, is suspended at one end of a balance-beam, and the force by which it is attracted by an elec- tromagnet is measured in terms of the weight which compensates the pull of the electromagnet on closing the electric current. (Two cases were demonstrated in lantern slides.) It can easily be seen that during the observation a change of the magnetic force occurs, reaching a maximum in the midpoint of the reduction. By means of the the- ory of para-magnetic susceptibility, on the basis of the modern quantum theory, it can be calcu- lated how much of the dyestuff is present in the form of the free radical in the midpoint of reduc- tion, and this result can be compared with the one obtained by the potentiometric method. In this particular case shown in the lantern slide, the sub- stance to be reduced was duroquinone (the par- ent substance of the vitamin tocopherol), dis- solved in .1 N NaOH. Both methods agreed in the result that in the midpoint of titration as much as 52 per cent of the substance is present as the free semiquinone radical. It should be empha- sized that in a less alkaline solution, this percen- tage is much smaller and gradually, going to acid solutions, becomes so small that our methods are scarcely sensitive enough to show its existence. However, since the methods are not at all very sensitive and the decrease of the percentage in free radical is quite gradual with decreasing al- kalinity, it is justified to assume the presence of some small amount of the radical, say, in 1% of the total substance, even in acid solution. By this Jury 6, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 29 example it is shown what is meant by the second case where there is no good direct method of showing the presence of a radical, but sufficient indirect evidence for its existence in a_ small amount. Now we pronounce the following important thesis: Whenever the semiquinone radical can exist, the process of oxidation and reduction is reversible. Or, on the other hand: the reversi- bility of oxidation-reduction process is correlated to the existence of a semiquinone radical in not too small an amount. If the establishment of the intermediate step requires little energy, the energy hill over which the process has to climb is small and may be quite insignificant. Then the whole bivalent oxidation-reduction is reversible. Re- versible systems of this kind have been known for a long time in organic chemistry, namely all the vat-dyes such as indigo, and many other dyestuffs such as methylene blue. They had scarcely been known to exist in the living organism fifteen years ago. Since, they have been discovered to exist in a great variety. They are the respiratory enzymes and a number of the vitamins. To give a few examples: Warburg’s yellow respiration enzymes and the great variety of enzymes similar to it discovered in recent years; and a number of quinone-like substances, such as Vitamin K, or phtiocol, the yellow pigment of the tubercle bacil- lus. Since these dyestuffs are reversibly oxidised and reduced, they can be utilized as catalysts for oxidation and reduction of other substances, and since, due to the reversibility of the process, they are never used up, they need be present only in very small amounts. Their very low concentra- tion in the organism is the reason why they have been discovered only in recent years and in spite of their great importance for the process of res- piration have escaped the attention of scientists until a few years ago. All these reversible systems play the role of catalysts. The energy of the organism is derived, however, from the oxidation of irreversible sys- tems, such as sugar, fat, and protein. Whereas the oxidation and reduction of the reversible sys- tems take place in cycles, the oxidation of, say, sugar, proceeds in a series of steps to the forma- tion of CO and H2,O. This process cannot be reversed, except by the green plant with expendi- ture of radiant energy of the sunlight. The irreversibility of the oxidation of sugars, fats or proteins may be correlated to the fact that the oxidation here also can proceed only in suc- cessive univalent steps. The first necessary step, then, is the formation of a free radical. This re- quires the expenditure of so much energy that the radical is never formed in any measurable quan- tity. If the oxidation has to proceed through the free radical, then the concentration of the radical must be one factor in determining the rate of the oxidation. If this concentration happens to be too small, it may be the limiting factor for the process, and the whole process of oxidation is stopped. This is why the foodstuffs are relatively stable toward oxidising agents and especially toward oxygen. The various respiration enzymes are catalysts which have the task of overcoming the lack of reactivity and furthermore to select one of the possible paths of oxidation. These enzymes can form a loose compound with the substrate to be oxidised. If the radical of this compound can be more easily formed than with the uncombined substrate, the enzyme may be said to catalyse the oxidation. It remains to correlate the stability of free radi- cal with its chemical constitution. In this respect a very useful principle can be applied which is the result of a quantum-mechanical consideration. This principle is that of resonance. This term, in quantum mechanics, is used in the following sense, Very often, a chemical formula for a given compound may be written in two or more ways without the implication that one of them should represent the true state. So, the formula for ben- zene can be written in various ways, of which the two Kekulé-structures are the most important ones. They differ only in the distribution of the valence dashes, each dash standing for an electron pair. The ambiguity is concerned only with the distribution of the electrons but not with the dis- tribution of the atomic nuclei. If such a condition prevails, none of the possible formulae represents the true state, but the real state is something in- termediate that cannot be expressed by any single formula of the customary type. This statement is easy to understand and needs no quantum me- chanics for explanation. However, there is some- thing that quantum mechanics has added to this statement, namely that this ambiguity with respect to the distribution of the electrons imparts to the molecule a greater stability than otherwise would be expected. This ambiguity of structure is des- ignated as resonance. Let us demonstrate it at least by one example. It was stated at the beginning that a quinone of the general type O=X=O, where X stands for CeH, or any other suitable ring structure with conjugated double bands, yields as the first step of oxidation the semiquinone, O=X—OH,. Ina sufficiently alkaline solution, it detaches a hydro- gen ion, and then has the form O=X—O-. There is no reason, however, why the negative 30 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 129 charge should be attached to the right hand oxy- gen. Just as well one could write "O—X=O. This ambiguity produces the phenomenon of reso- nance and makes the radical a rather stable one in spite of the very unsaturated condition of such a compound. However, in an acid solution, where we have the structure O=X—OH, no analagous ambiguity arises, and the lack of resonance makes such a radical very much less stable than the other form as it arises in an alkaline solution. This is why the stability of the radical depends largely on the acidity or alkalinity of the solution and why the ease of oxidation so largely depends on the pH of the solution. In some cases, alka- linity favors the establishment of radicals, namely when the radical is a negatively charged ion, or can form such an ion. In other cases, acidity fa- vors the formation of a radical, namely whenever the semiquinone is, or can form, a positively charged ion. This idea can be shown to hold to the finest detail, but we have to restrict ourselves, for the time alloted to such a lecture, to the state- ment of the principle, regretting not to be able to show the large experimental material accumu- lated during the past few years. For details, see: Cold Spring Harbor Symposium on Oxidation- reduction, 1939; and New York Academy of Sciences, Monograph of November Meeting, 1939. (This article is based on an evening lecture en- titled “Oxidation and Reduction in Organic and Bio- logical Chemistry,” delivered at the Marine Biologi- cal Laboratory on July 5.) THE CONTRIBUTIONS OF DR. FRANK R. LILLIE TO OCEANOGRAPHY Dr. Epwin G. CONKLIN Emeritus Profesor of Biology, Princeton University Note: These comments by Professor Conklin were made on April 28 on the occasion of the presenta- tion of the Agassiz Medal for Oceanography by the National Academy of Sciences. In these times of exaggerated nationalism it is fortunate that we can still emphasize the inter- nationalism of science. The Murray Fund of the National Academy of Sciences is peculiarly international in its foundation and purpose. It was established in 1911 by Sir John Murray, Canadian by birth, Scot by adoption, internation- alist in science, to honor the memory of Alexander Agassiz, Swiss-born American, cosmopolitan as the ocean in his research work. Of the seven- teen awards of the Agassiz Medal which have been made hitherto, fourteen were given to foreign oceanographers, three to American. Of the foreign awards, five went to Norwegians, two to Swedes, two to Danes, two to Britons and one each to oceanographers of Holland, Germany and Monaco. The eighteenth award of this medal is to one who is a Canadian by birth, American by adoption and an internationalist in his sympathies and services, Frank Rattray Lillie, thirteenth president of the National Academy of Sciences. For twenty-six years he was director of the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Mass., and he was president of that institution from 1926 to 1939. During nearly half a century his research activities have been largely associated with marine biology and particularly with normal and ex- perimental embryology and cytology, problems of fertilization and parthenogenesis, and during all these years he has stimulated or directed the re- search work of many hundreds of investigators. The Marine Biological Laboratory, one of the greatest institutions of its kind in the world, in large part owes its physical plant, its financial endowments and, best of all, its stimulating and cooperative atmosphere to his wise guidance and friendly supervision, Recognizing the needs of the more extensive cultivation of the wide field of oceanography, he conferred with the late Dr. Wickliffe Rose, president of the General Education Board, on the needs of a more comprehensive provision for re- search in this science, and at the annual meeting of the academy in 1927 he introduced a resolution, “that the president of the academy appoint a com- mittee on oceanography from the sections of the academy concerned to consider the share of the United States in a world-wide program of ocean- ographic research.” The members appointed were William Bowie, E. G. Conklin, B. M. Duggar, John C. Merriam, T. Wayland Vaughan and F. R. Lillie, chairman. The following year, through the efforts of Dr. Lillie and Wickliffe Rose, the General Education Board made a grant of $75,000 to finance a thorough study of the problems as well as the needs of a comprehensive program of oceano- graphy. Dr. Henry B. Bigelow was appointed secretary of the committee on oceanography to collect information and prepare a report on the present status of this science in America and Europe. This report was presented to the academy and to the Rockefeller Foundation and was later published in a volume of 263 pages. At the same time T. Wayland Vaughan made a Jury 6, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 31 special study of the status of oceanography in the Pacific area, and ultimately extended this to a survey of the “International Aspects of Oceano- graphy,’ which was published in a quarto vol- ume of 225 pages in 1937 with funds remaining from the original grant of the General Education Board. After Dr. Bigelow’s report had been carefully considered and generally approved and the de- cision had been reached to establish a central oceanographic station at the most suitable place on the Atlantic coast, the Woods Hole Oceano- graphic Institution was incorporated in 1930 and its board of trustees petitioned the Rockefeller Foundation for funds for building, equipment, re- search ship and endowment; one month later the foundation granted $2,000,000 for this pur- pose and later added $1,000,000 to the endow- ment. As a member of the committee on oceanography and of the board of trustees, I know how much of all this success was due to the efforts of Dr. Lillie, and how little to the rest of those whose names were associated with his. Dr. Lillie served as president of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution from its incor- poration until his retirement at his own request last summer, when Dr. Bigelow, who had been director from the time of its foundation, was THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD chosen president. In all this labor of awakening interest in oceanography, in securing large en- dowment, in building and equipping the station and in organizing its main lines of research, Dr. Lillie took the leading part ably seconded by Dr. sigelow. This is the leading privately endowed oceano- graphic institution in the world. Already it has drawn to itself many of the leading oceanograph- ers of the world. Its research ship, the Adlantis, has sailed more than 150,000 miles on research voyages; more than 240 research papers and monographs have been published from the in- stitution since its foundation, The National Acad- emy of Sciences may well be proud of the fact that it took so important a part in sponsoring this notable institution, without any cost to itself. For this important researches and his wise leadership in marine biology, for his enduring contributions to the science of oceanography in the founding and endowing of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, for his modest but ef- fective leadership in causing this country to as- sume its share in a world-wide program of ocean- ographic research, the committee on the Murray Fund presents to you, Mr. President, for the eighteenth award of the Agassiz Medal, Frank Rattray Lillie. STATIONS OF GERMANY (Continued from page 25) retarded by the development of these Mediter- ranean institutions, the first biological station to be founded in Germany had the distinction of being the first permanent fresh-water station in the world. This was the biological station at Plon, in Holstein, founded in 1892 by Dr. Otto Zacharias. In the same year the biological sta- tion at Helgoland was opened and soon the es- tablishment of other field stations followed. To- day German marine stations are located at Helgo- land and Husum on the North Sea and at Kiel, Kloster, and Rossitten on the Baltic. Lakeside stations are to be found at Langenargen and Was- serburg on Bodensee and at Plon and Seeon. River stations are at Krefeld near the Rhine, Saarbrticken on the Saar, and Bellinchen on the Oder. Finally a mountain station is situated at Garmisch, on Wettersteingebirge. In all, there are fourteen biological field stations in Germany, or one to about every five million inhabitants. The largest German station is the Biological Station of Helgoland (Biologische Anstalt auf Helgoland). Located in the North Sea, the is- land of Helgoland is some six hours by boat from Hamburg. The island’s sandstone cliffs are strik- ingly banded and rise perpendicularly from the sea on all sides except one; this, the Unterland, contains most of the inhabitants as well as the biological station. Begun as an itinerant zoologi- cal station along the North Sea Coast, this station was opened in a remodeled lodging house in 1892, two years after the island was ceded to Germany by Great Britain. In 1902 a public aquarium was opened in connection with the station and in 1937 a new, six-story laboratory and aquarium build- ing was completed. This new structure contains, in addition to a large public aquarium which had 73,000 visitors in 1937, offices and laboratories for students, investigators, and the permanent staff. Headed by Professor A. Hagmeier, the staff consists of five custodians, sixteen scientific assistants, nine fishery technicians, ten clerks, two machinists, and six laborers. The 34-meter re- search vessel, Makrele, is connected with the sta- tion as are several smaller vessels. The station has an auxiliary laboratory on Helgoland harbor near the vessel's dock and annexes also at Sylt and Wesermunde. 32 THE COLLECTING NET [ VoL. XV, No. 129 The Helgoland station offers four courses to students. These are a five-week laboratory course in marine biology, a two-week course in marine biology, a two-week laboratory course in_ bot- any, and a_ three-week course for biology teachers. A large laboratory is available for classes and accommodates a maximum number of thirty students. The tuition for students is five marks* a week. The station can also accommo- date about fifty foreign or German investigators who are expected to pay a laboratory fee of twen- ty-six marks a month. In 1939 students and in- vestigators could obtain board and lodging at a station-owned residence for about thirty-five marks a week. On the island of Helgoland is also located the Helgoland Bird Observatory (Vogelwarte Helgo- land) which merits distinction for being one of the few field institutions in the world devoted to research and instruction in ornithology. Attached to the Biological Institution of Helgoland, the observatory is located in a separate building about half a mile from it on the Oberland. In addition to housing bird skin collections and extensive bird-banding files, this institution has working places for ten investigators and a classroom for thirty students. Another German ornithological station is the Rossitten Bird Observatory of the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute (Vogelwarte Rossitten der Kaiser Wilhelm-Gesellschaft). Located on the Couric Isthmus in East Prussia, this station offers a seven-day field course in ornithology to students. Its research facilities include three aux- iliary field headquarters at Ulmenhorst, Elbing, and Windenburg. The Hiddensee Biological Research Station (Biologische Forschungsanstalt Hiddensee) at Kloster was founded in 1930 under the auspices of the University of Greifswald with the purpose of offering “instruction and research in the plant ecology, microclimatics, hydrobiology, and ornith- ology of the region.’” On an island in the Baltic Sea, two and one half hours by boat from Stral- sund, this station makes working places available to four investigators throughout the year. At the disposal of the investigator is a small library, a hydrobiological laboratory, regular meteorological observations, and motorboats. Investigators may *The exchange rate for the period in which the cost of tuition or living is given was about two and one-half marks to an American dollar, although Americans could obtain tourist marks at the rate of about five to the dollar and use them for tuition or living expenses at German biological stations. live at the institution, either preparing their own meals or eating at nearby hotels. Courses for students are given in ornithology, hydrobiology, and ecology. Another recently-organized German station is the Institute for Oceanography of the University of Kiel (Das Institut fiir Meereskunde der Uni- versitat Kiel) located at Kitzeberg, a suburb of Kiel. At present the institute is housed in a con- verted three-story dwelling and contains an exper- imental aquarium, a low temperature room, libra- ry, storerooms, living rooms for guests, and lab- oratories for geology, zoology, botany, hydrogra- phy, fishery-biology, chemistry, and bacteriology. The institute does not offer formal instruction, but two large laboratory rooms are available through- out the year to qualified visiting investigators, The first volume of the institute’s scientific journal, Kieler Meeresforschungen, was issued in 1936-37. A short distance from Kiel, on Greater Plon Lake, is situated the Hydrobiological Institute of the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute (Hydrobiologische Anstalt der Kaiser Withelm-Gesellschaft). Un- der the direction of the noted limnologist, Dr. A. Thienemann, this is one of the best known fresh- water stations in the world. For many years it was housed in a three-story brick building, but in 1938 work was begun on new quarters. The in- stitute is open all year to visiting investigators and occasionally classes from the University of Kiel spend some days in its laboratories. On Bodensee, in southwestern Germany, is located the Institute for Lake Investigation and Management of the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute (Institut fiir Seenforschung und Seenbewirtschaf- tung der Kaiser Wilhelm-Gesellschaft). Its three- story building contains a classroom, library, and laboratories for pisciculture, bacteriology, chemis- try, botany, and guests. A three-week course in limnology is given in July, the tuition being about twenty marks. Visiting investigators may work in the institute’s laboratories by paying a fee of twenty-one marks a month. The Alpine Laboratory of Schachen near Gar- misch (Alpenlaboratorium auf dem Schachen bei Garmisch) is located more than six thousand feet above sea level, about one hundred kilometers from Munich. Sponsored by the Bavarian Min- istry for Instruction and Culture and by the Union for the Protection of Alpine Plants, this station is housed in a log building containing one small laboratory and living quarters for four per- sons. The laboratory is open from June fifteenth to October first to investigators in the fields of Jury 6, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET 33 Or- ecology, alpine botany, and plant sociology. dinarily there are no laboratory fees. CK OK The usual question asked about the biological stations of Germany deals with their fate under the Nazi regime. While it is too early perhaps to evaluate the work of these institutions, it must be admitted that at least until 1939 the physical plants of the German stations prospered under the Hitler regime. One biological station was found- ed since he assumed power and the laboratory quarters of several others have been augmented. Whether this has been due to Nazi appreciation of the work of biological stations or to a carry over of plans made before 1934, it is difficult to ascertain. In recent years there has been admit- tedly a decline in the number of beginning stud- ents at several German biological stations. It is claimed that this was due not so much to the ab- sorption of students into war industries or the military forces as to the relatively large number of students who—as in this country—stayed on in university during the hard times of the early thirties. Marine stations are particularly vulnerable to demolition during modern warfare because naval bases often coincide with marine biological ones. Thus both Helgoland and Kiel have been targets of the Royal Air Force during the past nine months. What the fate of the stations located in these places has been is not known. The author, however, knows of the intense military activity on the island of Helgoland in September 1938. Men were working on fortifications twenty-four hours a day and engineers were trying to find oil just beyond the bird traps of the bird observatory on Oberland. Cameras were not allowed and civil- ians were forbidden to enter the harbor. Such was the atmosphere around the largest German biological station one year before the Second World War. (This article includes only the stations on the ter- ritory occupied by Germany prior to March 13, 1938.) The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution’s ketch Atlantis returned to Woods Hole on June 27 after a ten day survey trip to Georges Banks. Work in studying the feeding habits of food fish was conducted on this trip under the direction of Dr. George L. Clarke of Harvard University. The next trip of the Atlantis is scheduled for July 9 when it will establish an anchor station south of Martha’s Vineyard for use in measuring ocean currents. The Anton Dohrn, which has been transferred from the Tortugas Laboratory to the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, arrived in Woods Hole last week-end and is now tied up at the Institution’s pier. The power boat is 70 feet long, contains two 50-hoursepower engines, and is cap- able of a speed of nine knots per hour. It carries dredging equipment suitable for use up to a depth of three hundred fathoms. The Dohrn was oper- ated by the Tortugas Laboratory together with two smaller boats, the Vellela and the Darwin. The Dohrn was used for communication with the mainland, for dredging and for other collecting purposes. No funds are as yet available for oper- ating the launch and there appears to be little like- lihood that the Woods Hole Oceanographic Insti- tution will be able to use the ship in the near future. Dr. Eric G. BALL, an associate at the Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, was awarded the one thousand dollar Eli Lilly and Company prize in biological chemistry of the American Chemical Society for chemical studies of certain biological substances including the hormone adrenalin and vitamins Bs and C. The prize was presented to Dr. Ball by Dr. Samuel C. Lind, president of the Society, at its meeting in April. Dr. Ball delivered his award paper, “The Nature of the Enzyme Xanthine Oxidase” before a symposium on vita- mins and nutrition on April 10. Dr. Ball was cited specifically “for his research on the oxida- tion-reduction properties of cell pigments such as phtiocol, echinochrome, and the cytochromes, ad- renalin and related compounds, vitamin C, vita- min Bs, or riboflavin, and nicotinic acid amide.”’ Dr. W. C. ALLEE, professor of zoology at the University of Chicago, received the honorary de- gree of doctor of laws in June from Earlham Col- lege, Richmond, Indiana. The citation reads: “He is a scholar who believes that scholarship should serve society, a scientist and an author who seeks to apply natural laws to the social, the econoric and the spiritual world.” Dr. Allee has been elected an alumni trustee of the college. 34 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 129 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories. Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 8, 1879, and re-entered, July 23, 1938. Introducing Dr. ArrHuR CHARLES GrEsE, Rockefeller Foun- dation Fellow at Princeton University; Assistant Professor of Biology at Stanford University. On Sabbatical leave from his position at Stan- ford University, Dr. Giese has spent the past aca- demic year conducting research at Princeton University with Dr. E. Newton Harvey, and is now continuing this fellowship work at Woods Hole with him. After receiving his B.S. in biology at the Uni- versity of Chicago, Dr. Giese did graduate work at the University of California and Stanford Uni- versity, receiving his Ph.D. at the latter institu- tion in 1933. The research work for the degree concerned itself with the lethal effects of ultra- violet light on Paramecium, and was conducted under the direction of Dr. C. V. Taylor and Dr. P. A. Leighton. Since then Dr. Giese has been concerned chiefly with the effects of ultra-violet radia- tion on various biological processes, a sub- ject of many applications to medical and biological problems. While the question of lethal effects of ultra-violet rays has been rather extensively in- vestigated, much of the work on the effects of these rays upon respiration, growth and irrita- bility has been sketchy and often contradictory in its conclusions. Dr. Giese’s work at present deals with the ef- fects of ultra-violet rays on respiration. He has chosen a species of luminous bacterium for his work, because in this way the metabolic activity can be checked not only by direct measurement of oxygen consumption, but also by the amount of luminescence. He has been working out the conditions under which ultra-violet radiation has an inhibitory, a negligible, or a stimulatory effect, and attempting to determine the essential nature of the radiation effects upon respiration. Dr. Giese plans to return to his position at Stanford University this fall. He is accompanied in Woods Hole this summer by Mrs. Giese and their son, Teddy. Among his hobbies he lists tennis and music, particularly playing the ’cello. ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATORS Baker, L. A. res. asst. Eli Lilly & Co. Br 319. Brink, F., Jr. res. asst. biophys. Pennsylvania. Br 115. Brown, D. E. S. asst. prof. phys. New York. Br 304. Butler, P. A. asst. zool. Northwestern. Br 225. K 15. Calabrisi, P. instr. anat. George Washington Med. OM 46. Catherine Francis instr. Hallahan H. S. (Pa.), Rock 3 Commence B. tutor biol. Queens (Long Island). Br 05. Perenemn, F. P. grad. asst. zool. Minnesota. Br 210. 6. Finkel, A. J. res. asst. zool. Chicago. Br 332. Graham, Judith grad. phys. Chicago. OM 4. Hauguard, G. asst. Carlsberg Lab. (Denmark). Br 207. Hemstead, G. W. Union. Br 312. Ho 7. Hickson, Anna K. res. chem. Eli Lilly & Co. Br 319. Hunter, G. W., III asst. prof. biol. Wesleyan. (Aug. 24). Jacobs, Joye asst. phys. Maryland Med. Br 109. Kaylor, C. T. instr. anat. Syracuse. Br 226. Krahl, M. E. res. chem. Eli Lilly & Co. Br 333. A 301. Kriete, B. C. grad. asst. zool. Cincinnati. Lancefield, D. E. assoc. prof. biol. Queens (Long Is- land). Br 305. M. Joseph teacher Nativity H. S. (Scranton, Pa.). Rock 3. MeVay, Jean asst. zool. Northwestern. Br 313. H 3. Merwin, Ruth M. res. asst. zool. Chicago. Br 332. Meyerhof, Bettina res. asst. biochem. Hopkins Med. Br 204. Morgan, Lilian Br 320. Netsky, M. Pennsylvania Med. Br 205. Neubeck, C. E. asst. chem. Pittsburgh. Br 333. Pirenne, M. H. Belgian-Amer. Found. fel. Br 334. Ray, O. M. instr. phys. North Dakota Agri. Br 107. Shannon, J. A. asst. prof. phys. New York Med. OM 5 Spratt N. T. res. asst. emb. Br 324. Whitaker, D. M. prof. biol. Stanford. CURRENTS IN THE HOLE At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the Hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: ipvie 5:18 6:03 6:56 7:48 8:39 9 :36 10 :37 11:41 12 :24 1 :02 In each case the current changes approxi- mately six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. Jury 6, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET 35 ITEMS OF Dr. AND Mrs. CHARLES PACKARD will be at home to members of the Marine Biological Lab- oratory on Sunday afternoons, July 7, 14, and 21 from 4:30 to 6 o’clock. Dr. THEopostus DoszHANSKy, professor oi genetics at the California Institute of Technology, has been named professor of zoology at Columbia University and will direct research in the Uni- versity’s laboratory of genetics. Dr. Marcus M. Rhoades, geneticist of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, has been also appointed associate professor of botany at the University. They will collaborate in the laboratory with Dr. Leslie C. Dunn, professor of zoology, who will become head of the department there on July 1. Dr. A. P. MatHews, Andrew Carnegie profes- sor of biochemistry and head of the department at the University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, retired this spring. His place has been taken by Dr. Milan Logan, chemist at the Forsyth Dental Infirmary at Harvard University. Dr. Drxte Younc, who has been at Woods Hole several years, has been promoted from as- sistant professor to associate professor in the de- partment of zoology at the University of Oklaho- ma. Dr. GeorGE P. Cuitp has been promoted from instructor to assistant professor of biology at Am- herst. He will take a summer course in spectro- scopy at the Massachusetts Institute of Technol- ogy. Dr. G. W. Motnar, who took the invertebrate zoology course at the Marine Biological Labora- tory in 1939, has been appointed instructor in zoology in Miami University. Mr. Morris K. WinzorN received his Mas- ter’s degree at the Amherst College commence- ment exercises in June. Mr. Winborn, who was a student in the invertebrate zoology class at Woods Hole last summer, will work for his doc- tor’s degree at Harvard. Dr. A. V. Hitt, Foulerton professor of phys- iology, University College, London, has recently returned to Europe after spending two months in Washington where he was associated with the British Embassy. Shortly before coming to America Dr. Hill was elected a member of Par- liament from Cambridge. The D. Appleton-Century Company and the J. B. Lippincott Company have been exhibiting their books in the lobby of the Marine Biological Lab- oratory building during the past week. INTEREST Miss ConstantrA HoMMANN, daughter of Mrs. Smith Hommann, was married on June 22 at Lee, Mass., to Mr. Gary Nathan Calkins, Jr., son of Dr. Calkins, director of the protozoology course and trustee of the Marine Biological Lab- oratory. Miss RutH Morrison was married to Dr. Jay A. Smith on October 31 of last year at Swayzee, Indiana. Dr. Smith was head of the department of biology at Springfield College, Springfield, Mass., last year. Mrs. Smith graduated from DePauw University in 1938. Miss VirGINIA SAFFORD was married to Dr. Edward Black on June 22 at East Northfield, Massachusetts, and the couple is now taking a trip through Canada. Dr. and Mrs. Black both worked at the Marine Biological Laboratory last summer. Miss ANNE DuNAy was married to Dr. Paul Calabrisi, instructor in anatomy at George Wash- ington University Medical School, on June 27 at Washington, D. C. Dr. Calabrisi is working with Dr. G. B. Jenkins at Woods Hole. Dr. LorANDE L. Wooprurr, professor of pro- tozoology at Yale University, is spending the first half of the summer at the Mountain Lake Bio- logical Station, Mountain Lake, Virginia. He will arrive in Woods Hole about August 1. Dr. Harorp H. PLouG, professor of biology at Amherst College, is spending the early part of this summer at the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Laboratory at Beaufort, North Carolina, but will come to Woods Hole for the month of August. Dr. Plough was on the crew of the S. S. City of Flint when it rescued part of the survivors of the torpedoed liner S. S. Athenia at the outbreak of the war last September. At lunch on Wednesday there were 292 people eating at the Laboratory Mess Hall which is 9 less than for the corresponding meal last year. With the present arrangement of seating fourteen people to a table, the capacity of the hall is 312. A sea wall has been built during the winter by the Marine Biological Laboratory at the Break- water bathing beach in order to protect the tennis courts. The structure is four feet high, twelve feet wide, and about one hundred feet long. The United States Bureau of Fisheries was merged last week with the Bureau of Biological Survey to form a new bureau to be known as the Fish and Wildlife Service. The combined bureaus, headed by Dr. Ira N. Gabrielson, are part of the Department of the Interior. 36 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. XV, No. 129 EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES AT THE M.B. L. M. B. L. CLUB The membership of the M.B.L. Club reached 203 at noon on Thursday, according to Mrs. M. Bosworth, the Club hostess. The first regular phonograph record concert of the season was presented last Monday evening. A crowd of nearly two hundred filled the Club- house to capacity to hear a program of recordings which included “La Mer,” by Debussy, “Sonata in C Sharp Minor,” by Beethoven, and “Jupiter Symphony (No. 41 in C Major)”’ by Mozcart. Concerts are planned each Monday evening for the remainder of the summer. Dr. Jay A. Smith and Dr. J. B. Buck are in charge of these musi- cal evenings. Another of the regular Saturday evening dances will be held this evening at nine o'clock. The committee in charge of refreshments for this dance will be: Mrs. A. A. Abramowitz, Chairman, Miss Rosemary Martin and Miss Helen Goulding. The beach-party equipment of the Club has been used several times already this summer, Miss M. Lucille Nason has recently been ap- pointed chairman of the social committee. A new net has recently been obtained for the Club’s ping-pong table. New paddles have also been provided, with the name of the Club burnt into the handles by James Snedecor, who has re- cently been appointed to the house committee of the Club. An afternoon tea was held recently at the Club. The house committee wishes to call attention to the fact that the facilities of the Club are avail- able to any of its members that wishes to hold a tea in the Clubhouse. M. B. L. TENNIS CLUB The official tennis season was launched at a meeting of the M. B. L. Tennis Club on the eve- ning of July 2nd. The meeting was held on the lawn behind Old Main Lecture Hall for the pur- pose of outlining current needs and activities. President Krahl announced the opening of the Beach and Colas Courts under the supervision of Mr. A. J. Stunkard. The clay court adjacent to EMBRYOLOGY (Apology to S. Pepys.) June 26, 1940. This day did our honorable professor, Dr. Costello, ex- pound some of the theories concerning the prob- lem of cell lineage in preparation for some of our lab work during the week. The nimble nereis was the animal under observation and did as well as one can expect a nereis to do under the circum- stances. This night we are to attend the observa- the Mess Hall will be ready for play within sev- eral days, probably by July 5th. It was also announced that a supply of tennis balls would be made available at cost to all members. Arrangements for the annual tournaments were placed in the hands of the executive Committee. The two clay courts at the beach were built several seasons ago in order to reduce traffic on the Mess court. These were constructed at con- siderable expense for the summer of 1938, but the storms of the following winter so damaged them that complete reconstruction was necessary. A second raid on the treasury placed the club deeply in the red. It is hoped, therefore, that the present schedule of dues will provide the necessary rev- enue without hardship to the many local enthusi- asts. Membership rates adopted for the season were: Regular membershipye. eee $6.00 Membership for students only Farly summer courses; 222. 2.50 Late sumimer courses! a. eee 3.50 Limited membership—Colas courts only Pialll season <.-.c...:chcccceste eee 3.50 Half Season ..:.cc.cc-s:.cse: eee 2.00 Guests—50c per hour. Tickets obtainable from A. J. Stunkard (groundskeeper) or F. M. Sum- mers (Br. 331). —F,. M. Summers CHORAL CLUB The first meeting of the Woods Hole Choral Club was held on Tuesday in the Coast Guard Canteen. Thirty-one members of the scientific community interested in singing attended the re- hearsal. Because of the holiday, it was decided not to hold a rehearsal on the fourth of July, but beginning next week meetings will be held regu- larly on Tuesdays immediately after the seminar and on Thursdays at eight o'clock. Interested persons may still join the Club; no previous train- ing or experience is necessary. CLASS NOTES tion of the breeding habits of the wily beasts down on the floating dock. June 27, 1940. Arose this morning with a feel- ing of despondency and a sensation of cold feet. Despondency was caused by the fact that after preparing ourselves for the philosophical aspect of the nereis swarming, breeding and dying we didn’t see any nereis. Cold feet were produced Jury 6, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 37 by the futile and prolonged hope that the non- chalent nereis would leave the murky depths for a view of the bright lights, but we were left with our hopes and with our cold feet. This day we had the pleasure of hearing Dr. Twitty tell us about experimentation in trans- plantation work in embryos. The regular labora- tory work continued with work on the nereis. More brethren in the class are being misled into believing that tonight the notorious nereis will be less exclusive and give them a view of their pri- vate life. June 28, 1940. After another night of cold feet and not much luck the wily nereis were acknowl- edged to be just a fable and a myth by all except a few false prophets. After high hopes and elec- tric lights had been set up for them the nasty nereis declined our invitation and stayed secluded wherever it is that nereis stay secluded. The greatest difficulty that we experienced was keep- ing the dock on an even keel so that the nereis fishermen wouldn’t be submerged. Dr. Costello did speak again this morning on the subject of experimentation in fertilization and localization in neresis eggs. The laboratory work consisted of observation of the cell lineage in crepidula. This night Dr. Duryee explained his special side-show, the structure of the egg nucleus and also explained the definition of an optomist. (Ed. Note——Optomist . . . One who goes into a bar optomistically and comes out misty optically.) June 29, 1940. Today Dr. Ballard introduced us to the colorful private life of the tunicate stye- la. Their development was studied as long as the individual members could hold out against de- sires to go swimming and to see Donald Budge. July 1, 1940. Hydrozoa were attacked with vigor this morning after a day of rest and piety. The laboratory was deserted this evening, how- ever, as the culture-loving embryologists find the lure of the classics more impelling than the lure of the medusae of hydrozoa. July 2, 1940. The squid and Dr. Hamburger (or should one say Dr. Hamburger and_ the squid) were the outstanding features of the lab- oratory this day. The pleasant weather even made it imperative for some of the members to go in swimming. To Wuom Ir May Concern: The Embryol- ogy Demons hereby challenge any other eligible groups to a softball game, the winners to receive one keg of beer from the losers (you bring the beer). Anyone knowing of a spare third-baseman or wishing to schedule a game communicate with the “General” in the lab. —Margie Jolly PROTOZOOLOGY CLASS NOTES The second week of the protozoology course is well under way with the ardent students still glued to the ’scope chasing Condylostoma, Urolep- tus, Coleps and the graceful Dileptus hither and yon around the slippery slide. Among the forms found this week was the hovering Holotrich, Chlamydon, unmistakable for its clear black “railroad track” structure, the circuit of which runs just inside the periphery. Great joy was exhibited by this discovery as it followed without difficulty the path of the devious key as well as, for once, resembling closely Kahl’s exquisite il- lustration, Animals that are always welcome from the artist’s point of view are those that at least stop swimming around madly at least a second or two before complete extinction or those that are normally in a comparatively sessile state. Some of these made their appearance this week and among them were the Zooanthamnium colony, Stentor and Vorticella of the same family, also the calm but murderous Suctonains. Even the ever present “never say die” old standbys Par- amoecium and Amoeba lent themselves to the artist’s eye. Around the lecture table, they have gathered each morning to hear Dr. Calkins tell about the various types of habitats in which the Protozoans live and what kinds are found where. Perhaps the most interesting of those which he mentioned was the well known Noctaluca which lights the warmer seas on summer nights. They are so abundant in some places that one can bring them into the lab at night and write ones name on the surface of the water and watch its phosphorescent glow for some time afterwards. He also told of his work on those forms which play havoc with drinking water causing bad tastes and smells on wash day and never fail to bring the “dead fish in the main’? complaint. The basis for classification of the ciliates and flagellates with discussion of the so-called “gross structure” of the cilia, cirri, undulating mem- branes, membranelles, flagalla and other parts has convinced the class that there is more to the little animals than meets the eye. Much of the time this week has been spent working on the isolation cultures of Glaucoma which has been thriving on the hay tea and mul- tiplying profusely in a twenty four hour interval. The art ef counting these minute creatures is one which has caused many-a silent, patient and nerve racking moment, when it was found that the solitary parent could produce at least one hundred offspring in the brief period. Further complica- 38 THE COLLECHING NEG [ Vor. XV, No. 129 tions arose by the considerable increase in the number while the frantic investigator counted. On a solitary field trip, one member of the class reported a tussle with “no trespassing signs,” his conscience, and a landowner in his efforts to en- rich the cultures in the lab. These efforts were well repaid by an excellent hunting ground from no other than Fay’s ditch, which has been this week’s password, This same enterprising person also made him- self popular at the mess one night by ordering a hard boiled egg. Perhaps it is just as well that the long suffering waiter did not know that only one millimeter of this was to feed a gluttonous Glaucoma, Our friends the Embryologists have remarked in their notes of the previous weeks that they are first to answer the call for food and the last to leave the eating establishment. Where as ap- parently the Protozoologists, in contrast, can hardly tear themselves from their investigations to keep sufficiently sustained to carry on their work as early in the morning or late at night there are always busy occupants to be seen in the lab. The day of rest broke the monotonous train of rain and cold and with the spirit of the whole thing in mind, the protozoologists varied their methods of rest with such occupations as sun- bathing, swimming, boating and soft ball, return- ing to the lab metamorphosed into lobsters. They found themselves ready to enumerate the glorious Glaucoma and outshine their efforts of the pre- vious week while‘ time marches on.” —Doris Marchand BOTANY CLASS NOTES This report is being written exclusively for the consumption of embrylogists, physiologists and zoologists, and others, who have the habit of making scathing remarks about the work of the marine algologist. It is to be hoped that, hereafter, they will be treated with greater respect ! The marine algae course is a combination of the taxonomic and morphologic method of study ; that is, the vegetative and reproductive structures of various types of algae—greens, reds, and browns—are studied; and species gathered on collecting trips are identified. We have, up to date, covered a great many of the Chlorophyceae (green algae), and are looking forward to reds and browns. We also have our traditions—evening tea, about ten when we work late—Ritz crackers—peanut butter for Dr. Runk. We were told that Dr. Taylor goes swimming only every fourth year and, since he went last year, he is immune for another three. We were introduced to Ferric Chloride (3% solution) and ticks. So you see we, too, are on the inside looking out! Field trip days are the ones we live for. They involve getting out of bed at an unearthly hour (quarter of eight), substituting for the next to best meals of the week, jam, ham and egg sand- wiches, with an orange thrown in, and getting a nifty sunburn. This field tripping has its compen- sation, however. Boat rides and a chance to see algae in the raw are appreciated, as is the chance to see the great wide out-of-doors before the sun is completely set. We have been on two field trips: the first to Cedar Swamp and points north. Cedar Swamp is really a lovely place, especially when it is up around your waist, and with all your cigarettes in your hip pocket ! Why algae can’t be consider- ate and grow on the edges of nice shallow pools is more than we could really understand; but then, we are always game for a swim, especially in nice muddy water where the next step may take you way below the level of the water! That was Cedar Swamp—only a half a day and no boat, but quantities and quantities of algae and protozoa and worms of all sorts. The afternoon of the day was spent in identifying algae and admiring protozoa. The Cuttyhunk field trip occurred after a delay long enough to give the sandwiches a good ripe flavor. Cuttyhunk Island consists of many hills and fresh water ponds, and a social center of about eight or ten houses. The fresh water ponds were quite productive and mercifully shallow, but nothing really noteworthy happened—no one fell in; and no one got bitten by a snapping turtle; and no one missed the boat; and no one got poison ivy; and no one discovered a rare species of anything! From Cuttyhunk Island, we made a short trip to Nashawena Island—another fresh water pond surrounded by sand dunes, but with no social center—where we took care of the sit- uation in short order! The evening was spent in identifying algae and admiring protozoa! The time in between field trips is spent, ob- viously, in the laboratory when the morphological part of the marine algae course is worked out. As any discussion of this aspect of the course would probably be too specialized for the con- sumption of the protozologists and embryologists and others for whose benefit this report is being written, it will be omitted from this article! But tomorrow is a new day. Another field trip will have come and gone, and we will have seen the morning sun again. The evening will have been spent identifying algae and admiring protozoa ! —Jane Sanders Jury 6, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 39 POST OFFICE Week Days Sundays Mail Arrives 7:00, 10:45, 3:30, 7:00 10:45 Mail Ready 8:00, 11:45, 4:00, 7:30 11:45 Mails Close 6:00, 10:00, 5:00 5:30 All mails should be deposited at least ten minutes before closing time to insure dispatch. BUS SCHEDULE The A. B. C. of Woods Hole for 1940 All Schedules Set to Daylight Saving Time — Bold Type Indicates P. M. RELIGIOUS SERVICES Church of the Messiah (Episcopal) Sundays: 8:00 Holy Communion; 11:00 Morning Prayer (Choral Eucharist, first Sunday in the month). Holy Days: 8:00 Holy Communion. Methodist Episcopal Church Morning Worship, 11:00. Church School, 10:00. First Orthodox Congregational Church Evening Service, 7:30. St. Joseph’s Roman Catholic Church Falmouth — Woods Hole Te PR 6:45, 9:30; and) 11-00: Daily Daily - —— : Falmouth (Leave) 10:26 3:31 veodeiEole (Due) 10:35 3:40 LIBRARY HOuRS | Telegraph Office Weekdays Daily Daily) Daily Mon., Wed., and Sat. 8:00 to 9:00 Woods Hole (Leave) 10:50 4:00 5:35 3:00 to 5:00 qaundays A - : :00 to 11:00 Falmouth (Due) 10:58 4:08 5:43 7:00 to 9:00 4:00 tg 6-00 TRAIN SCHEDULE* Ex. Sun. Ex. Sun. Ex. Sun. Sun. only Sun. only? Woods Hole 6:30 10:30 5:45 6:00 7:55 Boston 8:46 12:50 7:57 8:10 9:55 Ex. Sun. Sun. only Sat. onlyt Ex. Sun Ex. Sun. Boston 8:20 8:35 12:25 1:10 5:00 Woods Hole 10:45 10:45 2:30 3:30 7:09 *All trains stop at Falmouth. yAlso runs Labor Day. tDiscontinued after September 1. BOAT SCHEDULE* Leaves Daily _ Daily Weekdays{ New Bedford 7:00 9:30 2:00 Woods Hole 8 :30 10:50 3:20 Oak Bluffs 9:20 11:40 Souttie Vineyard Haven a Scie 4:20 Nantucket (due) 11:35 2:00 Pion Leaves Daily Daily Sundays! Nantucket eee: 7:00 2:00 Vineyard Haven 6:10 jie wd ive Oak Bluffs tee 9:15 4:00 Woods Hole 6:55 10:15 5:00 New Bdf’d (due) 8:15 11:30 Bue alas *Schedule effective to Sept. 5, incl. {Discontinued after August 31. £Does not run Labor Day. £Daily after August 31. Fri., Sat., Daily Weekdayst Sun.£ Fridays 2:30 Sahss 7:30 SISO 3:50 7:15 8:45 9:30 4:50 shies sreliens 10:15 Dake 8:00 9:30 atetete 7:00 Bic sneer 12:15 Daily Weekdays Daily Sundaysif 2:30 eon 5:00 Rea 6:00 erga Sota 4:30 er 7:00 9:00 5:30 6:45 7:45 9:45 6:45 Bench 9:00 40 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 129 —oEEOEOooooooEoEoEoeEyEyEyEyEyEyEyEyEEEE————————ee Carolina Cultures Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata and dorotocephala, ete. Shipments during all seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre Biology Farm” are at your disposal. We are commencing our fourteenth year of Culture Service. CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. Elon College, N. C. ASCARIS Recently completed a new series of slides of MITOSIS in Ascaris megalocephala bivalens. Dr. Powers considers them one Prices as in catalog No. 16. Send for sample. POWERS & POWERS Lincoln, Nebraska of our finest products. SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS Biological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, etc. Complete Sets, Volumes and Odd Copies. needed to complete your sets, or an Im- There may be some Single Copies portant Article which you may need. Prices are reasonable. B. LOGIN & SON, INC. 29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK CITY G a 06D OED (ED 0D 0D 0D | > DED OD ea aD aE 0”, & THE DARWIN PRESS Will gladly give estimates to authors for printing scientific periodicals or mono- \ graphs. Printers of The Collecting Net and Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology. 69 SCHOOL ST. New Bedford, Mass. 0D 0D 0D 0 ENDED 0 GED 0-0 EDO ED 7 " a 25 Chote mest E. E. C. SWIFT CO. Fountany Genvice Meats and Groceries Free Delivery to Woods Hole Call Falmouth 22 or 421-W Falmouth Osterville TEXACO GAS AND OIL WOODS HOLE GARAGE CO. Opposite Station ROWE’S PHARMACY '@, Cigarettes - Cosmetics - Magazines Home Remedies Developing and Printing Snapshots Falmouth - Woods Hole - No. Fal. MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS HOSIERY, DRY GOODS Toilet Necessities Cretonne, Chintz, Lingerie FALMOUTH DALEY’S Patent Medicines and Hospital Supplies STATIONERY COSMETICS SUNDRIES Best Coffee in Town THE BELLOWS Mrs. Hedlund Falmouth Heights Road at Jericho LUNCHEON DINNER For Reservations Call Falmouth 271 FOR A DRAMATIC ACCOUNT OF THE SEPTEMBER HURRICANE ... READ The Hurricane Number oh THE COLLECTING NET On Sale at The Collecting Net Office Jury 6, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET 41 Sensitive to .OO5pH This rugged instrument measures pH and millivolt values with a high degree of accuracy. Its glass electrode per- mits universal application and read- ings are reproducible to 0.01 pH. The precise balance point is easily deter- mined with an Electron-Ray Null-Indi- cator that is practically immune to damage from mis-manipulation. 60 FIFTH AVENUE - NEW YORK eae DYNAMICS the distinguished OF Macmillan ses INFLAMMATION of Experimental By VALY MENKIN Biology Monographs The physiology of cellular irritability and the general biology of organic defense mechanisms are discussed here in the light of research done during the past ten years in the fields of physiology, biochemistry and immunology. The survey includes the technique of isolating leukotaxine, and explanation of mechanisms underlying the cytological sequences and the leukocytosis accompanying inflammatory conditions. The only complete and up-to-date treatment of this subject, the book will be of great value to pathologists, bacteriologists, and all those interested in infectious processes. Illustrated. $4.50 Pacemakers in Relation to Aspects of Be- havior, by Hudson Hoagland. 138 pages. published in the Illus. $3.00 EXPERIMENTAL ~ The Eggs of Mammals, by Gregory Pincus. 160 pages. Illus. $3.75 Volumes already BIOLOGY Neuroembryology, by Samuel R. Detwiler. MONOGRAPH 218 pages. Illus. $3.75 Series. Autonomic Neuro-Effector Systems, by Walter B. Cannon and Arturo Rosenblueth. 229 pages. Illus. $4.00 Phytohormones, by F. W. Went and Ken- neth V. Thimann, 294 pages. Illus. $4.00 Jury 13, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 61 QOEOR ROR RRORODOLLIODLE LEO O DDD IDIIODOOODODO LET LEA & FEBIGER PUBLICATIONS ON EXHIBIT JULY 15 - 27 ele W. Foster in Charge Calkins’ Biology of an Protozoa, 2d eition Cowdry’s Histology, 2d edition EXHIBIT ener Bu Faust’s Clinical Parasitology, new (2d) July 22nd to August 4th edition DeGaris, Lachmann and Chase’s Principles of at the Human Anatomy Faust’s Human Helminthology, new (2d) edition OW Wecture Ball Fishberg’s Hypertension and Nephritis, 4th edition Gray’s Anatomy, 23d edition e Haden’s Hematology, new (2d) edition of Kronfeld’s Histopathology of the Teeth, 2d edition INSTRUMENTS Lucas’ Elements of Human Physiology Park and Williams on Pathogenic Microorganisms, SUPPLIES 11th edition MODELS Rony on Obesity and Leanness Schafer’s Essentials of Histology, 14th edition CHARTS Thienes’ Clinical Toxicology SKELETONS Whillis’ Elementary Anatomy and Physiology Wigger’s Physiology in Health and Disease, new (3d) edition And Other Standard Text-Books LEA & FEBIGER Washington Square Philadelphia, Pa. CO., 44 East 23rd Str. Inc. New York, N. Y: i CLAY-ADAM =| 1 4 1 1 1 \ y 1 1 iy 1 1 1 ) 1 ‘ 1 t ’ 1 t ’ 1 1 ‘ ’ 1 ‘1 ' ' ‘ 1 1 1 1 1 1 ‘ t 1 1 1 4 1 ' 1 ‘ ' ‘ t ‘ t ' 1 ' 1 iy 1 ‘ 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ‘ 1 1 t ' 1 1 1 iy ‘ 1 1 ' ' t ' ‘ iy t 1 ‘ 1 ’ t ' ' ' ‘ i} 1 iy 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' ' 1 1 ' t 1 ‘ ‘7 N “a New... “Living Specimens in the School Laboratory A booklet presenting complete and dependable directions for care, feeding and maintenance of all living animals commonly studied in the biology laboratory. From protozoa to mammals, the directions are written in a simple, concise form with particular attention to high school require- ments and are based upon the use of simple, inexpensive equipment. Price, $1.00 per copy GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE Incorporated 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago The Sign of thes Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction TURTOX apg % 4 ‘ ‘ 1 2 1 ‘ 1 ‘ a a ‘ 1 ‘ 1 t a i \ : 1 « Ly a a 1 1 iy 1 1 1 1 4 i t i 1 ‘ 4 a iy 1 ‘ 1 a t ‘ a H ; : ‘ { 1 Let us send a copy for your inspection. 1 ' 4 ‘ . t ‘ ' 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 H 1 i [enna aaa a nena wwe nnn [7777717 ttt ttt ttt ttt tit ttt ttt ttt tttttttttttttt111211111211211111L1111L21L1211122122111222121L121LLt1ttt Iti ttt titititii tt 62 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 130 Announcing --- INCREASED CAPACITY SIX 15 ML. TUBES IN CONICAL HEAD for the INTERNATIONAL “CLINICAL MODEL” The sturdy little ‘‘Clinical Model’’ Centrifuge again earns its recog- nized leadership in the small centrifuge class. Equipped with the new six tube, 15 ml. conical head (Cat. No. 803), it has 50% increased capacity with— IMPORTANT — r.p.m. of 2,800 on A.C., and 3,700 on D.C. The Clinical Centrifuge has built-in protective guard bowl and its conical heads are interchangeable with the regular two and four tube heads. The Centrifugal Force of even a small centrifuge at 3,000 1.p.m. ealls for a protective guard. For the General Practitioner and as an auxiliary in hospital and research laboratories, the Clinical Model (in design and workmanship the equal of the largest International Centrifuge) is unequalled and yet reasonably priced. INTERNATIONAL CENTRIFUGES are made in many sizes to meet the different requirements for speed and capacity. There is an International for any job. INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT COMPANY 352 Western Avenue be Makers of Fine Centrifuges Boston, Mass. Carolina Cultures Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata and dorotocephala, etc. Shipments during all seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre Biology Farm” are at your disposal. We are commencing our fourteenth year of =| whe 1. yy givera PERMANENT MABENG OD cus or PORCE. i will . Writes firmly on flat or curved surfaces. Culture Service. you ! aie ready ena with pen or brush. ~ 3. Resists action of alcohol, xylol, water and usual lab- CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. them oratory solvents. St) 01 « box of four 1-02. bottles. one each of red, while, blue, and black. as illustrated. Elon College, INE es SEND and we will send it postpaid anywhere in the world . . . Directions are included. A: CLAY-ADAMS inc: wewvonr. nv. TWIN DOOR Main Street ze Woods Hole Special Weekly Rates Which of these three? will answer your requirements. Three series of ADAMS Centrifuges, illustrated above by the “ANGLE” model of each series, are available for MICRO, SEMI-MICRO, and larger tubes. . . . Priced from $17.25 to $55. CATALOG C110 WILL BE SENT ON REQUEST. CO., 44 EAST 23rd STREET INC. NEW YORK. N.Y. STEAKS LOBSTERS CHICKEN Jury 13, 1940 ] V2 Casiez to see—casier lo count ith the improved Spencer Quebec Colony Counter Greater accuracy, greater efficiency and increased comfort are the results of the improved visibility afforded by the Spencer Quebec Colony Counter. The eye readily detects the colonies, which glow brightly without glare over the dark background and its contrasting dividing lines. Pin-point colonies are easily distinguishable. Wolffhuegel, Stewart & Jeffer plates may be used under the Petri dish, Completemwithecountinesplates epee ee ee poOl00 Consult your laboratory supply dealer or write Dept. GS-2 for complete details Spencer Lens Company MICROSCOPES REFRACTOMETERS MICROTOMES SPENCER COLORIMETERS PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC BUFFALG SPECTROMETERS EQUIPMENT a. 5.4. PROJECTORS COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 130 AN ALL OTHER B&L PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT Whether your work involves routine or research microscopy, there is a B&L Equipment to fulfill your requirements. Camera Outfits range from the simple, inexpensive, easy-to-op- erate K Camera to the com- pletely equipped GBVP Cam- era, the last word in universal equipment for the research photomicrographer. BELOLo. PHOTOMICROGRAPH S IMPORTANT If you are seriously engaged in any work involving the use of the microscope, a photomicrographic record of your observations is as important to you as your laboratory notebook. The value and dependability of this record is in direct relation to the equipment you use. That is why so many microscopists use B&L Photomicrographic Equipment. The GBVP (illustrated above), for instance, has these outstanding advantages: 1 te) . po : Provides in one equipment every facility for work at all magnifications, from the lowest utilizing Micro Tessars to the highest pos- sible, with large aperture oil immersion objectives and high power eyepieces. Rigid alignment of light source, microscope and camera. All metal camera back accommodating up to 8” x 10” plates. 40” bellows extension. Adjustable microscope support takes prac- tically any type of microscope. Extension device permits focusing micro- scope from back of camera. Illuminating unit mounted on same base as microscope support. Concealed adjustable springsuspension shock absorbers which obviate faulty negatives due to vibration. Heavy rigid supporting stand (see illustra- tion) with convenient accessory cabinet. For complete details on B&L Equipment to answer your particular require- ments, write to Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul St., Rochester, N. Y. BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH & LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION Vol. XV, No. 4 SATURDAY, JULY 20, 1940 Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 30 Cents. URETHANE AND THE RESPIRATION OF YEAST CELLS Dr. KENNETH C. FISHER Assistant Professor of Experimental Biology, University of Toronto The use of inhibitors of various kinds in the examination of the activities of living cells seems to be well established as an experimental tech- nique. Ultimately work of this HORMONES AND THE PHYSIOLOGY OF GROWTH IN PLANTS Dr. KENNETH V. THIMANN Associate Professor of Plant Physiology, Harvard University The problems I am going to discuss tonight are specifically concerned with plants. If most of the workers at this Laboratory are mainly con- cerned with animals, I can sort will perhaps enable us to determine the relations be- tween definite chemical re- actions and the particular £. Calendar only hope that the many par- allels between the physiology of growth in plants and that in animals may prove sugges- cellular function made possible by the energy derived from them. Beginnings in this di- rection have already been made of course, and as an example, I need only draw to your at- tention the use of cyanide in connection with studies on oxidation-reduction reactions in cells. Such experiments reveal, however, that the mere divi- sion of the respiration or func- tion into inhibitor sensitive and inhibitor insensitive frac- tions is not sufficient. Stan- nard finds that there is reason to consider the completely cyanide sensitive res- piration of active frog muscle to be composed of (Continued on page 73) two discrete portions. Seminar: Mr. Dr. Ernst Scharrer: Dr. Paul A. Weiss: Lecture: Dr. TUESDAY, July 23, 8:00 P. M. Nelson T. Spratt, Jr.: “An in vitro Analysis of the Organisation of the Eye Form- ing Area in the Chick Blasto- derm.” “On the Deter- mination of the Vascular Pattern of the Brain of the Opossum.” Properties of Transplanted and Deranged Parts of the Central Nervous System of Amphibians.” FRIDAY, July 26, 8:00 P. M. D. H. Wenrich: “Chromosomes in Protozoa.” “Functional | Hormones and the Physiology of Growth in Plants, Dr. Kenneth V. Thimann...................... 65 TABLE OF CONTENTS Introducing Dr. Otto: Loewil ssc ee 74 tive enough to be worth your consideration. The first idea that special substances might control the growth of plants came out of the work of Charles Darwin, who was greatly attracted by the coleoptiles of the grasses. These delicate first shoots of the cereals are extremely sen- sitive to light and gravity, and Darwin showed that the sen- sitivity, or tropism, was lost if the tip were cut off. He concluded that the tip trans- mits some influence to the part below, causing it to react. Just thirty years ago, Boysen Jensen, in Fitting’s laboratory, found that these plants which had lost their tropism to light by having their tips cut off Urethane and the Respiration of Yeast Cells, Drsekenneth ChvMishereestecces a scesessctssere cee 65 The Biological Field Stations of Switzerland and the Low Countries, Mr. Homer A. Jack 70 The Use of Radioactive Tracers in the Deter- mination of Irreciprocal Permeability of Bio- logical Membranes, Dr. Leonard I. Katzin....71 Items of Interest New Marine Laboratory at Milford, Chorasnertil Cut ye Dra SanGaltsofigesssssessseten cece sees 76 Physiology Class Notes ...... 76 Protozoology, Class) Notest sesscctsccstscestieeceees 17 HBmbryology Class Notes ..ic....ccccccccsssscsscssscsssscssees 78 Botanye Class eNotesmerrect te 78 Department of Publications ..........ccccccceesseeeeeeeees 79 ONE OF THE TIDE-FILLED TANKS AT MILFORD Used in shellfish culture experiments. TEMPORARY FIELD LABORATORY AT MILFORD, CONNECTICUT For the study of shellfish culture and the control of oyster pests. Facilities have been increased recently by the construction of a two-story brick building. Jury 20, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 67 could regain it if the tip were stuck on again. This was not all, for Paal in Hungary brought the significance of the whole matter gut by the following simple experiment. The plant is decapitated and the tip is re- placed asymmetrically; the result is that growth is accelerated only on the side on which the tip rests. The plant therefore curves. This ex- periment could be done in the dark, and so here for the first time we get away from the com- plexities of tropisms and come towards the mech- anism of ordinary growth. Since the tip has no organic connection with the base, the growth of the base must be controlled by a substance dif- fusing from the tip. In normal, straight growth, this diffuses equally on all sides, as shown directly by Soding with straight growth measurements. Since we have to deal with a substance, it must be possible to separate it from the tip and this was done by Went, by placing the tips upon agar so that the substance could diffuse into the agar. When the agar was applied to one side of the de- capitated test plants they curved as before. Now in tropisms, shoots curve towards weak light and away from gravity. One might expect that the curvatures caused by asymmetric appli- cation of the growth substance would be related to those caused by light and gravity. Indeed, Cholodny put forward a general theory of trop- isms according to which all such curvatures are due to an asymmetric distribution of growth sub- stance in the plant. This theory was confirmed almost as soon as it had been propounded by Went and by Dolk in the Utrecht laboratory. When the tip is illuminated from one side more growth substance was found to diffuse into agar from the dark side than from the light side. Similarly when the tip was placed horizontally, more was found to diffuse from the lower side than from the upper. The increased growth in each case on one side of the plant is therefore due to an increased amount of growth substance on that side. This shows that in these plants growth is pro- portional to the amount of growth substance present. That is, the relation between growth and the growth substance is a quantitative one. Hence it is possible to use such curvatures as an assay method for the active substance. Under standard conditions curvatures, or straight growth, are proportional to concentration over a The active substances have been called auxins. A number of other tests have been developed. That using slit stems is interesting because it brings out an important property of growing plant parts. The stems, coleoptiles or other elongating organs, are slit in two and placed in the solution. In water the halves curve outward, away from one another. In auxin solu- tion they curve inward and the inward curvature varies roughly as the logarithm of the concentra- tion. A polemic has raged for some time on the explanation of this reaction, The outward curv- ature in water is apparently due to tension in the outer layers which is released on slitting. The inward curvature cannot be due to wounding, since if two wounds are made parallel to one an- other curvature still results, although the in- fluence of the wound has no component in the direction of curvature. Another possibility sug- gested was that the auxin could not enter the in- side, wounded, tissue but entered only the intact tissue on the outside. This was disproved by showing that application of the auxin to the wounded side only still caused inward curvature. Evidently the substance must have entered and penetrated through the tissue to the outer layers. The only conclusion can be that the inner and outer layers of tissue have different sensitivities to auxin. The inner grows in response to the auxin for a short time only, the outer continues its growth for much longer. This can be shown by following the progress of curvature with time. The curvature is complicated by the mechanical rigidity of these halved cylinders. We found that if the material is quartered the sensitivity is cor- respondingly increased and that in concentrations too low to cause curvature of the halves, excellent responses are obtained with quarters. The ex- planation for this can be readily seen by compar- ing the difficulty of bending rubber tubing slit in half with that slit in four. This test enables con- centrations of 0.0008 milligrams per liter to be detected. certain range. These curvatures bring out the important fact that sensitivity to applied auxin varies within different tissues of the same plant. This conclus- ion is important for understanding other responses to auxin. Thus, while the growth of coleoptiles and of stems is promoted, the elongation of roots is inhibited. Similarly the development of buds is inhibited. In nature lateral buds are inhibited THE COLLECTING NET was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. marine biological laboratories. Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. 1938. It is devoted to the scientifie work at Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 68 THE, COLLECTING, NED [ Vor. XV, No. 131 by the influence of the growing terminal bud. When this bud is removed the laterals begin to grow. If, after removal, its place is taken by a supply of auxin the lateral buds are again in- hibited. Lastly, there is one case where new organs may be formed in response to auxin treat- ment. This is the formation of roots on stem cuttings. It takes place in a very wide variety of plants and has been in the last few years adopted by many horticulturists as a regular procedure for the rooting of cuttings. All this later work was made possible by the isolation and chemical study of the active com- pounds, and this in turn has depended on the use of the various assay methods. Kogl and Haagen Smit isolated from urine and from corn oil the substance auxin a. CHCHC,H, ash fo CHOHCH,(CHOH), COOH of, Ae 7 CH Cats On the other hand I obtained from certain fungi and the Dutch workers from yeast and from urine indole-acetic acid, and most of the work since then has been done with the latter, whose physiological activity quantitatively and qualitatively resembles that of auxin a and its relatives. A comparison of the formulae shows that substances of apparently very different structure may have activity. The dif- ferences are in some cases very important, how- ever. Indene-acetic acid, aN a which differs from the indole acid by only one carbon atom, produces curvatures which are very local in extent, that is, they do not spread out down the plant. Also, it produces roots locally at the point of application but not at a distance. Hence it is an active substance but is not readily transported through plant tissue. When the double bonds in the rings of these compounds are hydrogenated, activity disappears, so that we can deduce that a double bond is essential. Also, a double bond in the side chain cannot substitute for one in the ring. With the cinnamic acids, the cis- derivatives are active, the trans- deriva- tives are not. _ 00H \ | = Gal ie CH XN COOH This suggests that a particular arrangement in space is necessary for activity. Such an idea is supported by numerous substances of related structure but in which the distance between the acid group of the side chain and the double bond in the ring is varied. Taking the results as a whole it is clear that some relation in space between these two groups is more important than any one particular radical. This recalls the experiments of Ehrlich on im- munity which he explained in terms of the fitting together of the antigen with its antibody in the manner of a lock and key. The simile is helpful because it is clear that the action of auxin could be analyzed through a consideration of the struc- ture of the substance, i.e., of the key, and through a consideration of the reactions which auxin causes in the plant, i.e. of the lock. The latter comprises many final results, viz., a growth re- sponse which differs quantitatively from one tissue to another, formation of roots, inhibition of buds, activation of cell division in the cambium, etc. It seems reasonable to conclude that these different responses are secondary effects resulting from one primary, fundamental reaction, We have therefore sought for some very fundamental proc- ess which when influenced by auxin might have a number of different effects depending upon the plant tissue reacting. Such a process was found first of all in protoplasmic streaming. In the cell of the coleoptile the protoplasm streams steadily around the outside and the rate can be followed easily if one observes the number of the finest particles. It can be measured by timing a particle over a fixed distance with a stop watch or better still with the semi-automatic recording device which Mrs. Sweney and I have recently developed. By either method the records show Jury 20, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 69 that immediately after auxin is supplied there is an increase in the rate of streaming and the ex- tent of this increase is a function of the auxin concentration. The rise takes place long before any effect on growth can be detected and there- fore it precedes the growth response. However, after thirty minutes the streaming rate returns to normal while on the other hand growth ac- celeration continues for many hours. The reason for this puzzling difference was found by remoy- ing the auxin and applying it again after varying lapses of time. After about twenty minutes the coleoptile has recovered and can again give a rise in streaming rate. This shows that some factor necessary to the response is temporarily ex- hausted. A further analysis showed that the miss- ing factor is sugar. When auxin is applied to- gether with fructose the acceleration of streaming rate is maintained for an indefinite period. This corresponds with the fact that growth also is de- pendent on the sugar supply and when auxin is applied together with sugar the acceleration of growth produced is greater and is maintained for ~a much longer time. It follows that the streaming process, which is promoted by auxin, involves the oxidation of sugar. We know that streaming is highly de- pendent upon oxygen supply and slows down as soon as the tissue becomes oxygen-deficient. If the plant is treated with dinitrophenol the increase of respiration which this substance causes rapidly renders the tissue oxygen-deficient and the streaming slows down. On removal of the stimulant the normal streaming rate quickly re- turns. Thus the action of auxin on streaming, and therefore presumably on growth, is dependent upon carbohydrate oxidation. Now we know that in a general way growth is related to oxidation. Plants will not grow in nitrogen and Bonner showed that when coleoptiles are treated with cyanide the respiration and growth are reduced in strict parallel. In the old days respiration was considered a “primary necessity” for growth, i.e., plants must be respir- ing in order to grow; but the connection was not thought to be a direct one. However, by study- ing respiration and growth in parallel, Commoner and I have found that there is indeed a direct connection. It is not a simple one. The mere addition of auxin to coleoptiles does not increase their respiration. Since cyanide, which poisons the oxidase, reduces growth and respiration to- gether, it is evident that the two processes can only be separated by studying the dehydrogenase end of the respiration system. Dehydrogenase inhibitors strongly inhibit growth. lodo-acetate is very active in this connection and it can pre- vent growth completely while lowering the res- piration only some 10%. Thus if there is a respiration involved in growth it can be only a small fraction of the whole. The nature of the process sensitive to iodo-acetate has been elucid- ated by studying the effect of various substrates. The inhibition is removed completely by succinic, fumaric and malic acids, and also by pyruvic acid. No other substances have been found effective, so that the process must involve these four-carbon acids. Now these acids have been shown by Szent-Gyorgyi and others to be active as hydro- gen carriers in respiration. The coleoptile has its respiration increased by malate, and this effect depends upon the presence of auxin. In the absence of auxin malate has no effect on the oxygen uptake of starved coleoptiles, but in presence of auxin, M/1000 malate increases respiration greatly. Fumarate behaves similarly. Thus the auxin is here acting as a respiratory substance. Since malate, which is itself a respiratory sub- stance, can control growth in presence of auxin, it seemed possible that auxin, which is a growth substance, could control respiration in presence of malate. This turned out to be the case. By using coleoptile sections previously soaked in malate, it was found -that the addition of auxin produces a marked rise in respiration. The con- centrations active in this reaction closely parallel those active in accelerating growth. Hence the dependence of growth on respiration is due to the participation of a respiratory system, viz., that of the four-carbon acids, in the growth process. Auxin must play the part of a catalyst or a co-enzyme in this reaction. It is interesting to note in this connection that we have recently found that auxin is apparently linked to protein in plant tissues. The linkage to protein is very characteristic of co-enzymes. Also the relation- ship between activity and molecular shape may be explained as due to the necessity for the auxin to become adsorbed on a protein or some other surface before acting. In conclusion, it is a characteristic of plants that they are always growing; plants do not commonly reach constancy of size as do animals. Thus the study of the auxins and their action, in giving a new tool for the study of growth, may also allow a new insight into many other aspects of the physiology of plants. (This article is based upon a lecture delivered at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 12.) 70 DHE (COLLECTING NED [ Vor. XV, No. 131 THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF SWITZERLAND AND THE LOW COUNTRIES Mr. Homer A, JACK Cornell University The immediate environment of the biologicai field stations in Switzerland and the Low Coun- tries varies from sea-level to an elevation of more than eleven hundred feet in the Alps. The Zoo- logical Station of the. Netherlands Zoological So- ciety is located on a dike of the Zuider Zee while the Jungfraujoch Scientific Station is situated on a high mountain ridge near the largest glacier in Europe. Other important field stations in this area are those at Zurich and Bourg St. Pierre in Switzerland, at Ostend and Sourbrodt in Bel- gium, and at Wijster in Holland. Smaller sta- tions in this portion of Europe include the hydro- biological laboratories at Kastanienbaum and Davos in Switzerland, the Laboratory of Fresh- water Biology at Rouge-Cloitre in Belgium, and the Laboratory of the Hugo de Vries Foundation at Abcoude, Holland, The Jungfraujoch Scientific Station (Hochal- pine Forschungsstation Jungfraujoch) is as fine an example of international cooperation in science as the present war is one of international com- petition in science. Realizing the need for “re- search work . . . under the best possible condi- tions in a high mountain region,” a committee of representatives from Switzerland, Germany, France, Belgium, and England decided to estab- lish a research institute on the top of a mountain ridge on Jungfraujoch, about three hours by train from Berne, Switzerland. Although a cog-wheel railroad for tourists and skiers had already been tunneled up this mountain, laboratory and living quarters for scientists still had to be built. In time a five-story building was constructed out of solid rock and this was opened to investigators in 1931. The first floor of this remarkable edifice contains six individual laboratories, a darkroom, cages for experimental animals, a storeroom, and a workshop. Ten bedrooms, a dining room, kitchen, and administrative office are situated on the second floor. The caretaker’s apartment is on the third floor and the fourth is devoted to a lib- rary and lecture room. The fifth floor contains a partially-covered observation terrace and all floors are supplied with running water and several types of direct and alternate electricity. About 367 feet above this building is the institute’s an- nex, containing a dark room, meteorological and astro-physical laboratories, living quarters, and several open terraces, The Jungfraujoch station is equipped to receive throughout the year investigators in the fields of physiology, pharmacy, botany, zoology, biochem- istry, meteorology, and physics. Persons desiring to work at the station must apply through one of the participating societies. For investigators re- siding in the United States, this would be the Rockefeller Foundation. Accepted investigators pay no laboratory fees and may obtain a reduc- tion in railroad fares to Jungfraujoch and ex- emptions from customs duty on consignments of scientific apparatus entering Switzerland. There are lodging accommodations for fourteen persons at the institution and the cost of lodging for per- sons coming from the ‘founding countries” (Cf. ante) is seven Swiss francs a week (about $1.57). Investigators may prepare their own meals in the station’s kitchen or obtain board in an adjacent tourist hotel for sixty-nine Swiss francs a week (about $15.50). The Linnaea Alpine Garden and Laboratory (La Linnaea - Jardin et Laboratoire Alpine) is located in Valais, some four hours by train and bus southeast of Geneva and about eight miles from Great St. Bernard Pass. At an elevation of | about fifty-five hundred feet and in a region con- taining a mixture of both an arctic and Mediter- ranean flora, this institution is dedicated to re- search and instruction in alpine botany. The in- struction includes both advanced course-work and popular education, the latter by means of a well- labeled alpine garden containing about two thou- sand species of alpine plants from many parts of the world. A six-week course in the Botany of the Alps is given by Professor Fernand Chodat in either the French or English languages and the instruction consists of lectures, assigned research problems, ecological field trips, and botanical ex- cursions to Mount Blanc and Great St. Bernard. The course begins in the middle of July and may accommodate ten students, the tuition being twen- ty-five Swiss francs (about $5.60). The labora- tory is also open to research workers in both bot- any and zoology during July and August. There are no living accommodations at the laboratory, but board and lodging may be obtained at nearby hotels for forty-two Swiss francs a week (about $9.41). The Marine Institute of Belgium (Jnstitut Maritime de Belgique) at Ostend is of interest in being approximately on the site of the first per- manent biological station to be founded anywhere in the world. Ninety-seven years ago Professor P.-J. van Beneden of the University of Louvain established a seaside station in this locality. The laboratory had an irregular existence, however, Jury 20, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 71 and was abandoned. In 1900 the present station at Ostend was founded and in 1935 it was com- pletely reorganized. A new building was to have been constructed, but it is not known whether conditions in recent years have prevented its com- pletion. The Scientific Station of the Fagnes (Station Scientifique des Fagnes) was established in 1928 by the University of Liége for the study of the biology of swamps and peat bogs. It is located in the bog area of the Belgian Ardennes near Sour- brodt, at an altitude of about two thousand feet. The station is housed in a one-story building which contains two laboratories and six living rooms. Advanced students in biology, ecology, and meterology are welcomed at the station from June to October, the season when the station is normally in operation. There are no fees for lodging or laboratory accommodations. Board may either be prepared by the investigator or ob- tained at a nearby hotel. Professor Ray Bouil- lenne, director of the station, has written a num- ber of papers on the ecology of the region. Another field station largely devoted to a study of the biology of swamps and bogs is the Biologi- cal Station of Wijster (Biologisch Station te Wijster). This institution is located in the most extensive health- and moor-land district of the Netherlands, being about seventy-five miles north- east of Amsterdam, in Drenthe. Founded in 1927 by Dr. W. Beijerinck and united with the Netherlands Biological Station Foundation in 1933, this station contains a small brick dwelling, an arboretum, and is adjacent to several bog ponds. The brick house contains the director’s residence, several guest rooms, a library, one lab- oratory, plant and insect collections, and a green- house. The station is especially prepared for re- searches in limnology, entomology, and_ plant ecology and occasionally informal courses are given in hydrobiology and vegetation. Students and investigators may obtain board and lodging from the director for about seventeen florins a week (about $9.00) and laboratory fees amount THE USE OF RADIOACTIVE TRACERS to fifty-four florins a month (about $16.00). The most recent scientific contribution from this sta- tion is a monograph on Calluna by Dr. Beijerinck. The largest biological station in the Low Coun- tries is the Zoological Station of the Netherlands Zoological Society (Zodlogisch Station der Ned- erlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging). located on a dike at Helder in northwestern Holland, this institution was founded in 1876 by the Nether- lands Zoological Society. It is now financed by the Netherlands Ministry of Education, Arts and Sciences and is concerned with “marine biologicai investigations in the widest sense, including uni- versity extension instruction.” The main building of the station at Helder con- tains a small aquarium for the public, a biological supply department, a study-museum, a library, three research laboratories, classroom, darkroom, chemical laboratory, and the office of Dr. J. Ver- wey, the director. A recently-constructed second building contains dining and lodging quarters for twelve persons. The laboratories are supplied with running fresh- and sea-water and electricity, while the library contains sixty current scientific periodicals and about six thousand bound vol- umes, among which are many of unusual histori- cal interest. The station also owns a 13-meter research vessel, Max Weber. Instruction at Helder consists of two fortnight- ly courses, one for university students in July and the other for teachers in August. The station is open to investigators throughout the year and there are no laboratory fees for foreigners. Board and lodging may be obtained at the station for about thirteen florins a week (about $7.00). In addition to offering opportunities for instruction and research to students and investigators, the station pursues its own year-round research pro- gram with a staff of three resident scientists and an annual budget of 12,700 florins (about $6,858). Since 1934 a large portion of the scientific work of the station has been published in Archives Néerlandaises de Zoologie. IN THE DETERMINATION OF IRRECIP- ROCAL PERMEABILITY OF BIOLOGICAL MEMBRANES Dr. Leonarp I, KAtzin Research Worker, Department of Physiology, University of California One of the characteristics of living membranes is the performance of osmotic work in building up or maintaining a thermodynamically improb- able system. This is characteristically exhibited in the case of electrolyte passage across the mem- brane: a high degree of selection may occur in the type of ion allowed across the membrane, and the rate of passage in the two directions may be different. The combination of these factors gives differences in the electrolyte composition on the two sides of such a membrane. To get an understanding of the fundamental processes underlying this phenomenon it is first necessary to obtain an accurate quantitative des- cription of what actually takes place. For a num- ber of technical reasons frog skin has been an active membrane much used in investigation of this problem of “irreciprocal permeability.’’ Due 72 THE (COLLECTING NE [| Vou. XV, Nosaisil in the main to its rather low salt permeability, indirect methods of often questionable reliability may be resorted to in order to obtain data. As a result, there is considerable controversy as to whether irreciprocal passage of materials is even manifested. It is possible to overcome the technical diffi- culties of low salt permeability and determination of small changes in the ionic content of solutions bathing the skin by the use of “labelled” atoms such as the radioactive isotopes Na** and K*®, for which very delicate physical methods of analysis are available. Knowing the number of radioac- tive explosions per minute in a given amount of starting material, the total amount of salt repre- sented by a given radioactivity is readily calcu- lated. The actual experimental manipulations are simple. Skin samples from a frog are mounted over the ends of glass tubes. A small volume of radioactive solution is placed in the tube, and the membrane immersed in a salt solution of the same chemical composition as the internal fluid (all solutions are 0.12 N in chloride). The amount of radioactivity that has passed into the outer solution is measured at the end of two hours. Pairs of skins are used, one with the morphologi- cal outer face in the inactive solution, and one with the inner face in the inactive solution, The difference in the amount of labelled salt passing through the skin in the two cases measures the amount of “‘irreciprocal permeability.” A summary of the results of a series of such experiments is given in Table I. The solutions with different percentages of sodium are made by mixing proper volumes of 0.12 N potassium chloride with the same concentration of sodium chloride. Thus a 50% sodium solution is a mix- ture of equal parts of sodium and_ potassium or more membranes, and has been reduced to rates per hour per square centimeter membrane surface. As can be readily seen, the rate of inward pas- sage of sodium (‘‘turned”’ position) is markedly greater than rate of passage in the opposite direc- tion (“normal position). This difference ex- tends in very marked fashion even to potassium values as high as 80%, falling off above this figure. Potassium, on the other hand, seems to pass outwards through the skin at a somewhat higher rate than inwards, although the difference in the two directions is not as marked as in the case of sodium ion. It is possible that even this differ- ence may be illusory, however. The amount of radioactive salt retained by the skin when the labelled solution is in contact with the outer face is approximately equal to the difference between the rates of potassium passage in the two direc- tions. If this skin retention is interpreted as re- tention of salt in the dermal region, after it has already passed through the diffusion-limiting epi- dermis, then we must say that no difference in the passage of potassium ion in the two directions can be found. As can be seen from the above example, radio- active tracer ions are a very useful tool for the study of work done by living systems on ions. Quantitative results can be obtained under con- ditions in which chemical methods would at best yield ambiguous qualitative information. In the case of the living frog skin membrane, these lab- elled atoms have been used to demonstrate con- clusively the existence of a differential and irre- ciprocal ionic permeability, and to show its varia- tion with change in chemical make-up of the solu- tions bathing the skin. (This article is based upon a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on chlorides. Each value given is the average of six July 16.) TABLE I. (Gram ions per hour per sq. cm. X 108) % Na Cl 0 9 20 50 67 80 91 100 Normal : position — 1.4 6.6 9.4 —- _ — 20.4 is EA Turned position —- 5.0 29. 26. os —- — 32.2 E Normal - position Sle — — 12. 44 5.0 — ss Turned , position 30. _ — — 6. 3.4 2.2 _- Jury 20, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 73 In general it seems to be apparent in a wide variety of observations now recorded in the literature, that the entire oxygen consumption of a cell is not of uniform significance to the cell. It seems to be established, therefore, that the division of respiration into inhibitor sensitive and inhibitor insensitive fractions is actually too gross a division to distinguish the reactions supplying energy for specific function, from those others which may be required to supply energy for the maintenance of structure, to rid the cells of waste products and so on. One may then inquire as to the method by means of which a subdivision could be accom- plished. Let us imagine the inhibitor to be operative at more than one point. It is then ap- parent, that given appropriate relations between the affinities of these different systems for the inhibitor, the heterogeneity of the effect of the inhibitor might be demonstrable from a careful examination of the relation between inhibitor con- centration and its effect. With this possibility in mind, we determined in detail the effect of dif~ ferent concentrations of urethane on the oxygen consumption of yeast cells. If, as is generally held to be the case, the inhibitor operates by combining with an essential catalyst, E + aUr = E(Ur)a in such a way that the enzyme-inhibitor complex is catalytically inert, so that the observed respira- tion or function is proportional to the free [FE], then the principle of mass action predicts that U — [Ur]? =K I U and I refer to uninhibited and inhibited res- piration respectively, [Ur] is the urethane con- centration and a and K are constants. Plotting log U/I against log [Ur] will give a straight line if the postulations made are adequate. Over much M. B. L. Mr. C. Lloyd .Claff was elected President of the M. B. L. Club at its annual meeting at the Clubhouse on Monday evening. Dr. A. A. Abramowitz was made Vice-President and Dr. Sears Crowell was re-elected Secretary-Treas- urer. Dr. Charles Packard was elected a member of the board of trustees of the Club. Dr. Crowell made a report at the meeting on the finances of the Club. This stated that there was a balance of $187 at the beginning of 1939. Membership fees for last year totaled $405, and admissions to entertainments and guest fees $169, making a total income of $762. The general ex- penses of the club for last year, which include re- pairs, music, magazines, etc., totaled $547, leav- ing a balance of $215 at the beginning of the sea- of the range of inhibition in yeast a straight line is obtained. The points corresponding to the ini- tial degrees of the inhibition are however definite- ly off that line, and in fact a second line could be drawn through them. Thus two separate systems seem to be affected. A discontinuity in the effect of urethane on Oz uptake exists therefore and we may next inquire whether this fact is related in any way to function in the cells concerned. The ability of this same inhibitor to interfere with the function of mul- tiplication in these cells was therefore determined. It appears that the concentration of urethane at which the discontinuity occurs is just about cap- able of stopping multiplication. It is difficult to escape the implication that the energy for repro- duction is flowing through the first of the two systems. Van Schouwenberg has determined the effect of urethane on light production and oxygen con- sumption in luminous bacteria. Calculated as indicated above, the completely urethane sensitive respiration seems to be made up of two fractions, the ability to produce light being associated with the first of the two. Thus in these two types of cell the effects of urethane suggest that in each, two discrete sys- tems are combined to make up the normal res- piration. Moreover there is a close parallelism between the inhibitor concentration necessary to completely eliminate the first of these, and that necessary to stop reproduction in one cell and light production in the other. It seems possible that in these cells at least, the portion of the total respiration which is concerned with activity me- tabolism can be identified as a discrete portion of the total oxygen consumption from the quantita- tive effects of the narcotic, urethane. (This article is based upon a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 16.) CLUB son for 1940, about $30 more than that of a year ago. 251 persons have joined the M.B.L. Club so far this season, Mrs. Dorothy Bosworth, chair- man of the House Committee, reported. This figure is nine less than that at the corresponding time last year, and is attributed to the late arrival of many investigators at Woods Hole. She fur- ther reported that the exterior of the Clubhouse was repainted during the past year, Miss M. Lucille Nason, chairman of the social committee, outlined plans for a “Poverty Dance”’ to be held at the M.B.L. Clubhouse tonight. All attending are requested to wear rags; an amateur floor show will be presented by members of the Club. 74 ANSHD, COMMA MUNG, INNSAL [ Vor. XV, No. 131 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories. Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879, and re-entered, July 23, 1938. Introducing Dr. Orto Loew1, Research Professor of Pharma- cology at the New York University, College of Medicine; Nobel Laureate in Physiology and Medicine, 1936. Born in Frankfurt-am-Main, Dr. Loewi was educated at the Universities of Strassburg and Munich, and received a doctorate of medicine at the former institution in 1896. After receiving his degree he was an assistant to Professor von Noorden at Frankfurt for two years and then as- sistant to Professor Hans Horst Meyer at Mar- burg until 1904. After five years as Associate Professor of Pharmacology in Vienna, he became Professor of Pharmacology at the University of Graz, Austria, and director of the Institute of Pharmacology there, positions which he held for nearly thirty years. In 1938 he left for England, where he worked for a short time at the National Institute for Medical Research. Then he received an appointment as Franqui Professor of medicine at the University of Brussels for eight months. Since, he has conducted research at the Nuffield Research Institute at Oxford, where he remained until May, 1940. Dr. Loewi’s scientific work has covered many fields. He has dealt with the physiology and pharmacology of the metabolism, of the ions, the hormones, the kidney, the heart and the autono- mic nervous system. In 1921 he discovered the humoral transmission of nervous impulses, and he has devoted most of his work to this subject since then. His fundamental experiments were made on frog hearts, in which he found that the stimulation of their nerves liberated from their endings chemical substances, acetylcholine and adrenaline, respectively, and that these substances are responsible for the transmission of the nerv- ous impulse to the effective organ. It was this work that brought him the award of the Nobel Prize in Physiology and Medicine, which he shared with Sir Henry H. Dale of London. Dr. Loewi arrived at Woods Hole on Tuesday of this week. He had left England on May 22 upon learning of his appointment at the New York University College of Medicine, where he will conduct research this fall. This summer he plans to complete papers started by him at Brus- sels and Oxford on the chemical transmission of impulses in sensory nerves. This is Dr. Loewi’s third visit to the United States. In 1929 he attended the Thirteenth In- ternational Physiological Congress, and in 1933 he returned to America as Dunham lecturer at Harvard Medical School. Primary among Dr. Loewi’s interests, aside from biology, are philosophy and the science of art. ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATORS De Liee, Elvira fel. med. New York Med. Br 304. Egan, R. W. undergrad. asst. biol. Canisius (Buffa- lo, N. Y.). OM 39. Dr 15. Gettemans, J. F. lab. asst. Rockefeller Inst. (Prince- ton). Br 209. Dr 6. Herget, C. M. res. fel. phys. Russell Sage. Br 317. Herskowitz, I. grad. biol. Brooklyn. Br 110. Hibbard, Hope prof. biol. Oberlin. Br 218. Hiestand, W. A. assoc. prof. physiol. Purdue. Br 223. Klein, Ethel res. asst. zool. Pennsylvania. Rock 2. Loewi, O. res. prof. pharmacol. New York Med. L’30. Meglitsch, P. A. instr. Wright Jr. Coll. (Chicago). Br 222. Morgan, Isabel M. invest. Rockefeller Inst. Br 320. O’Brien, F. D. Canisius. OM 39. Dr 15. Root, C. W. asst. prof. zool. Syracuse. OM 43. Schaeffer, Olive K. res. asst. biol. Temple. Br 214. Williams, J. L. grad. asst. biol. New York. Br 282. Kaeet ACADEMIC RANK OF M.B.L. INVESTIGATORS The number of investigators in each academic rank registered at the Marine Biological Labora- tory: PrOfLeESSOPS| lec aceccencencencesceceerssnncecanttnseeeeeneeeeneee 63 Associate Professors .... Assistant Professors .... IMSELUCTONS| vececccexrescceeces Research Associates AISSIStAMNES)| cc-serserssceretccteacesese PelOWS) j.ccccsssccsssesessceccssssecnsstecest teem Graduate Students (not listed _ elsewhere) ..cccssedshacsiecsvesceceseceeeeeeeeee 27 Medical Students ............... 8 Undergraduate Students ........... Ui Preparatory: Students) (rc.c...seeccsseorceeeeee 3 Miscellaneous iecterccccestcescs-sscceetscrseenereneates 22 The four institutions leading in providing in- vestigators at the Marine Biological Laboratory are: Pennsylivamiay cccccsseseccseccseesccescesteeseeeette eee 34 Columbia ctccte tte: 20 New York University .. 16 GCAO tase seiecsedeessercch esteneveurseasxeccor Renee 11 The entry for the University of Chicago was accidently omitted from the tabulation last week. CURRENTS IN THE HOLE At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the Hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: (iulygr2 le eee 5:47 6:00 Nulye22ie rere 6:24 6:50 uly 323 ee LO TEZS eallyyeZA Re. Slee 7:48 8:13 uly 25h ee seal | OeOhl Jury 20, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 75 ITEMS OF Dr. J. RicHarp WEISSENBERG, formerly pro- fessor extraordinarius of anatomy at the Univer- sity of Berlin, Germany, then in 1937 Visiting Professor of Cytology at Washington University, St. Louis, Mo., and in 1939 Member of the Wis- tar Institute, Philadelphia, Pa., has been appoint- ed professor of histology and embryology at the School of Medicine, Middlesex University, Wal- tham, Mass. Dr. Eric Batt has been appointed assistant professor of biological chemistry at Harvard Med- ical School. Dr. Ball was an associate in biologi- cal chemistry at Johns Hopkins University Schoo! of Medicine. Dr. Victor SCHECHTER has been promoted from instructor to assistant professor of biology at the College of the City of New York. This appointment takes effect on January 1, 1941. A daughter, HELEN BELL JONEs, was born on June 26th to Dr. and Mrs. E. Ruffin Jones, Jr. Dr. Jones is professor of zoology at William and Mary College and will be an instructor in the invertebrate course this summer. Miss LAura N. Hunter, who has spent sev- eral summers at Woods Hole, was married on June 15 to Dr. Arthur C. Colwin, instructor in biology at Queens University, Long Island, New York. Mrs. Colwin, who has been on the faculty of the Pennsylvania College for Women, has been appointed instructor in zoology at Vassar College. Dr. Curt STERN, associate professor of zoology at the University of Rochester, visited Woods Hole on Tuesday and Wednesday to deliver a lecture before the embryology class on “Genetics and Development.” Dr. Stern will spend most of the summer working at the Marine Experimental Station of the Lankenau Hospital at North Truro, Massachusetts. ProFressor C. L. Turner, of Northwestern University, delivered an evening lecture at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 18 under the auspices of the staff of the embryology course. The title of his lecture was, “Evolution of Nutri- tive and Respiratory Devices in Embryos of Vivi- parous Fishes.” Among the members of the Marine Biological Laboratory to attend the Spectroscopy Conference at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology this week were: Drs. Kurt Stern, Kurt Salomon, Kenneth Fisher, A. E. Navez, Titus Evans, O. M. Ray, Carl Smith, F. J. M. Sichel, and E. P. Little. INTEREST The program of the phonograph record concert at the M. B. L. Club Monday night: Branden- burg Concerto No. 2, Bach; Symphony No. 40 in G minor, Mozart; Symphony in D minor, Franck. A seminar in botany has been held by members of the Marine Biological Laboratory each Thurs- day night for the past four weeks. The first three were illustrated discussions of various biological stations. Last Thursday Dr. Taylor presented movies of the Hancock Expedition of 1939. The second staff meeting of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution was held on Thursday in the lounge of the Institution. Mr. Iselin spoke on ‘Developments in Oceanography and their Ef- fect on our General Program.” The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution’s ketch Atlantis returned on Wednesday to Woods Hole after an eight-day trip. It will sail again on Monday for a five-day cruise. Professor Maurice Ewing of Lehigh University will be on board with equipment to determine the thickness of the sedi- ment on the ocean bottom. Twelve lady members of the library, adminis- tration office, supply department and chemical room held their annual outing last Sunday. The group went to Cuttyhunk on the supply depart- ment’s power boat Nereis, and enjoyed a shore dinner there. On Monday afternoon, the Nereis, piloted by Mr. W. E. Kahler and Mr. Armas Kyllonen, res- cued the crew of Morris Frost’s sailboat, the Jolly Roger, which capsized during a race at the en- trance to the Hole. The Nereis took the occu- pants of the boat, and the boat itself, back to Little Harbor. Dr. Frank A. HArtMAN, professor of physi- ology at Ohio State University, is leaving tomor- row for a ten-day fishing trip in Maine. APPEAL TO BIOLOGISTS The research work at the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Laboratory at Milford, Connecticut, is handicapped at present by lack of library facilities. It will be greatly appreciated if the biologists in- terested in marine research contribute their re- prints to this institution. Papers on aquatic biol- ogy and those dealing with the life histories, em- bryology, anatomy, and physiology of marine fishes, invertebrates, and algae are especially needed. Those desiring to donate their reprints may mail them directly to U. S. Fisheries Lab- oratory, Milford, Connecticut, or leave them with Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff, Acting Director, U. S. Fish- eries Laboratory at Woods Hole, room 118, 76 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vot. XV, No. 131 NEW MARINE LABORATORY AT MILFORD, CONNECTICUT Dr. PauL S. GALTSOFF In charge of Shellfisheries Investigations, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service For nearly twenty years the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries has conducted oyster investigations in Long Island Sound from headquarters at Milford, situated first on the premises of a private oyster company and later on moved- into a small tem- porary wooden building erected on a shore lot donated for this purpose by the State of Connec- ticut. Last May the staff of the laboratory was busy moving the equipment and furniture into a just completed new two-story brick building. Construction of a new laboratory was carried out as a Public Work Administration Project with funds allocated for this purpose by the Secretary of the Interior, Harold L. Ickes. Preparatory to the construction work the low marsh ground received from the State was raised about 10 feet above its original level and the part of the bay adjacent to the property was dredged to provide a minimum depth of 10 feet. The new laboratory occupies a fireproof building 70 by 35 feet, which rests on 96 yellow-pine piling driven 35 to 40 feet into the ground. The first floor con- tains the Director’s office and laboratory, one lab- oratory room 21 by 16 feet, two small rooms for investigators, a room for meetings, lectures, and displays, 22.7 by 22 feet, rooms for the heating plant and mechanical equipment, lavatories, and a carpenter shop. Chemical, physiological, and biological labora- tories, each about 23 by 16 feet are located on the second floor, together with the chemical stock room, balance room, photographic room, and lib- rary. All the laboratories are provided with standard equipment, i.e., gas, electricity, cold and hot fresh water, sea water, compressed air, and the necessary furniture. equipped with standard chemical tables and two large fume hoods with forced draft. The sea- water system consists of a noncorrosive rubber pump of suitable capacity, a 5,000 gallon cypress storage tank located in the attic, and lead pipes delivering the sea water to drain tables placed in each of the laboratory rooms. A unique feature of the new station is a series of large concrete out-door tidal tanks, about 8 The chemical room is. feet deep, built along the water line. Each tank is individually filled with sea water through tidal gates and the depth of the water can be main- tained at three different levels. An 80-foot dock provides ample facilities for the laboratory’s boats. Before designing the laboratory and selecting its equipment, a careful study was made of exist- ing biological stations, and efforts were made to introduce the necessary up-to-date facilities, yet at the same time to avoid expensive structural features. Many of the architectural features proving useful in the Marine Biological Labora- tory and the Oceanographic Institution at Woods Hole were incorporated in the plans of the Bu- reau’s new station. To conform with its sur- roundings, the Milford Laboratory is of simple design and colonial in style of architecture. The program of research to be conducted in the new laboratory comprises two distinct phases: (a) Studies of the life histories, ecology, and physiology of principal edible mollusks and of their enemies; and (b) Applications of scientific knowledge to the practical problems of conserva- tion and cultivation of shellfish. At present the following investigations are being carried on at the laboratory: (1) Development, growth, and metamorphosis of oyster larvae; (2) Factors con- trolling the distribution and attachment of the oyster larvae; (3) Carbohydrate metabolism of the oyster in relation to its growth and gonad de- velopment; and (4) Propagation of starfish, As- terias forbesi. Permanent staff of the laboratory consists of Dr. V. L. Loosanoff, director; Dr. Walter Chip- man, Jr., physiologist; James B. Engle, oyster culturist ; and Joseph Lucash, foreman. The posi- tion of a secretary has not yet been filled. Two other laboratories of the Bureau engaged in shellfisheries investigations are located at Beau- fort, North Carolina, and at Santa Rosa Island near Pensacola, Florida. During the past two years the buildings of these institutions were re- paired and their equipment modernized to meet the present needs of biological research. PHYSIOLOGY CLASS NOTES This week has been marked by a series of visit- ing lecturers. On Friday Dr. Ball discussed the chemical nature of various. catalysts taking part in biological oxidations, bringing us right up to date as to the significance of several members of that vitamin B complex. Following this, Dr. Stern on Saturday engaged in a discussion of some of the differences between the metabolism of Dr. Nachman- sohn’s lecture on choline esterase in the electric organ of the torpedo brought back memories of that Saturday morning demonstration which Dr. Prosser arranged for us, down on the wharf, dur- ing which a torpedo was excited and caused to ring a door bell. The torpedo was rather a slug- normal and malignant tissues. Jury 20, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET 77 gish beast but after much twisting and slamming would finally “discharge” for us. The annual Physiology picnic at Tarpaulin Cove was, needless to say, a success. Embracing students, staff, wives and blood relations (but not heart-beats) it got under way about 9:30 aboard the Winifred. Just before casting off, Dr. Irving appeared with an organ grinder out of nowhere, who accompanied us for the day. After several of our number had tried their hand at organ grinding, it was unanimously agreed that they stick to physiology. There was more to it than met the eye. The traditional lobsters were served along with clams, corn, potatoes ,and liquid refreshment of various orders; and of Course the watermelon. At one point when comparative quiet pre- vailed, someone noticed that one of our huskier colleagues had not been near the water. After a moment or two of shrewd calculation, an ap- propriate amount of man power was accumulated and the struggle was on. It was successful in that the victim was dunked after just the right amount of resistance to the overpowering brute force. A hike to a fresh-water lake was undertaken by some few of our crew, but the rest spent a lazy afternoon on the beach. At about 4:30, the Winifred started back with EMBRYOLOGY Four Embryologists, only slightly hampered by six Physiologists, won the soft ball game between the Physiologists and the Investigators for the Physiologists. Such an example of Christian charity and kindness should go down in the annals of history. We bear no envy towards our models of diligence and of true investigative spirit whom we have been instructed to emulate in an attempt to reach the acme of intellectual attain- ment. The fact that the Physiologists spend more time in the lab is not caused by the fact that they work any harder or produce any more or better results. Rather, the reason should be fairly obviously one of a lack of not only brawn (see above) but also of you know what. And so, despite frequent injunctions to rival the Physio- logists in scientific interest we take great pleasure in extending to them some of our excess brawn produced in excess time produced by more brains so that we can have the time to develop the brawn, The Investigators, however, we will have to admit, really must have something. In a five- inning game they emerged the victors over the Embryologists with the official score standing at 14-13. In an extra sixth inning the Embryolog- ists took the lead again but, then, it wasn’t significant. some, while a party set off to hike across country to the end of Nonamesset Island. This took two hours and the reactions to this excursion were somewhat varied. There were those who felt stimulated and invigorated; and again there were those who were quite definitely done in, who staggered down the last stretch in a somewhat punch-drunk condition. There were those who took the hike with mighty strides, and those who seemed rather to be sauntering. Supper was waiting, however, and all spirits were restored. The Nereis came for us at about 9:00, and found us huddled around the fire, quite out-doing our- selves in “Red River Valley” et al. with sound effects. Thursday was a typical “day-after’, with as much work done as could be expected. Saturday the Physiologists and Embryologists played a baseball game. The Embryologists won. It is our humble opinion that our unceasing ap- plication to academic work was a contributing factor to our defeat. Witness the deep coats of tan worn by so many of our opponents. Those were not acquired underneath a desk lamp! We suspect many long secret hours of practice while our boys toiled away in the laboratory. At any rate, we think the first inning was pretty swell. —R. P. F. CLASS NOTES For the benefit of those who haven’t been in the laboratory this last week I would like to give some of the details concerning the lab work. The experiments on echinoderms which Dr. Schotté had started us on the previous week were con- tinued. We repeated the parthenogenetic ex- periments outlined by Loeb and also used the simpler parthenogenetic technique of immersion of eggs in hypertonic sea water. Other experi- ments were tried to show the influence of lithium chloride on developing echinoderm eggs and also to show the effects of cross-fertilization on de- velopment. The Harvey technique for the par- thenogenesis of centrifuged merogones was also repeated. The experiments produced a state of consternation as well as millions (more or less) of echinoderm plutei in an otherwise happy lab. Dr. Hamburger began his second series of lectures late this week on the development of annelida and molluscs with emphasis on some of the more important experimental work that has been done. The laboratory work has consisted of observations of Nereis and Crepidula tracha- phores. : Lost and found department :— 1. Where is Ollie Halstead? 2. Anyone knowing the whereabouts of an Am- herst football player during the recent baseball games will keep quiet or will Sweeney’s face be red. 78 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vot. XV, No. 131 38. Found: At the Embryology picnic—what takes Ken Steele’s mind off his work. 4. Where is Ollie Halstead? 5. Flash! Where was Sawyer Saturday night? 6. Whose battle cry on what night in the forward cockpit of what boat was “Wolf, Wolf!’’? 7. Where is Ollie Halstead? 8. Has Ed Robinson at last bridged the gap be- tween plants and animals? 9. J. Van Raalte K. objects to the claim that her theme song is “Double Trouble.” That’s no trouble —it’s a pleasure. 10. Where is Ollie Halstead? 11. “I just came along to DRIVE the boat,” un- quote you know whom. 12. Haven’t they heard in Oklahoma that the day of etching exhibits is past? 13. Where is Ollie Halstead? —Margie Jolly BOTANY CLASS NOTES ALGOLOWOCKY ‘Twas Algae and because of this The class cut sections by the score: All Axel was the Nereis, And the embryos next door. “Beware the barnacles, oh Rufe! The rock that slips, the stone that skins. Beware the shores and stay aloof To guard those lanky shins.” To plumb the bottom of the sea Sans Mrs. Sills we went to dredge, And then rocked we in misery (While Bill stayed near the edge). The fog rolled in, a misty screen, Miss Ciu discovered algae rare; Our stalwart Sam turned slightly green, Began to gasp for air. Jo saw that we were pickle-fed, Hank dived for dainty algal snack. With skins burned red we left Gay Head, Came seminaring back. “And hast thou seen an algal slide? Come to my arms, my darling Toots!” “Oh, No,” she cried, and turned aside To see Don’s bandaged boots. “Tt’s bunk to dunk,” said Dr. Runk, “Please pass the Ritz and peanut butter. We'll work all night, no use to funk; Miss Campbell, please don’t mutter.” ‘Twas Algae and because of this The class cut sections by the score: All Axel was the Nereis, And the embryos next door. —Algernon Algy PROTOZOOLOGY CLASS NOTES This last week, in a calm sort of way, has marked the beginning and the end of various of the multiple activities of the busy Protozoologists. The days of hay tea and isolation cultures are over and the beloved Glaucoma need no longer find shelter from pipette raids from their watery sky. The beginning of slide making marks a new era in vocabulary control. The chief difficulty oc- curs in the coverslip. Only after long hours of work does one view the beauties of an empty slide skillfully stained with Heidenhain’s Iron Heamo- toxylin method. Then there are more rapid methods in which, only after a few minutes, does one behold the same view stained with Feulgen’s or the relief stain Negrosin. A few victims, how- ever, have resigned themselves to sticky funerals and are colorfully fixed for posterity in their glass mausoleums. Collecting took on new forms this week. Two Protos spent a profitable morning on hands and knees at Nobska hopping around after sand fleas. Another member wallowed in the Falmouth dump and returned with a veritable menagerie. Drawings are being produced at a tremendous rate as the deadline for all sixty approaches “on little cat feet’ with next Saturday. The “pros and cons” of a picnic are seriously debated with the probability of the event taking place decreasing from hour to hour. It has been suggested that microscopes be taken along and the picnic be combined with a deep sea fishing ex- pedition with beer, lobsters and Radiolaria. On Saturday morning, Dr. Austin Phelps, of the University of Texas, spoke on “Certain As- pects of Protozoan Growth’’ with emphasis on population and growth curves. Other lectures of the week, given by Dr. Calkins and Dr. Kidder, included those on nuclear organization and devel- opment, Judging from the comparative calm of the near- by labs, an industrious week was in order for all. As the middle of next week marks the close of the Physiology and Embryology courses, is there a possibility that they are making up for lost time? Then, too, the more than successful Phys- iology “get acquainted” picnic accounts for one day of complete quiet and advancement of science. So ends the fourth week for the Protozoologists. —Doris Marchand Jury 20, 1940 ] tHE COLLECTING NET 79 BOOKS IN THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES PUBLISHED SINCE SEPTEMBER 1, 1939 Adamstone, F. B. and W. Shumway. Laboratory Manual of Vertebrate Zoology. $1.25. Wiley. American Association for the Advancement of Science. Problems of Lake $2.00. Science Press. Arnold and Duggan. Biology. Mosby. Atwood. Introduction to Vertebrate Zoology. Mos- by. Barrows, E. F. Pedigrees and Checkerboards. $1.50. Edwards. de Beer, G. B. Embryos and Ancestors. $2.50. Ox- ford. Biological Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor. Sym- posia on Quantitative Biology. Vol. VII. Darwin Press. Bodansky, M. and O. Bodansky. Disease. $8.00. Macmillan. Burbank, L. and W. Hall. Partner of Nature. $3.00. Appleton-Century. Burhoe, O. Laboratory Directions in Introductory Zoology. $1.40. Burgess. Burlingame, L. L. Heredity and Social Problems. $3.50. McGraw-Hill. Buxton, P. A. The Louse. $3.00. Williams & Wil- kins. Casson, S. The Discovery of Man. $3.00. Harper. Castle, W. E. Mammalian Genetics. $2.00. Harvard University Press. Comstock, J. H. The Spider Book. $6.00. Doubleday, Doran. Cott, H. B. Adaptive Coloration in Animals. $8.50. Oxford. Craig, C. F. and Faust, E. C. Clinical Parasitology. $8.50. Lea & Febiger. Curtis, F. D., et al. Everyday Biology. $1.92. Ginn. Curtis, W. C. and M. J. Guthrie. Laboratory Direc- tions in General Zoology. $1.50. Wiley. Cutright, P. R. The Great Naturalists Explore South America. $3.50. Macmillan. Ditmars, R. L. A Field Book of North American Snakes. $3.50. Doubleday, Doran. Eales, N. B. Littoral Fauna of Great Britain. $3.50. Cambridge (Macmillan). Eddy, S., C. P. Oliver and J. P. Turner. Guide to the Study of the Anatomy of the Shark, the Necturus and the Cat. $1.50. Wiley. Fassett, N. C. A Manual of Aquatic Plants. $4.00. McGraw-Hill. Faust, E. C. Human Helminthology. $8.50. Lea & Febiger. Fox, I. Fleas of Eastern United States. Press of Iowa State College. Fraenkel, G. S. and D. L. Dunn. Animals. $6.00. Oxford. Gershenfeld, L. Biological Products. $4.00. Romaine Pierson. Goldschmidt, R. The Material Basis of Evolution. $5.00. Yale University Press. Haldane, J. B. S. Adventures of a Biologist. $2.75. Biology. Laboratory Manual of General Biochemistry of Collegiate The Orientation of Harper. Haldane, J. B. S. Science and Everyday Life. $2.00. Macmillan. Hamilton, W. J., Jr. American Mammals. $3.75. McGraw-Hill. Hanstrom, B. Hormones in Invertebrates. $4.25. Oxford. Harvey, E. N. Living Light. $4.00. Princeton. Hickman, C. P. Functional Human Anatomy. $3.75. Prentice-Hall. Hogben, L. Principles of Animal Biology. Norton. Holmes, F. O. Handbook Viruses. $2.00. Burgess. Holmes, W. H. Bacillary and Rickettsial Infections. Macmillan. Huxley, J. S., ed. The New Systematics. $6.00. Ox- ford. Hyman, L. H. The Invertebrates: Protozoa Through Ctenophora. $7.00. McGraw-Hill. International Congress of Microbiology, 1939. port of Proceedings. $5.00. Rockefeller. Jaques, F. P. The Geese Fly High. $3.00. University of Minnesota. Jepson, M. Biological Drawings. Publishing. Johansen. Plant Microtechnique. McGraw-Hill. Jung, F. T., et al. Anatomy and Physiology. $3.50. Davis. Lincoln, F. C. The Migration of American Birds. $4.00. Doubleday, Doran. Lucas, Miriam Scott. Elements of Human Physi- ology. $4.50. Lea & Febiger. McAvoy, B. A Study Guide for Biology. $2.00. Bur- gess. Matheson, R. A Laboratory Guide in Entomology. $2.00. Comstock. Mullin, F. I. and H. D. Bruner. A Laboratory Man- ual for College Physiology. $2.00. Neel, A. V. The Content of Cells and Proteins in the Normal Cerebro-Spinal Fluid. $2.75. Oxford. Parker, J. B. and J. J. Clarke. Introduction to Ani- mal Biology. $3.75. Mosby. Parshley, H. M. Biology. $1.75. Wiley. Peacock, H. A. Elementary Micro-technique. $2.40. Longmans. Peltier, G. F., C. E. Georgi and L. F. Lindgren. Laboratory Manual for General Bacteriology. $2.00. Wiley. Pilsbry, Henry A. Land Mollusca of North Ameri- ca (North of Mexico). $25.00. Academy of Na- tural Sciences, Philadelphia. ’ Pool, R. J. Basic Course in Botany. $3.75. Ginn. Potter. Essentials of Zoology. Mosby. Rashevsky, N. Advances and Applications of Math- ematical Biology. $2.00. University of Chicago. Reed, C. I., H. C. Struck and I. E. Steck. Vitamin D. $5.00. University of Chicago. Scheinfeld, A. You and Heredity. $3.00. Stokes. Shepard, H. H. The Chemistry and Toxicology of Insecticides. $4.00. Burgess. Shohl, A. T. Mineral Metabolism. $5.00. Reinhold. Smith, B. W. The World Under the Sea. $3.00. Ap- pleton-Century. . Snyder, E. E. Biology in the Making. $2.80. Mc- of Phytopathogenic Re- $2.00. Chemical Graw-Hill. Snyder, L. H. The Principles of Heredity, 2nd ed. $3.50. Heath. Szent-Gyorgyi, A. V. On Oxidation, Fermentation, Vitamins, Health and Disease. $2.00. Williams and Wilkins. Tinkle, W. J. Fundamentals of Zoology. $3.00. Zon- dervan. Verrill, A. H. Wonder Creatures of the Sea. $3.00. Appleton-Century. Vitamin E, A Symposium. $2.00. Chemical Publish- ing. 2 Waddington, C. H. Organisers and Genes. bridge (Macmillan). Warren, C. Animal Sex Control. $1.75. Judd. Wheeler, W. F. Intermediate Biology. $6.00. Chem- ical Publishing. Willis, J. C. Evolution by Differentiation. Cam- bridge (Macmillan). Cam- eo 80 AMale, (COMMIS MINE, INVTAL [ Vor. XV, No. 131 Carolina Cultures Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata and dorotocephala, etc. Shipments during all seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre Biology Farm” are at your disposal. We are commencing our fourteenth year of Culture Service. CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. Elon College, N. C. Kern Scientific Instruments Since 1819 Peta Polarimeter if 7% for sunlight or sodium light. Verniers read- ing to 0.05° by magnifier. Tripartite identity field. Tubes up to as 200 mm. if) Ms Micrometer ——— screw. KERN COMPANY POLARIMETER Sy | 136 Liberty St., New York, N. Y. SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS Biological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, 5 5 Sets, Odd There may be some Single Copies 5) § if etc. Complete Volumes and Copies. needed to complete your sets, or an Im- portant Article which you may need. Prices are reasonable. B. LOGIN & SON, INC. 29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK CITY MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS HOSIERY, DRY GOODS TOILET NECESSITIES CRETONNE, CHINTZ, LINGERIE FALMOUTH WOODS HOLE SANDWICH SHOP Lunch Parker Products Breakfast Dinner Main Street Woods Hole CLEANING — PRESSING Dyeing — Repairing Daily Calls and Deliveries Tel. 907 PARK TAILORING SHOP BAND BOX CLEANERS 172 Main St. Falmouth DALE Yas Patent Medicines and Hospital Supplies STATIONERY COSMETICS SUNDRIES Best Coffee in Town GAS AND OIL WOODS HOLE GARAGE CO. Opposite Station ROWE’S PHARMACY Cigarettes — Cosmetics Magazines Home DEVELOPING and PRINTING SNAPSHOTS Woods Hole North Falmouth Remedies Falmouth Fountain SERVICE TEXACO THE TWIN DOOR Woods Hole Special STEAKS CHICKEN LOBSTERS | | Jury 20, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 81 LEA & FEBIGER PUBLICATIONS ON EXHIBIT JULY 15 - 27 _ Richard W. Foster in Charge Calkins’ Biology of the Brotesoan 2d Saino Cowdry’s Histology, 2d edition Craig and Faust’s Clinical Parasitology, new (2d) edition DeGaris, Lachmann and _ Chase's Principles of Human Anatomy Faust’s Human Helminthology, new (2d) edition Fishberg’s Hypertension and Nephritis, 4th edition Gray’s Anatomy, 23d edition aca Haden’s Hematol iti For Solon Quality in Yacgimiyl foes Hematioy, Yew (0) ation epoe,e . fe} Your Exhibition Prints B 50S iene cet nedied ition 4 Lucas’ Elements of H Physiol —USE A SOLAR— / *% { uman ysiology ’ ey Park and Williams on Pathogenic Microorganisms A. SOLAR will give you Salon ¢ 11th edition uality in a our enlargements . { q ae fe scat pee ane fhe full Rony on Obesity and Leanness pictorial quality of every negative. Its Schafer’s Essentials of Histology, 14th edition perfected light and optical system along . A 5 aaa i with its wide flexibility in adjustments } Thienes’ Clinical Toxicology make Solar the choice of the man who ~ Whillis’ Elementa Anatom ' knows enlargers. Models are available to & 4 ! zi a‘ te 2 mand inystology, cover negative sizes from 35mm. to 5x7 j Wigger’s Physiology in Health and Disease, new inches, with or without condensers. Prices ‘ (3d) edition from $39.50 to $112.50. ENLARGING TREATISE CN740 FREE. AndgothensStandard alext Books BURKE & JAMES, Inc. _ 7) So) han Aeon 223 W. MADISON Sr. @ CHICAGO, ILLINOIS Washington Square Philadelphia, Pa. Free Services for the Biology Teacher TURTOX CATALOGS (1) The Turtox Biology Catalog and Teachers’ Manual is published primarily for the high school biology teacher but has also proven popular in college and university departments. Contains approximately 100 pages of informational material and 300 pages of selected listings of materials for the Biology laboratory. Free to Biology teachers (2) Turtox Biological Supplies Catalog is the most complete catalog of biological specimens, materials and equipment ever to be offered. Contains 672 well illustrated pages. Distributed to College and University departments. TURTOX NEWS A monthly biological publication devoted to scientific articles of interest to Biology teachers and to the announcement of new Turtox products for the biologi- cal sciences. Free to Biologists. | TURTOX SERVICE LEAFLETS A series of 48 leaflets covering specific problems encountered in the Biologi- cal Laboratory. Free to Biologists. pMpapucr GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE Y Incorporated 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 131 — owning . «Bite GOLD SEAL PERMANENT. LABORATORY INKS | ~ 3 | - wre 1, Will give a PERMANENT MARKING on GLASS or PORCE. E X H I B I T Y LAN. Writes firmly on flat or curved surfaces. } ou { 2. Are ready for use with pen or brush | som offen: ainecisislaeiignelatecholsacploliterclenenc||ievall las July 22nd to August 4th oratory solvents. | | SEND $¥)_ 01 o box of tour 1-oz. bottles, one each of red, white. blue, and black. as illustrated and we will send it postpaid anywhere in the world . . . Directions are included. at the eit) CLAY-ADAMSS&: SEMSSSSS Wld Lecture Ball e of INSTRUMENTS | SUPPLIES MODELS CHARTS SKELETONS will answer your requirements, Three series of ADAMS Centrifuges, illustrated a’ e by the “ANGLE” model of each series, are available for MICRO, SEMI-MICRO. and larger tubes Priced from $17.25 to S55. CATALOG C110 WILL BE SENT ON REQUEST. CoO., 44 East 23rd St 44 EAST 28rd STREET a: " - Inc.» New York, N.Y. NEW YORK. N. Y. : ; Cambridge Instruments During the past half century many of the important developments of Science have been fur- thered with the assistance of Cambridge Instruments. The quality of workmanship and mater- ials employed in their construction and the distinctive finish of metal and woodwork mark Cambridge instruments unmistakably. From a utilitarian standpoint it is these enumerable refinements in the smallest de- tails that make Cambridge instruments ac- curate, dependable and long-lived. Cambridge Instruments are used to measure min- ute direct and alternating potential, current, and power quantities; field strength of magnets; humid- ity; temperature; hydrogen-ion concentration; dis- : 4 solved oxygen; gas analysis; horizontal, rotational, Meee Vato s Toe and vertical vibration; internal damping capacities Pee Sa = = of materials; acceleration and deceleration; oscillo- tionally compact and robust instrument 2 : : ie \ of high sensitivity, short period and low graphic recording of transient electrical phenomena; capacitance and does not require levelling. geophysical prospecting; etc; etc. OF PRECISION TERMINAL, LINDEMANN ELECTROMETER WITH GROUNDING SWITCH INSTRUMENTS New York, N. Y. Jury 20, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET Spencer announces a new Stereoscopic Microscope N close co-operation with scientists of long experience Spencer has de- veloped a new group of Stereoscopic Microscopes. The result is an instrument which represents an important advance, op- tically and mechanically. Notable among the superiorities are an improved stereoscopic vision, an uncommonly brilliant resolution and a large object field. Mechanically, betterments have been effected in rigidity and weight, in the dust-proof Spencer Lens Company revolving objective holder and in the longer range of focusing adjustment. A wide range of magnifications — from 6.3X to 144X —is available. Seven different powers in paired ob- jectives and four different powers in paired eyepieces provide a total of twenty-eight magnifications. A new booklet describing the com- plete Spencer line of Stereoscopic Microscopes has just been published. Address Dept. G8-3 for a copy. MICROSCOPES ER REFRACTOMETERS MICROTOMES SPENC COLORIMETERS PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC BUFFALG SPECTROMETERS EQUIPMENT U.S.A PROJECTORS 8&4 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 131 BORN OF WHITE HEAT Like a huge glowing jewel, this pot of molten optical glass symbolizes the care and precision that identifies the making of B&L instruments. Here, as it cools in a crucible of clay—as care- fully selected as the materials from which the glass itself is made—is the beginning of a preci- sion optical system. Here, is exemplified the precision control that starts with the optical glass and ends only when the complete instrument is placed in your hands. For coordinated precision—of lens and me- chanical system—you'll want B&L instruments. Write concerning your optical instrument prob- lems to Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul St., Rochester, N. Y. BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH & LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION Vol. XV, No. 5 SATURDAY, JULY 27, 1940 Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 30 Cents. FUNCTIONAL PROPERTIES OF TRANS- PLANTED AND DERANGED PARTS OF THE AMPHIBIAN NERVOUS SYSTEM Dr. Paut A. WEIsS Associate Professor of Zoology, University of Chicago In an attempt to determine functional proper- ties of nerve centers which might not depend for their execution upon the integrity of the typical neurone patterns, a method of “deplanting” fragments of de- ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF CELL MEMBRANES Dr. K. S. Core Associate Professor of Physiology, Columbia University By far the largest part of our knowledge of living cells has been acquired from observations and measurements made with visible light and _ indeed we most often think of | cells, tissues and organisms in veloped nervous system was devised by which a_ break- down of the normal structural patterns could be obtained while at the same time enough nervous matter could survive to exhibit functional activity. The method consists of the following. Fragments of spinal cord measuring from four to twelve segments are excised from salamander larvae (two to four centimeters in length) and inserted into the gelatin- ous connective tissue of the fin extending along the dorsal mid-line of a host animal of similar age. At this stage the central nervous system is es- sentially differentiated and has been in functional activity for several weeks or months. M. B. ¥. Calendar TUESDAY, July 30, 8:00 P. M. Seminar: Dr. B. H. Willier: “A Study of Feather Color Patterns Produced by Grafting Melano- phores During Embryonic Devel- opment.” Dr. G. H. Parker: “The Melano- phore Neurohumors in the Cat- fish.” Dr. H. B. Goodrich: “The Cellular Basis of the Color Pattern in Some Bermuda Coral Reef Fish.” FRIDAY, August 2, 8:00 P. M. Lecture: Dr. Eric G. Ball: “Cata- lysts of Biological Oxidation, Their Composition and Mode of Action.” After de- terms of their visible appear- ance. We habitually associate an object directly with its op- tical image because long fa- miliarity permits us to over- look the intervening — steps, such as refraction and absorp- tion, which create this image. And so when we must turn to other and less familiar meth- ods of observation it may be difficult to recognize what we see and to have confidence in the image which they create. We shall seek now to describe the living cell membrane in electrical terms—to present its electrical picture. The electri- cal methods are used, not be- cause of any belief that they are necessarily fundamental, but because they cer- tainly see things in a different and perhaps plantation it becomes (Continued on page 91) simpler light, and (Continued on page 87) TABLE OF CONTENTS Electrical Properties of Cell Membranes, Items) *of) Interest: .ticccczetccecssscssessessuns sossossssectovsaceee 95 ID Rs) 1S TSK (COSY Gears ssereeee tc et ee 85 ; A ' ‘ The Seminar on Experimental Morphology, Functional Properties of Transplanted and De- Dye, IL@aiae ler a 96 Dr. Paul Weiss Class Notes ranged Parts of Amphibian Nervous System, Sees EN nents 85 Introducing Dr. M. H. Pirenne The Biological Field Stations of Scandinavia and Finland, Homer A. Jack ...........ccccccccesseeeees 96 Supplementary Directory for 1940............cccceee 98 (9/8) OV nS ee fd Q ho is . ie O eel | Z a Z = 4 [ Vor. XV, No. 132 THE SITE OF THE WOODS HOLE OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION PIER IN 1870 A painting from memory by the late Franklin L. Gifford. The location of the berth of the Atlantis is just to the right of the stage coach; the site of the engine house and a portion of the yard of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institu- tion appear in the picture. The painting portrays the steamer Monohansett landing at Bar Neck Wharf in August, 1870, with over 900 passengers aboard on their way to Vine- yard Haven camp meeting. The vessel often towed whaling vessels into Woods Hole when they were unable to proceed under their own sails. The building on Bar Neck Wharf was first used as a freight shed by the Steamboat Com- pany, and was originally on the present site of the library. After the railroad wharf was built, the building was purchased by William Studley who rebuilt it as a residence for himself. The house is now on North Street. The stage coach on the wharf met all the boats, and brought passengers to Woods Hole, bound for New Bedford and the Vineyard. It had a regular route between Falmouth and Woods Hole. The land in the distance is Naushon Island, while the low tide in the foreground exposes the sand bar on Grew’s Clam Flats. Dyer’s dock now covers the flats, and the Penzance Garage is lo- cated on the old Bar Neck Wharf. Two lightships can be seen in the distant har- bor. The “square-rigger” came from Italy loaded with brimstone for the Pacific Guano Company which was established on Penzance Point in 1863. This chemical laboratory and manufactur- ing plant was for thirty years the principal indus- try of Woods Hole. Crude guano from distant islands was combined with bone scrap to produce a superior type of fertilizer. The Guano Com- pany was in operation from 1863 to 1895, em- ploying regularly from 150 to 200 men. Jury 27, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET 87 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF CELL MEMBRANES (Continued from page 85) because the machinery is available for making rapid and accurate measurements with little or no detectable effect on either the living membrane or the cell as a whole. Ton Permeability First let us investigate the permeability of the cell membrane to ions. This should be an ideal application for electrical methods because the out- standing characteristic of an ion is its electrical charge. When such charges are in an electric field between two electrodes, they are forced to- wards one or the other of the electrodes and if some of the ions are able to cross an intervening membrane, they constitute an electrical current. The permeability of the membrane may then be measured by the ratio of the current to the driving force, which is the potential difference between the electrodes. This ratio of current to potential difference is none other than the electrical con- ductance, or the reciprocal of the electrical resist- ance, commonly measured in ohms. We cannot easily insert an electrode inside of a cell to measure the membrane resistance directly but current may be sent in one side of the cell and out the other. The cytoplasm is a good elec- trical conductor and we could obtain the mem- brane resistance in this manner except for the difficulty of estimating the current leakage around the cell. If, however, we have a uniform suspen- sion of cells in a conducting medium it is possible to calculate the paths of current flow. This has been done by Clerk Maxwell for a suspension of spherical particles and his equation may be used for marine egg suspensions, although it is very unlikely that he foresaw this application. Meas- urements of the resistances of the suspension and the suspending medium, and the volume concen- tration made on Hipponoé and Arbacia egg sus- pensions of various concentrations, show that within the error of the concentration measure- ments the plasma membranes are perfectly non- conducting in both the fertilized and unfertilized egg. It is not necessary, however, to confine our- selves to spherical cells for the Maxwell equation is easily modified for use on fibrous tissues such as muscle and nerve when the current flow is transverse, i.e., at right angles to the fiber axes. Tt is not an easy matter to vary the volume con- centration of fibers in muscle but instead the re- sistance of the intercellular medium may be varied by mixture with iso-osmotic sugar solution. These measurements of the frog sartorius muscle also fail to prove an ion permeability as do the data on nerve, Nitella and the squid giant axon. The first extensive and accurate measurements of cell suspensions were made with red blood cells but these could not be explained by the Maxwell equation. The equation was modified by Fricke to apply to oblate spheroids and excellent agree- ment was then obtained on the assumption that the membrane was impermeable to ions. Before concluding that these membranes are not permeable to ions, we must consider the ef- fect of experimental errors. The necessary ac- curacy in the volume concentration measurements is found to be directly proportional to the resist- ance of the medium and to the diameter of the individual cell, and inversely proportional to the membrane resistance. In the experiments already considered, it is estimated that this accuracy would have to be better than 1/10 per cent and so we must look for more favorable conditions. It is not yet permissible to alter the membrane resist- ance and so we must seek larger cells and higher resistance media. By external measurements on so large a marine cell as Valonia, Blinks was un- able to demonstrate a membrane conductivity. He did, however, obtain the first estimate of a mem- brane resistance, 5000 ohms for a square centi- meter, for impaled Valonia. Recent preliminary measurements on the frog egg in pond water give a value of about 400 ohms. It is not necessary that the cells be large in all dimensions, if we are willing to desert our relatively simple mathemati- cal analysis and undertake to interpret longitudi- nal measurements made between two electrodes along the length of a fiber. In this way, Blinks obtained a value of 250,000 ohms for a square centimeter in Nitella. More extensive longitudinal measurements of the squid axon and single fibers from lobster and crab nerves give approximately 1000 ohms for a square centimeter of membrane. It is now found that for favorable material in which the geometrical measurements can be made with sufficient accuracy, a permeability of the membranes to ions as such can be detected and measured. We may then assume that a similar permeability exists in other cell membranes but that it will be more difficult to measure. There THE CoLLEcTING NET was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., under the Act of March 38, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, 1938. marine biological laboratories. Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. It is devoted to the scientific work at It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 88 THE COLLECTING NET [ VoL. XV, No. 132 is as yet no basis for deciding that this ion per- meability is large or small. It is difficult to meas- ure and seems quite small in the units we have used to express it, but we do well to remember that the cell has adjusted the permeability to its requirements and not to our convenience. We may however reach a compromise if we ask about not only the permeating ions but also the ions which do not get through the membrane—either because they are refused admittance or because of the crowds at the gates. Ion Impermeability We shall again put the electrical driving force on the ions but now confine our attention to those ions that do not cross the membrane. At the in- stant the potential difference is applied all ions will start to move quite as they do when there is no membrane present, but soon some are stopped by the membrane and an accumulation of anions on one side of the membrane and cations on the other starts in. This accumulation proceeds at a slower and slower rate as the ions already present prevent more of the same kind from approaching. Finally the excess charge on each side becomes constant and is proportional to the applied poten- tial difference. This is a familiar characteristic of non-conductors and the ratio of charge to po- tential difference, known as the capacity, is meas- ured in farads. Although this capacity is meas- ured by means of the ions which cannot cross the membrane, it is a characteristic of the membrane which depends upon its composition, structure and thickness. The capacity can be measured by the rate at which the ions assemble after the ap- plication of a constant potential difference or, more conveniently at the present time, by the use of alternating potential differences. If the poten- tial difference swings rapidly back and forth from one direction to the other, the ions will only have time to travel so short a distance that they all move quite as if the membrane were not present. There will then be current flow through as well as around the cells in a suspension. For very low frequencies of alternating potential difference, the ions will have ample time to accumulate on each side of the membrane and practically prevent cur- rent flow in this direction. The current flow in a suspension will then be around and between the cells for low frequency alternating current. Now as to the evidence that a living cell mem- brane has such an ion impermeable structure. Hober found the current flow was entirely inter- cellular in red cell suspensions and muscle at one thousand cycles and that at nearly ten million cycles the current also flowed through the cyto- plasm just as it would if there were no mem- branes. These observations clearly demonstrate a membrane capacity, but it was not until some years later that Fricke showed that the membrane capacity could be calculated from measurements on a suspension and obtained an approximate value of 0.8 microfarad per square centimeter for the red cell membrane. We may now put the theory in more complete form by returning to the Maxwell equation and modifying it again. Alter- nating current measurements on suspensions of unfertilized Hipponoé, Asterias and Arbacia eggs agree very well with the theoretical picture, ex- cept for the effect of an unidentified structure at the highest frequencies, and give us membrane capacities between 0.7 and 1.1 microfarads per square centimeter. Red cell suspensions give nearly one microfarad but show a slight systema- tic deviation from the theory. For frog muscle, we obtain again a microfarad per square centi- meter but the deviations are far too large to ig- nore and we must ask what is wrong with our theoretical picture. The observations could be explained by a variation of membrane capacity and diameter from fiber to fiber but there is also the possibility that this deviation may be a charac- teristic of each individual fiber membrane. This can be only decided by measurements of single cells. Both the Nitella and squid axon data again give a membrane capacity of a microfarad per square centimeter but also present ample evidence that this membrane capacity is not so perfect as we have pictured it. It has the well-known char- acteristic found in many non-living insulators which is called dielectric loss. A summary of the data for nearly thirty differ- ent cells gives an average membrane capacity of about one microfarad per square centimeter with varying amounts of dielectric loss for all but the marine egg cell membranes. We may now make a comparison between the ion impermeable and the ion permeable aspects of the membrane as measured by the capacity and resistance. When a potential difference is applied to the membrane, the permeating ions give a steady current flow which is proportional to the excess non-permeat- ing ions piled up on each side of the membrane. A resistance of 500 ohms and a capacity of one microfarad for a square centimeter of membrane tells us that two thousand ions per second pass through the membrane for each pair of imper- meable ions separated by the membrane. Stated in these terms the membrane permeability seems quite considerable, but we are again without an adequate basis for this conclusion. Membrane Inductance With these ion permeable and ion impermeable characteristics of the membrane represented by resistance and capacity we now turn with some confidence to prediction. With paper, pencil and differential equations we calculate the longitudinal Jury 27, 1940 } THE COLLECTING NET 89 alternating current characteristics of the squid axon to be measured between large electrodes a centimeter or so apart, and then we turn to the axon for confirmation, as was done two summers ago. The measurements at the high frequencies were quite as expected but low frequencies gave an apparently “negative” capacity which was en- tirely unanticipated. This anomoly is not only real and a property of the axon but the structure responsible for it is located in the membrane. A “negative” capacity is only a descriptive term but from conventional electricity and magnetism we find that the measurements can be explained by —and only by—the well-known electrical element of inductance which is measured in henries. This inductance must now be put into our elec- trical picture of the cell membrane along with the resistance and capacity. The simplest possible picture is not perfect but it is sufficiently good to give us an estimate of one-fifth henry for a square centimeter of membrane. Membrane Function A preliminary sketch of the cell membrane, as seen electrically, has now been completed and we should pause to question its value, to ask what it tells us of the structure and function of the membrane. We may turn first to the processes of injury and death. These have been extensively investigated in Laminara by Osterhout and there are certainly changes of ion permeability but we may ask what happens to the ion impermeability. As a single example let us measure the resting frog sartorius muscle and then follow the changes of the alternating current characteristics during exposure to chloroform. These changes are ap- proximately those which we expect if the ion per- meability alone increases. Although they do not follow the predicted course exactly, and there is an apparent alteration of membrane capacity, the data indicate that the changes of ion permeability are many hundred fold greater than the changes of the ion impermeable aspect of the membrane. This suggests that the two aspects may be rela- tively independent. It is commonly accepted, apparently without extensive proof, that during current flow the ion permeability of a membrane is increased at the cathode and decreased under the anode. Our membrane picture however, gives an ion permea- bility independent of current flow and we must measure the effect of current flow through a real membrane. This has been done by transverse measurements of the squid giant axon; there was practically no change of the ion impermeable structure, and the permeability was found to in- crease at the cathode and decrease at the anode. This result is quite satisfactory from a physiologi- cal point of view, but it means that the electrical picture must be modified. We can no longer rep- resent the ion permeability by a conventional re- sistance and shall turn to a different type of ex- periment to suggest its successor. Last summer techniques were developed inde- pendently at Plymouth by Hodgkin and Huxley and at this laboratory by Curtis for inserting a micropipette about a centimeter into the axo- plasm from one end of the squid axon. Using the tip of this pipette as an electrode we can now measure directly the potential difference across the membrane during current flow. After the current is applied, the potential rises at the anode and falls at the cathode until it reaches a constant level after the membrane capacity has been charged. These changes of potential would be equal and proportional to the current if the mem- brane permeability were represented by resistance. But at the anode the potential rises more slowly to higher levels than anticipated as the current is increased. At the cathode the potential rises more rapidly and oscillates before settling down to a lower level than for a simple resistance as the current is increased. Considering now only the final level, this means that the current flows more easily in one direc- tion than the other and as a result also spreads much farther along the axon from the anode than the cathode. Taking into account the spreading effect we find that the membrane is actually an excellent rectifier, having a hundred times greater resistance at the anode than at the cathode. The spread of current is an explanation of the spatial difference of anelectrotonus and catelectrotonus first found by Pfltiger and the rectification will probably also explain several summation effects found by Gildemeister and Katz. Our membrane has both capacity and induct- ance which are analogous to elasticity and mass in mechanical systems. As we know, a spring and a weight or a stretched wire can vibrate freely if there is not too much friction. From the data which produced the membrane inductance we can predict that the membrane potential will oscillate under favorable conditions and that the frequency will be about 250 cycles—middle C on the musical scale. The membrane may be “struck’’ electrical- ly with a cathode current and the calculated os- cillations agree quite well with those described above. At the anode the motion should be over- damped, as has been found, Arvanitaki has found similar oscillations of about the same frequency in the Sepia axon. When the calcium was lowered sufficiently, the oscillations started spontaneously and built up until the threshold was reached and repetitive discharge took place. Oscillations of excitability at about 200 cycles have been found 90 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 132 by Erlanger and Blair, and Monnier and Coppée for the frog sciatic nerve. It has long been postulated that an increase of ion permeability was an essential part of the ini- tiation and propagation of a nerve impulse. Meas- urements on the squid axon at the cathode show this increase when the threshold is reached and we may make similar observations during the pas- sage of a distantly initiated impulse. The action potential rises smoothly to the point of inflection with no measurable change of the alternating cur- rent characteristics. At this point, however, a sudden increase of ion permeability takes place which returns to the resting level somewhat more slowly than the action potential. The maximum permeability is about forty times the resting value but this takes place with little if any change of the membrane capacity and similar results are found for Nitella. An analysis of the local circuit current flow in the rising phase of the action po- tential shows that this current is outward, or cathodal up until the point of inflection. There should then be an increase of ion permeability, but none was found. When we invoke the in- ductance this is quite easily explained. The mem- brane potential is falling quite rapidly in this re- gion of the action potential and a considerable portion of the current tends naturally to flow into the membrane capacity. An inductance however is fundamentally opposed to any change of the status quo and resists it so vigorously as to force nearly all of the current into the condenser and so protect the rectifier or ion permeability element from change until the actual excitation takes place at the inflection point of the potential. In all of these phenomena we have found that the membrane capacity is singularly unaffected but this is not always the case. The capacities of the Arbacia and Hipponoé egg membranes are several times larger after fertilization than before. There are however preliminary data to indicate that this change does not occur in several other forms and it may be that these two, the first in- vestigated, are anomalous. These few examples indicate that the elements of our electrical membrane picture may have func- tional significance and it becomes even more in- teresting to investigate the suggestions which it can make as to the structure of the membrane un- der various conditions. Membrane Structure As has been mentioned, the capacity, or ion im- permeable aspect, and the dielectric loss depend upon the composition, structure and thickness of the membrane. If we assume that the membrane has the properties of a lipoid in bulk, the thick- ness corresponding to a microfarad per square centimeter is about one or two molecules, as was pointed out by Fricke. Measurements of the properties of surface films do not seriously modify this estimate. It is not necessary that the film be lipoid so far as the capacity and dielectric loss are concerned, for the double tanned protein films of Dean provide an excellent model in both respects. The origin and nature of dielectric loss in non-living materials is not yet known and en- gineering has long been waiting on physics and chemistry for an answer to these questions. Fur- thermore, until they can be answered we must not be too confident of our concepts of perfect dielec- trics. There are however indications that highly condensed structures, in which the inter-molecu- lar forces are particularly strong, are responsible for the type of dielectric loss observed in the liv- ing cell membrane. Such structures may also have a large dielectric constant which suggests that the membrane may after all be rather thick. The singularly small changes of this ion imper- meable part of the cell membrane in injury, death, current flow and excitation—where the ion per- mability may change ten or a thousand fold— leads us to picture the ion impermeable structure as a massive, inert and durable framework oc- cupying almost the entire bulk of the membrane, with the ion permeability represented by at most a small percentage of the membrane volume. In contrast to the ion impermeability, the ion permeability as measured electrically has consider- able functional significance and its changes re- flect—or perhaps, cause—a variety of physiologi- cal and pathological phenomena. The outstand- ing difficulty is that as yet we have no objective indications of the ions involved and until these can be identified the number of possible mechan- isms for the ion permeability characteristic is al- most unlimited. For example, we may assume a membrane permeability to potassium ions alone. With an inward current flow, an external medium of low potassium concentration could only supply a few ions to the membrane and its electrical re- sistance would be high. An outward current flow might draw on the high internal potassium con- centration to increase the number of carriers in the membrane and so decrease the resistance. It may not be too optimistic to predict that an ex- planation of this membrane characteristic will be a rather complete molecular picture of the mem- brane and correlation of ionic membrane phe- nomena. From the purely electrical point of view, this cell membrane compares very favorably with the copper oxide and selenium rectifiers so widely used at the present time. It is interesting to note that while these rectifiers have been quite difficult to explain and their action has been a center of considerable theoretical interest, there are prob- Juty 27, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 91 ably fewer of them in use than there are biologi- cal rectifiers in a few cubic centimeters of living cells. Our information on the origin of the inductive element in the membrane is very meager as yet, but it is difficult to deny its importance in nerve phenomena. The constancy of the membrane ca- pacity and the prevalence of the 250 cycle fre- quency in nerve fibers leads us to suspect that the inductance may be as constant and indestructible as the capacity. It may be intimately associated with the capacity and present in all cell mem- branes, but it could also be the structure which makes a nerve fiber what it is. The concept of a capacity finds a ready appli- cation in the cell membrane but those of us who associate inductance with massive coils of copper wire on heavy iron cores find it difficult to place such a structure in the cell membrane. Funda- mentally, a capacity represents a storage of ener- gy by virtue of the position of electrical charges and in these terms an inductance represents a storage of energy associated with the motion ot electrical charges. A magnetic field is but one way in which an electrical current can be made to store energy. A quartz crystal can do this be- cause of its mass and an ability to change shape in an electrical field and a small quartz plate a millimeter thick may have an inductance of about 1/10 henry—half that of a similar area of cell membrane. Another example is a bead of uran- ium oxide a millimeter in diameter on two fine platinum wires. The thermal properties and a negative temperature coefficient of resistance give this structure an inductance of several hundred henries. Recent x-ray observations on the mye- lin sheath and electro-optical studies of bentonite suspensions strongly suggest that the membrane inductance may be of the type found in the quartz crystal and arise from a highly organized, quasi- crystaline membrane structure. This then is the cell membrane as seen through the eyes of electricity. It is quite apparent, from our discussion of its origins and relations to structure and function, that the picture is far from being complete and accurate. We can see that the real and difficult problems lie ahead, for only the simple and elementary steps have been taken. Yet these: steps were easy only because of the able and enthusiastic cooperation of Dr. Curtis, Mr. Spencer, Dr. Baker, Miss Guttman and Mr. Hodgkin. (This article is based upon a lecture delivered at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 19.) FUNCTIONAL PROPERTIES OF TRANSPLANTED AND DERANGED PARTS OF THE AMPHIBIAN NERVOUS SYSTEM (Continued from page 85) quickly revascularized from blood vessels of the host but remains otherwise independent. It un- dergoes a certain amount of involution and its in- timate structure becomes considerably reduced and deranged. As a test organ for its functional manifesta- tions, a limb was transplanted at some distance from the grafted center. Nerve fibers issuing from the latter soon effected functional connec- tions with this limb graft, supplying both mus- culature and skin in fairly normal fashion. Towards the end of the second week after transplantation signs of function appear. They consist of fibrillar twitches which within a few days increase in strength and frequency until, by the third week, the limb exhibits almost continu- ous automatic clonic contractions. Individual seizures may last for many minutes and upon subsiding can be provoked again by slight pres- sure against the site of the grafted center. The activity of the C.N.S. at this time is marked by its rhythmicity and tendency of the discharges to become synchronized so that the limb musculature displays strong beats at a fairly regular rhythm of the order of one to several seconds, This endogenous discharge occurs while the host animal may be completely at rest, but it is augmented by previous activity of the host body, indicating that metabolites appearing in the blood during activity raise the excitability of the grafted unit. Pithing the host animal or excising the grafted unit does not suppress the activity of the latter, Anaesthesia as well as cutting the nerve cable between the grafted center and limb abolish the response. Some days or weeks after endogenous activity has appeared reflexes can also be obtained by stimulating the grafted limb or the skin in the vicinity of the spinal graft. These reflexes are mass reactions of the limb musculature and con- sist of a quick twitch followed by a drawn-out repetitive after-discharge. The fact that both the endogenous cutomatic discharge and the reflex discharge involve the grafted center as a whole rather than any particular component neurone chain, is best demonstrated by cases in which two limbs were transplanted, one to the anterior, the other to the posterior end of the spinal cord graft. Although innervated from opposite parts of the center, both limbs contract in unison, This synchronism is immediately abolished by dividing the grafted center so that each limb now possesses an independent center of its own. All reflexes have shown evidence of spatial and temporal sum- 92 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 132 mation. The observed phenomena of endogenous and reflex activity may continue for as long as five months, although there seems to be a gradual decline in the excitability of the grafted units. If a limb is transplanted with its spinal centers and nerve connections left intact, reflexes can be obtained immediately after the transplantation. These reflexes are as differentiated as they were in the intact animal. However, during the two weeks following the operation one observes a gradual deterioration of the reflex and break- down of its organization, with a concomitant ap- pearance of automatic activity of the same type as that occurring in secondarily innervated limbs. Thus the degradation of the spinal center can be followed directly by observation, If the nerve centers, instead of being trans- planted as such, are minced and then injected so that the fragments reaggregate, the functional phenomena are essentially the same as those fol- lowing the deplantation of the intact centers. Different parts of the nervous system seem to differ specifically in their performances, but this point is still under investigation. Thus far, spinal cord from any level behaves as_ described above; hind brain produces well-synchronized rhythmic activity, but thus far has not yielded reflex action; thalamus has not yet been seen to give rise to either activity. In conelusion, these experiments demonstrate that certain fundamental functional properties of nerve centers persist after the typical anatomical structure has been deranged, and the described method points a way to an analytical study of those properties. It furthermore permits the ex- perimental complantation of different nerve cen- ters in arbitrary combinations, thus creating a kind of “synthetic neurology.” Potentially the method can render a similar service to the study of physiological function as tissue culture has ren- dered in the study of morphological problems. (This article is based upon a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 23.) PHYSIOLOGY CLASS NOTES At the beginning of the season we wondered at the necessity of the painted signs outside the building designating the various labs. Now they seem altogether futile because with the waxing of the moon there has been an ever increasing migration of students—more predictable even than Nereis itself. Certain Embryologists find pretext to use our Bunsen burner, we dash up- stairs to use the Protos’ centrifuge or do a little collaborating over at Rockefeller; more recently the Protos have gained courage to visit us but more often fire salutes down the spiral staircase with empty beer cans—they were beer cans weren't they, Phil? Rumors are that Holton and Woodward have been called up before the Woods Hole division of the F.B.I. to explain the disappearance of large quantities of rubber tubing. As a matter of fact they have merely been turning their investigative minds to the development of a better long-range water gun. Improvements are remarkable. Syringes soon replaced pipettes and now a thor- oughly distended piece of tubing has the advan- tages of both capacity and range. So effective are they that to date the Protos, while often hit por- ing unsuspectingly over their scopes, have never once spotted the snipers. This week's lectures offered a change in diet from the usual fare of cell respiration and trans- mission in nerve fibers. Dr. George L. Clarke came over from the Oceanographic and made us ardent supporters of Maine’s crystal-clear lakes think we had only been swimming in mud holes after all. Our hats are off to him for his charm, his sense of humor, and his outstanding ability to present his material clearly and simply. Monday there was standing room only in the Old Lecture Hall when Dr. Loewi summarized the discovery of drugs and how their action de- pended both on the kind of organism and its state of health. He got a good rise out of the scions of physiology by putting forward the theory that man had found plant drugs by instinct. Dr. Loewi however fended off all blows with his subtle wit which many of us were better able to appreciate at the tea which the Chambers gave for us that afternoon. —A.W.S. PROTOZOOLOGY CLASS NOTES With corrections on last week’s pessimistic note in regard to the annual picnic, the Protozoologists are still here to report that with a bang and with- out microscopes the picnic was a great success. Thursday, one of those hot and “sun through mist” types of days, saw the seven Protozoolog- ists, their instructors and twenty guests on the beach of Tarpaulin Cove throwing each other in the water, swamping and stealing boats, clambering over rocks, sunbathing, playing volleyball, listen- ing to the radio, (take a breath), eyeing light- houses, playing water polo, diving off boats, eat- ing lobsters, taking subtle snapshots and all “beer- ing’ up under the strain. Some were just “Settin’’’! May they add that certain members of the expedition are still moulting as a result. Special mention is to be made of Kathie and Mary for the superb board, well planned and distributed. Jury 27, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 93 Delayed by the above event, the deadline for drawings arrived with Monday instead of Satur- day and each artist hopefully surrendered his creations with the prayer that somewhere in each of the sixty was a clue to the species. Drawings in and whoof! off went the Protos with the speed of lightning into the realm of slides. Slides by the hundreds. Good slides, bad slides, full slides, and empty slides! Now, while the instructors decide their fates on the above matters, the Protos enter the most interesting phase of the whole course. Having passed through the stages of artist and technician, they are now ambitious investigators and have started work on their problems. Amid these events the lectures have continued. On Saturday, Dr. W. L. Doyle of Bryn Mawr College spoke on “Hydrolytic Enzymes in Pro- tozoa’”’ in which he described various methods of studying these and discussed the work of several men in this field. Dr. Calkins spoke on “Cyclical Differentiation in Protozoa’ and Dr. Kidder spoke on “Culture Methods in Protozoa” pre- paratory to the work on the problems. As a postcript, for further reference to the extra-curricular activities of the Protozoologists, you are referred to the janitor crew and inhabit- ants of the Eel pond and vicinity. —Doris Marchand BOTANY CLASS NOTES ALGOLOGICAL ALPHABET A is for Algae, red, green, and blue, And rarer kinds that are found by Miss Ciu, B is for Brown—you'll find him right ‘‘he-ah”— Our finder supreme of algal forms “‘quee-ah”, C is for cookies, Cuttyhunk, class We go to all three, always en masse. D is for Delbert and Dorothy, too Who never miss breakfast, whatever they do. E is for Embryos—through with their work— When they departed not once did we shirk. F is for food we consumed at the teas Ritz, and Mytili caught in the seas. G is for Gilbert, collector of note, A few more cookies, and he'll sink the boat. H is for Hank who sits on the rocks, Confers with the Coast Guard and walks on their docks. I is for ignorance we all profess, Though our ignorance of algae is growing much less. J is for Jo, our blond missing link, Who fills a forementioned gap—so we think.* K is for Kylin, authority on reds, Whose facts are rapidly filling our heads. L is for lab where we spend all our days, Cutting up algae and learning their ways. M is for moon that has shone at night— Hank knows the view from the Nobska Light. N is for Natalie who can’t say too much, Since an embryologist has her in clutch! O is for Ollie who is heaven knows where, Unless, of course, he is still in our hair. & * See Embryology Class notes in The Collecting Net of July 20, 1940. P’s for Piatoma of ’89 fame. Since Doc Taylor re-found it, he’s not been the same. O is for Quahogs. If they don’t make you sick, You chew them to kill them, then swallow them quick. R is for Runk—Ben Franklin De Wees, “Chief,” “Papa’’, or “D’”—call him any of these. S is for Suffolk Downs—a bad gambling place. Anderson can tell you. Ask him—watch his face. T is for Thompson of Riella fame (But we call him ‘‘Rufe’—he answers just the same !) U is unique, what Sam Silver is, With that limitless store of knowledge of his. V is Virginia. Need I say more? W is for what will we do with our time, When not searching the carpospore and sweet trichogyne. X is the unknown—Don Brown’s best gal. She’s a raving brunette, so stick around, pal! Y is for yellow—a glorious hue That algae don’t come in. We like it, we do! Z is the end. The class is dismissed. And—after we have gone far away, and no longer grace the mess hall, and no longer sneak upstairs in the brick dorms to take a hot shower, and no longer have seminars and refreshments on Thursday, and no longer go collecting smelly algae with Axel, and no longer pester investigators, and students and professors— I ask you, my friend, do you think we'll be missed ? — Algernon and Alergicto Algy. 94 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 132 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories. Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 38, 1879, and re-entered, July 23, 1938. Introducing Dr. Maurice HENRI PIRENNE, Fellow of the Belgian American Educational Foundation at Columbia University. Dr. Pirenne received his doctorate in the phys- ico-chemical sciences at the University of Liege in 1937, having concentrated upon training in physi- cal chemistry with the hope of later applying this training to biological problems. He worked par- ticularly with Dr. Peter Debye, who was at that time Visiting Professor at the University of Liege; during the following year he worked with Dr. Debye at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institut fur Physik at Berlin under a fellowship granted by the Belgian government. In 1938 he arrived in America under a Belgian American Foundation Fellowship and_ received training in biophysics at Princeton University with Dr. E. N. Harvey. During this period he conducted research with Dr. J. A. Kitching on the influence of low tensions of oxygen on the protoplasmic streaming of myxomycetes. After working at Woods Hole last summer, Dr. Pirenne determined to conduct research in the field of vision, a subject for which his training in physics had particularly prepared him, This work was conducted during the past aca- demic year, under the Belgian American Founda- tion, with Dr. Selig Hecht at Columbia Univer- sity. One of the problems upon which he con- centrated was that of the vision of nocturnal birds. He found that the vision of the long-eared owl is homologous to that of man at low illuminations, corresponding to the predominantly rod structure of the retina of the owl. Any theory that the owl sees by infra-red light has therefore to be dis- carded. He also worked with Dr. S. Schlaer on the absolute threshold of the human eye, a re- search which should at the same time give infor- mation as to the possible limit of the sensibility of any animal’s eye. During his second summer at Woods Hole, Dr. Pirenne plans to continue his work on vision, par- ticularly studies on visual purple with Dr. George Wald. Dr. Pierenne is filled with admiration for the opportunities for contacts at Woods Hole. His hobby, aside from swimming and _ other Woods Hole recreations, is sketching. THE INVERTEBRATE COURSE The invertebrate course of the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory was initiated at eight o’clock on Thursday evening by Dr. T. Hume Bisson- nette who gave a general talk on the conduct of the course, duty of team members, dangers from tides, poison ivy, etc. On Friday the class began its study of protozoa with Dr. Waterman giving the lectures. The first excursion is scheduled to take place to Stony Beach on Tuesday. Seven other trips are scheduled during the season in addition to the annual picnic. As usual the course is crowded to capacity, there being fifty-five members registered. When members of the class were selected on May 1, there were about thirty more applicants than could be accomodated. The staff is substantially the same as last year although there have been two or three changes. Dr. F. R. Kille has re- signed as instructor and he has been succeeded by Dr. Walter E. Martin, who was a junior in- structor last year. He is in charge of arthropods. Dr. E. Ruffin Jones has been added to the staff as junior instructor. Dr. Hannah T. Croasdale succeeds John Wightman as laboratory assistant. The program for the summer meeting of the Genetics Society of America has recently been drawn up. ©On Thursday morning, August 29, short papers will be presented in the M. B. L. Auditorium. In the afternoon there will be a boat trip on the Winifred, followed by a clam-bake at Tarpaulin Cove. Friday morning and afternoon will be given over to demonstrations in Old Lec- ture Hall; in the evening Dr. Curt Stern of the University of Rochester will present a lecture. Abstracts and titles of papers to be delivered at this meeting should be given to Dr. P. W. Whit- ing, local representative, by August 12. Immediately following the meeting some of the geneticists will remain for informal discussions on the gene problem. CURRENTS IN THE HOLE At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the Hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: Date A.M. P.M. ifuilty 27 ea ree LOO) LORS9 ulvaZ Sues WIPO hil gs¥4t alive Zoe eee = W154... ee Jaaliyae SO) Oe ee ees Assis) W234 PAA SH cesrcercccooncns LS August 1 NUS UISt Zee eee: Jury 27, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 95 ITEMS OF Dr. C. W. Metz, member of the staff of the Department of Embryology (Baltimore) of the Carnegie Institution of Washington has been ap- pointed professor and head of the department of zoology, succeeding Dr. C. E. McClung, who has retired. Dr. A. B. Dawson and his family visited Woods Hole on Tuesday. Dr. Dawson is direc- tor of the Biological Laboratories at Harvard University and has worked several years at the Marine Biological Laboratory. Dr. LANcELot HocBen, professor of Natural History at the University of Aberdeen, Scotland, is scheduled to arrive in Woods Hole today. He will be the guest of Dr. Chambers for a couple ot days. Dr. Hogben, who worked at the laboratory a number of years ago, has been lecturing in Nor- way ; war conditions made it necessary for him to return to England by way of America. He made his way to Japan, sailing from there to San Fran- cisco, arriving in New York on July 22. Dr. Hogben is the author of ‘““Mathematics for the Million.” He has received many honors including election as a fellow of the Royal Society of Lon- don and a gold medal from the Royal Society of Edinburgh for his publications on the mathema- tical theory of genetics. The construction of a new U.S.B.F. Labora- tory on the campus of the University of Maryland at College Park, Maryland, to cost $18,000, will be undertaken in the near future. The new build- ing will house the laboratories of the Division of Scientific Inquiry and the technological and bac- teriological laboratory of the Division of Fishing Industry, which are now in office buildings in Washington. A new instrument, the Continuous Plankton Recorder, was received this week by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, which will have the recorder on loan from Professor A. C. Hardy of University College, Hull, England, for the du- ration of the war. The instrument will be used to record the density of living matter in the ocean, and has the advantage over other forms of col- lecting apparatus in that it does not have to be periodically removed from the water. It can be towed by a ship and will record the fluctuation in density of living matter along the course. Shaped like a torpedo, the recorder contains a spool of gauze which unwinds as the plankton is caught at the rate of about an inch for every mile that the ship travels. About twenty of these recorders are now in existence and the two at the Ocean- ographic Institution, which will be used by the Atlantis, are the only ones outside of England. * luscs. INTEREST The embryology course at the Marine Biologi- cal Laboratory held its final session on Monday, and the physiology course ended the following day. The botany course ends today, but the pro- tozoology course will continue until next Wed- nesday. The annual convention of the National Shell Fisheries Association will be held July 31 to August 2 at New Haven and Milford, Connecti- cut, under the presidency of Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff, acting director of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service at Woods Hole. The Association com- prises primarily the federal and state officers en- gaged in research work on various edible mol- luscs, and also includes state and U. S. Public Health officers in control of shell fish sanitation, as well as some independent investigators work- ing on life histories and the physiology of mol- Founded about a quarter of a century ago, the association now has about 65 members. Miss PricittA Driscott was married at Christmas to Dr. J. P. Wooley. Dr. and Mrs. Wooley have been research workers at Woods Hole and are now at Columbia University where Dr. Wooley is an assistant in zoology. At the staff meeting of the Woods Hole Ocean- ographic Institution on Thursday, Dr. Phelps talked on “Aspects of the Problem of Attachment of Organisms to Submerged Surfaces.” Dr. CuHeEsTeR I. Bitss is conducting an infor- mal seminar in statistics for research workers each Wednesday from 7:15 until 8:15 at the residence building of the Bureau of Fisheries. The first meeting was held on July 17. Photographs of local marine life in color were shown by Mr. George G. Lower on Thursday at the Fisheries residence. The program of the Monday night phonograph record concert at the M.B.L. Club: Concerto in D minor for two violins, Bach; Symphony No. 8 in B minor (“Unfinished”’), Schubert ; Symphony No. 4 in F minor, Tschaikowsky. The entry chart for the M.B.L. Tennis Club tournament was posted Wednesday on the Mess Court bulletin board. It will consist of men’s singles, women’s singles, men’s doubles, women’s doubles, mixed doubles and children’s singles. The tournament, which is open to all members of the Tennis Club, will get under way on August 1. Entries will close on Tuesday, July 30. A silver cup will be presented to winners in each tournament. Information in regard to the tourna- ment may be obtained from the committee in charge, Mrs. Eric G. Ball and Mrs. C. C. Speidel. 96 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 132 M. B. L. CLUB The Poverty Ball at the M.B.L. Club last Sat- urday night included the following in its enter- tainment: A skit, played by Margie Jolly, Philip Trinkhaus, and John Milford a lecture by Dr. A. Shlaifer; a dance by Helen Goulding and Dick Ormsbee; a harmonica solo by Teru Hayashi; and songs by the Mess Hall Quintet composed of Teru Hayashi, Dick Lee, Dick Ormsbee, Myron Nichols, and George Edwards. Teru Hayashi was toast-master. Square dancing followed the Old clothes were obligatory for those dancing; prizes were awarded for the most original and best costumes to Mary Chamberlain and Carl Smith, Dr. and Mrs. Goodrich and Dr. Irving being the judges. entertainment. THE SEMINAR ON EXPERIMENTAL MORPHOLOGY Dr. LESTER BARTH Assistant Professor of Zoology, Columbia University Three papers were presented at the seminar on Tuesday evening for criticism and discussion. Dr. Nelson T. Spratt, Jr., of the University of Rochester presented new experiments in which explants of the anterior primitive streak region of the chick embryo were made to plasma clots and their differentiation followed. The region used regularly differentiated into forebrain and eye and other structures. When the donor of such ex- plants was also cultured the wound healed and complete regeneration of the lost parts took place. However when the blastoderm was separated into two parts one differentiating into eye and the other forming posterior structures the posterior part was not able to regenerate an eye. Similarly when the eye forming region was cut in the medi- an line only right or left eyes formed—no regen- eration took place. The difficulties of considering the explants as mosaics or organ specific areas was discussed. Likewise it was pointed out that the ectoderm which formed the eye in the case of explants was not the same ectoderm which would form eye in the intact blastoderm. This meant that the eye structures were induced probably by mesoderm. Dr. Ernst Scharrer of the Rockefeller Institute showed that the patterns formed by the blood ca- pillaries in the brains of rats and opossums were different and that the different patterns could not be modified by his particular experiments. These experiments consisted in replacing parts of the brain of the opossum with dead masses of rat brain and the capillaries which grew into the dead rat brain were of the opossum type. Criticism brought out that live rat brains should be tried on opossum to see whether the pattern might be changed by living tissues as opposed to dead. The marvelous opportunity of using the capil- laries of the opossum brain for physiological work was pointed out by Dr. Hober. The conclusion was that, although opossum capillaries in parts of the body other than the brain resemble those of the rat, the brain capillary pattern is fixed and unalterable. Dr. Paul Weiss of the University of Chicago presented a new technique for studying the rela- tionship between the end organ and the central nervous system. Transplants of the cord without the spinal ganglia of axolotls were made to the dorsal fin together with a limb transplant. The transplanted cord became somewhat disorganized but sent out fibers to the limb and adjacent skin. This produces an isolated spinal cord-nerve-limb preparation which can be studied for months. Spontaneous activity of the cord sets in and the limb undergoes contraction which seems to be brought on by conditions in the host such as fa- tigue and possibly low oxygen. Various interpre- tations of the nature of the activity were dis- cussed. The problem of the nature of the neu- rones supplying the limb and connecting with the skin could not be settled. The spontaneous activity of the entire explant of the cord is ex- hibited when two limbs are innervated by the same explant and simultaneous activity of the two limbs is exhibited. A suggestion that this activ- ity might be caused by one neurone supplying both limbs was made. (The paper by Dr. Weiss is published in this issue. The other two will be published next week.) THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF SCANDINAVIA AND FINLAND Homer A, JACK Cornell University One of the first seaside colonies of biologists sprang up at Kristineberg, Sweden more than one hundred years ago. It was in 1835 that Professor Bengt Fries first visited this site at the mouth of Gullmar Fiord and found a wide range of en- vironmental conditions in the vicinity. Two years later he brought. another biologist with him to study and collect specimens for the State Museum of Sweden. In 1839 Sven Lovén paid a visit to this area and in subsequent years he trained local Jury 27, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET 97 fishermen to collect specimens and manage the dredges. Soon a number of Scandinavian biolog- ists took advantage of these collecting opportun- ities and a summer colony of scientists arose, al- though there was not sufficient organization to justify calling the assemblage a biological field station. In 1877, however, Professor Lovén was able to establish a marine station at Kristineberg, with financial assistance from the Swedish Acad- emy of Sciences and a bequest from a Swedish physician in Brazil. At first the buildings and grounds of the captain who had long served as boatman and collector were purchased and used. Then in 1884 the first building was constructed and at last seaside biology in Scandinavia had its own headquarters. This was the beginning of the biological station movement in Scandinavia and Finland which to- day encompasses fifteen of these laboratories from the North Sea to the Arctic Ocean and from the Kattegat to the Gulf of Finland. The important stations in Denmark are located at Charlottenlund and Hillergd, while others may be found at Fred- erikshavn (Universitetes Havbiologisk Laborator- ium) and Skalling (Skalling Laboratoriet). In addition to the station at Kristineberg, there is an important Swedish station in Goteborg. Other field stations in Sweden include the Marine Bio- logical Station at Barsebackshamn near Lund, the Limnological Laboratory of the University of Lund at Aneboda, the Klubbans Biological Sta- tion located only one mile from the Kristineberg station at Fiskebackskil, and the arctic biological station at Abisko, near Narvik, Norway. The larger Norwegian stations are at Drgbak and Herdla, while others exist at Trondheims ( Trond- heims Biologiske Stasjon) and at northernly Troms¢g. The sole biological station in Finland is at Tvarminne, although an important station existed at Esbo-Lofo near Helsingfors during the last decade of the nineteenth century. The Danish Biological Station (Dansk Biolog- isk Station) is housed in an old castle at Charlot- tenlund, about five miles from the center of Copenhagen. Attached to the Ministry of Agri- culture and Fisheries, this station is concerned with “marine and freshwater investigations with special regard to fisheries.” At Nyborg and at Frederiksdal the station has auxiliary field lab- oratories, but the greatest extension of its scien- tific work is accomplished by means of its 143- ton research steamer, Biologen. This vessel with its eight-man crew operates from April first to October twentieth and occasionally foreign in- vestigators may accompany its expeditions. The work of the Charlottenlund station is summarized annually in the Report of the Danish Biological Station. To limnologists, Hillergd brings to mind the name of Professor Wesenberg-Lund whose lab- oratory has been in this Danish village since 1911. It was in 1897 that Wesenberg-Lund first estab- lished a small field headquarters at Fure Lake. Nine years later the station was taken over by the University of Copenhagen and in 1911 the laboratory was moved to Hillergd which is about twenty miles northwest of Copenhagen. Today the Freshwater Biological Laboratory of the Uni- versity of Copenhagen (Universitetets Fersk- vansbiologiske Laboratorium) is housed in a two- story building on the shore of Frederiksborg Castle Lake. The building, which was donated by the Carlsberg Foundation, contains a work- shop, equipment room, aquarium room, storeroom, chemical laboratory, experimental laboratory, darkroom, and library. There are no living ac- commodations at the station, but board and lodg- ing may be obtained at nearby boarding houses for forty kronor a week (about $8.36). The work of the station includes a year round research pro- gram and a three-week course in freshwater biology, both being under the direction of Dr. Kaj Berg since the recent retirement of Professor Wesenberg-Lund. Independent investigators are also invited to work at the station. There are no laboratory fees and it is open throughout the year. Within the city of Goteborg, Sweden, stands the recently-constructed building of the Oceano- graphic Institute of Goteborg (Oceanografiska Institutionen vid Géteborgs). This three-story edifice is equipped with laboratories for physical oceanography, a hydrodynamics tank, and three bedrooms for investigators. Of interest to bio- logists is its plankton shaft which is twelve meters in height and two meters in diameter. It has been filled periodically with seawater carried by freighters from the Bay of Biscay. The station does not have its own boat, but it occasionally makes use of the state-owned research vessel, Skagerak, for plankton hauls. The research program of the institution at Gote- borg is under the direction of Dr. Hans Petters- son who is also professor in the Oceanographic Institute of the Goteborg Hdgskola. While the work of this station is mainly concerned with the research of its staff members in physical ocean- oography and related sciences, a limited number of outside investigators may be permitted to make use of the station’s facilities. For such workers there are no laboratory fees and lodgings may be obtained at the station for four kroner a week (about $.96). Board is procurable at nearby hotels or boarding houses for thirty-five kronor a week (about $8.40). The laboratory is open throughout the year, except during the months of July and August. 98 THE COLLECTING NED [ VoL. XV, No. 132 About one hundred miles north of Gdteborg lies the Kristineberg Zoological Station (Kristine- bergs Zoologiska Station). It is on the island of Skafto in Gullmar Fiord, near the village of Fiske- backskil. Walking less than a mile west of this tiny fishing village, one soon beholds several buildings and private dwellings on the rocky shore, This is Kristineberg. The building by the water’s edge contains a sorting room, experiment- al aquariums, storerooms, and laboratories. The three-story building a few feet away contains the research laboratories, darkroom, and library. The dormitory contains lodging accommodations for twenty persons and a dining room with kitchen. The station makes no charge for lodging and good Swedish food is obtainable for 24.50 kronor a week (about $5.98). Foreign investigators are admitted at Kristine- berg and are not required to pay laboratory fees. Throughout the year they are supplied with the facilities of the laboratory (including 110- and 220-volt A.C. electricity and running fresh- and sea-water ) and biological specimens collected by the laboratory’s 42-foot motorboat, Sven Lovén. University students and school teachers usually come to Kristineberg for a course in marine bi- ology, the cost of this and the general maintenance of the station being absorbed by the Royal Swed- ish Academy of Science. In nearby Norway is located the University Biological Station (Universitetets Biologiska Stasjon) at Drgébak. Sponsored by the Univer- sity of Oslo which is less than twenty miles north, the station offers facilities for both instruction and research in marine biology in the Oslofiord (formerly Kristianiafiord). There are three tables for foreign investigators who are invited to work at the station between July first and August thirty-first. Polluted waters have caused the abandonment of more than one biological field station. Al- though disturbed by civilization for this reason, the Bergen Museum Biological Station (Bergens Museums Biologiske Stasjon) has been more fortunate. Founded in 1891 at Puddefiord, Nor- way, the station found that the waters surround- ing it became too contaminated for the usual uses SUPPLEMENTARY DIRECTORY FOR INVESTIGATORS Baker, L. A. res. asst. Eli Lilly & Co. Br 319. Bowser, E. R., Jr. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. Bunk, ee Jr. res. asst. biophys. Pennsylvania. Br 15. Brown, D. E. S. asst. prof. phys. New York. Br 304. Bush, J. J. Amarillo H. 8. (Texas). OM Base. in biological research. In 1920, therefore, the station was moved to Herdla, its present site, which is seventeen miles north of Bergen. Here there are opportunities for research in relatively uncontaminated waters from the surface down to about two thousand feet. The station now con- tains one large building and several boats, in- cluding the 47-foot research vessel, Herman Friele. The basement of the building contains a controlled temperature room, darkroom, sorting room, and workshops. The first floor includes a classroom, four research laboratories, kitchen, dining room, and the laboratory of Professor Brinkmann, the director. The second floor con- sists of the caretaker’s apartment, living rooms for fifteen investigators, and the library which is supplemented by one-day service from Bergen. Both research and instruction in marine biology are the aims of the station in Herdla which is sponsored by the Bergen Museum. Instruction is given only to Norwegian students, but investi- gators from all countries are invited to work at the station and are not charged any laboratory fees. The station is open throughout the year, for the fiords and the sea in the vicinity never freeze in winter. Investigators may obtain board and lodging at the station for 38.50 kroner a week (about $9.06). Research work at the station is often published in the Bergens Museums Arbok. On the shores of a long fiord-like bay off the Gulf of Finland lies Tvarminne. At this village which is about sixty miles southwest of Helsing- fors (and therefore not in territory recently oc- cupied by the U.S.S.R.) the Zoological Station of the University of Helsingfors is located. Founded in 1902 by Professor J. A. Palmén and now directed by Professor Alexander Luther, this laboratory is equipped for both instruction and re- search. Instruction is conducted in aquatic zool- ogy, hydrology, and plant physiology for three- week periods. Research facilities are available to outside investigators from May fifteenth to Sep- tember tenth. Laboratory fees amount to seventy- five markka a month (about $1.54) while board and lodging may be obtained at the station for 950 markka a month (about $19.48). 1940 Butler, P. A. asst. zool. Northwestern. Br 225. K 15. Calabrisi, P. instr. anat. George Washington Med. OM 46. Cardiff, Margaret asst. phys. Swarthmore. OM 2. Catherine Francis instr. Hallahan H. S. (Pa.). Rock oe ; Commoner, B. tutor biol. Queens (Long Island). Br 305. Jury 27, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 99 Crampton, H. E. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 340. De Liee, Elvira fel. med. New York Med. Br 304. Dressler, Elsie L. grad. genetics. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. Egan, R. W. undergrad. asst. biol. Canisius (Buffa- lo, N. Y.) OM 39. Dr 15. Evans, Gertrude instr. biol. Beliot. Br 332. Ferguson, F. P. grad. asst. zool. Minnesota. Br 210. K 6. Finkel, A. J. res. asst. zool. Chicago. Br 382. Gettemans, J. F. lab. asst. Rockefeller Inst. (Prince- ton). Br 209. Dr 6. Glancy, Ethel tutor biol. Queen’s (N. Y.). OM Base. Graham, Judith grad. phys. Chicago. OM 4. Griffiths, R. B. instr. biol. Ariz. Br 127. Dr 10. Hauguard, G. asst. Carlsberg Lab. (Denmark). Br 207. Hayashi, T. grad. asst. zool. Missouri. Br 310. Ka 21 Hemstead, G. W. Union. Br 312. Ho 7. Herget, C. M. res. fel. phys. Russell Sage. Br 317. Herskowitz, I. grad. biol. Brooklyn. Br 110. Hibbard, Hope prof. biol. Oberlin. Br 218. Hickson, Anna K. res. chem. Eli Lilly & Co. Br 319. Hiestand, W. A. assoc. prof. physiol. Purdue. Br 223. Hober, Josephine res. asst. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 313. D 212. Hunter, G. W., III asst. prof. biol. Wesleyan. (Aug. 24), Jacobs, Joye asst. phys. Maryland Med. Br 109. Jenkins, D. W. fel. zool. Chicago. Br 217-0. Jones, W. D. grad. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 205. Kaylor, C. T. instr. anat. Syracuse. Br 226. Klein, Ethel res. asst. zool. Pennsylvania. Rock 2. Krahl, M. E. res. chem. Eli Lilly & Co. Br 333. A 301. Lancefield, D. E. assoc. prof. biol. Queens (Long Is- land). Br 305. Leonard, E. J. res. asst zool. OM Base. Loewi, O. res. prof. pharmacol. New York Med. L 30. M. Joseph teacher Nativity H. S. (Scranton, Pa.). Rock 3. McVay, Jean asst. zool. Northwestern. Br 313. H 3. Meglitsch, P. A. instr. Wright Jr. Coll. (Chicago). Br 222. Merwin, Ruth M. res. asst. zool. Chicago. Br 332. Meyerhof, Bettina res. asst. biochem. Hopkins Med. Br 204. Morgan, Isabel M. invest. Rockefeller Inst. Br 320. Morgan, Lilian Br 320. Netsky, M. Pennsylvania Med. Br 205. Neubeck, C. E. asst. chem. Pittsburgh. Br 333. O’Brien, F. D. Canisius. OM 39. Dr 15. Papandrea, D. A. Albany Med. Br 122. Dr 8. Perrot, M. visiting fel. zool. Princeton. Br 127. Dr 10. Pirenne, M. H. Belgian-Amer. Found. fel. Columbia. Br 334. Rabinowitch, E. res. assoc. chem. M.I.T. lib. Ray, O. M. instr. phys. North Dakota Agri. Br 107. Root, C. W. asst. prof. zool. Syracuse. OM 43. Rous, P. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 207. Schaeffer, Olive K. res. asst. biol. Temple. Br 214. Shannon, J. A. asst. prof. phys. New York Med. OM 5 Shelden, F. F. instr. phys. Ohio State. Br 111. Dr 5. Spratt, N. T. res. asst. emb. Br 324. Thompson, R. H. teach. asst. biol. Stanford. Bot 25. Ka 3. Whitaker, D. M. prof. biol. Stanford. Br 320. Whiting, Anna R. guest invest. Pennsylvania. Rock 2 Williams, J. L. grad. asst. biol. New York. Br 232. K 7 Woodward, A., Jr. teach. fel. biol. New York. Br 208. K 5. Workman, Grace res. asst. biol. Toronto. OM 4. W D. Yancey, Maude J. grad. asst. zool. North Carolina College. Br 315. STUDENTS IN INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY Adams, Esther F. instr. biol. Moberly Jr. College (Mo.). H 3. Allen, Jean Miami. K 10. Beeman, Elizabeth A. grad. asst. zool. Mt. Holyoke. Bergstrom, W. H. Amherst. Dr 1. Boving, B. G. asst. biol. Swarthmore. Brush, Helen V. grad. zool. Brown. Burns, J. E., Jr. Wesleyan. K 5. Cairns, M. G. asst. zool. State Teachers (Montclair, N. J.). Dr 2. Clark, A. M. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Dr 10. Coe oraee L. State Teachers (Montclair, N. J.). B. Dent, J. N. asst. zool. Hopkins. Dr 1. Edwards, G. C. Wabash. Dr 2. Fitzgerald, L. R. grad. zool. State U. Iowa. Ka 24. Gibbs, Elizabeth asst. zool. Wheaton. H 2. Goodrich, Mary W. asst. zool. Wheaton. H 2. Gravett, H. L. assoc. prof. biol. Elon (N. C.) Hale, Barbara grad. biol. Radcliffe. H 1. Hildebrandt, W. H. asst. biol. Canisius (Buffalo, N. WoNe IDke 2 Holdsworth, R. P. grad. asst. ent. Harvard. Ho 1. Horwitz, Diana C. teacher Hyde Park H. S. (Bos- ton). Hoyt, Jane M. Barnard. James, Marion F. grad. asst. zool. Illinois. H 6. Killough, J. H. grad. asst. zool. Hopkins. Ka 22. Kline, Irene T. grad. biol. Duke. Kreeger, Florence B. grad. asst. biol. Tulane. W H. Lamoreux, W. F. asst. prof. poultry husb. Cornell. Dre Lerner, Eleanor D. asst. biol. Brooklyn. Levitsky, E. Rutgers. Ka 1. McKenzie, Helen E. Seton Hill. MacRae, Roberta M. grad. asst. zool. Wellesley. K 1. Marbarger, J. P. grad. zool. Hopkins. Ka 22. Means, O. W., Jr. grad. zool. Yale. Micklewright, Helen L. Wilson. K 1. Musser, Ruth E. Goucher. H 4. Noce, Mildred W. asst. biol. Southwestern. Powers, S. R., Jr. Swarthmore. Putnam, W. S. grad. asst. biol. Amherst. K 15. Reeves, W. P., Jr. Alabama Med. Dr 2. Royle, Jane G. grad. asst. anat. Bryn Mawr. K 3. Samuels, R. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Dr 10. Saunders, Grace S. Hunter. K 10. Schnabel, Margaret J. asst. emb. Oberlin. H 6. Scott, G. T. grad. asst. phys. Harvard. Ka 21. Shank, Margaret L. State Teachers (Montclair, N. J.). WB. Smith, Fern W. asst. histol. Smith. W F. Smith, F. E. Massachusetts State. Smith, Julia P. Rochester. Stifler, Margaret C. grad. asst. biol. Goucher. H 4. Stone, F. L. grad. biol. Rochester. Dr 2. Syner, J. C. asst. biol. Springfield. Ka 24. Walker, W. F., Jr. Harvard. Dr 5. Wheeler, Bernice M. instr. biol. Westbrook Jr. Col- lege (Portland, Me.). H 8. White, F. M. grad. asst. biol. Purdue. Wolover, J. H., Jr. DePauw. Ho 2. Wright, Margaret R. grad. zool. Yale. W G. THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 132 (ee CHEMICALS GLASSWARE RIMETER = fa Tas) SEND FOR BULLETIN EIMER & AMEND 205-223 THIRD AVENUE NEW YORK, N. Y. DOOR Woods Hole THE TWIN Main Street eee Special 6 A. M Weekly Rates STEAKS LOBSTERS CHICKEN TEXACO GAS AND OIL WOODS HOLE GARAGE CO. Opposite Station DALEY’S Patent Medicines and Hospital Supplies STATIONERY COSMETICS SUNDRIES Best Coffee in Town Carolina Cultures Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata and dorotocephala, ete. Shipments during all seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre Biology Farm” are at your disposal. We are commencing our fourteenth year of Culture Service. CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. Elon College, N. C. SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS Biological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, ete. Sets, Odd There may be some Single Copies Complete Volumes and Copies. needed to complete your sets, or an Im- portant Article which you may need. Prices are reasonable. B. LOGIN & SON, INC. 29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK CITY CLEANING — PRESSING Dyeing — Repairing Daily Calls and Deliveries Tel. 907 PARK TAILORING SHOP BAND BOX CLEANERS 172 Main St. Falmouth Home Remedies Developing and Printing Snapshots Falmouth - Woods Hole - No. Fal. Meats and Groceries Free Delivery to Woods Hole Call Falmouth 22 or 421-W Falmouth Osterville MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS HOSIERY, DRY GOODS Toilet Necessities Cretonne, Chintz, Lingerie FALMOUTH Jury 27, 1940 } Wal, COMUKE MING INIDAL 101 In Selecting your New Centrifuge, CONSIDER: Its quality of material and workmanship. Actual capacities at higher speeds. Motor strength for continuous duty. Its adaptability to wide range of accessory equipment. The manufacturer's policy in design of new equipment to fit older models. Future requirements of your laboratory. INTERNATIONAL SIZE 2 CENTRIFUGE The ‘‘size 2’? is a very popular model due to its large overload capacity, power, protective starting device, flexible speed control and portability. Research and Control La iboratories demand this particular centrifuge because of its wide field of usefulness. NEW SPEED MEASURING DEVICE An Indicating Tachometer, especially designed for International Cen- trifuges, is now built into the Size 2 and Type SB Centrifuges. It gives at a glance the running speed of the machine at any setting on the rheostat. The new tachometer can be attached to any Size 1 (Type C or Type SE) or Size 2 Centrifuge now in service. Ask your Dealer for new ‘‘ Size 2’’ Bulletin INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT COMPANY Size 2 Centrifuge with Portable Stand 353 Western Avenue = 8 if Boston, Mass. and Indicating Tachometer Makers of Fine Centrifuges POOR OP OS OROR OL ORD HORO SOMO ROT OS ORO LOR ORO POE OR ROR ROR OME OE RO oe OIE IE ORO HILO LO HOR OE LOR ODOR DEE OP OREO POR OR IE OL ORO OOP x 3 <3 3g : i in T N oe i i Publish Your Notes in Turtox News i 3 : 3 Notes and short articles by many prominent biologists have been x Be : i ; ; 3 % published in Turtox News. No fees are paid, but the pages of this # 3 : : 3% i monthly bulletin are open to students and teachers who wish to report 33 3 on methods or findings which they feel will be of interest to other # 3 : : : 3 8 biologists. Turtox News reaches over 25,000 teachers and is pub- i : i 3 lished each month. (Two hundred and fifty reprints of each published i 3 : : : 3 i article are furnished gratis to the author. ) i i f i Address manuscripts and correspondence to i s 33 33 i EDITOR, TURTOX NEWS i : = i 3 % 3 a Selo, i i ae ip GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE 3g = TURTOX® RODUCTS Y 43 i 2 Incorporated i 3f . e . eo Ss 6 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago 8 3% <3 ¥3 3 The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction x deuscsennsusennsussansucsanssenatsussansuseazszssazsasgazszegazeuszazezanatezeateteatseceatseceatssceatecemteeeeteneceeneememete 102 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vout. XV, No: 132 GOLD SEAL PERMANENT LABORATORY INKS I wre 1. Will give a PERMANENT MARKING on GLASS or PORCE LAIN. Writes firmly on flat or curved surfaces. you {| 2. Axe ready for use with pen or brush offen: 3. Resists action of alcohol, xylol, water and usual lab them oratory solvents SEND S¥) tor @ box of four 1-02. boliles. one each of red. white. blue, and black. as illustrated, and we will send it postpaid cnywhere in the world . . . Directions are included. i r A; ef) CLAY-ADAMS S@: SES es" Es Adama MICROTECHNIC SYSTEM for handling and storing micro- scope slides during and after preparation Three units of equipment make up this system... Which of these Unree? will answer your requirements. Three series of ADAMS Centrifuges, illustrated above by the “AN GLE model are avail: MIC and larger tubes. Priced {rom $17.25 to $55. CATALOG C110 WILL BE SENT ON REQUEST. 1. MICROTECHNIC TRAYS for holding microscope slides 50. 3x1”, 8b 8xle”, 2b 3x2” 1 dZ.: site $12.50 dz. 3 dz. ..- $11.25 dz. 6. Ze. sciscessecese eee $10.00 dz. . MICROTECHNIC CA BI- NET for holding the trays $35.00 3. MICROTECHNIC ROL L- ING STAND for trans- porting the cabinet....$12.00 44 EAST 23rd STREET NEW YORK. N.Y. \] Complete unit with 25 trays as illustrated $65 ADVANTAGES... EXHIBIT 1. Easy and safe handling of slides. July 22nd to August 4th 2. Trays will not warp, even in oven. at the | 3. Multiplies utility of desk space. OW Lecture Ball 4, Easy identification and access to each slide. i pl ‘fe . 5. Surface of tray resists action to usual lab- oretory solvents. ge | 6. Tongue and groove arrangement permits INSTRUMENTS any tray to be removed from stack and per- SUPPLIES mits safe stacking. MODELS 7. Aids in organization of work. CHARTS 8. Protects against damage. SKELETONS 9. Accommodates 8x2”, 3x1%”, and 3x1” slides. See These Now at the Old Lecture Hall CLAY-ADAMS f° i828 % CLAY-ADAMS £2" isos: G2) Juty 27, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 103 Color Projection for Lectures in Science e@ (2” x 2” SLIDES) Wo odel With Cooling Fan Uni pea aS Wo es ss we ee s ss | @ Amazing illumination, providing unusual brilliance FOR from your slides, is characteristic of the Spencer MK AUDITORIUMS Delineascopes. They are now available in three models —100-watt, 200-watt and 300-watt to meet the needs FOR of large or small rooms—favorable or unfavorable light CLASSROOMS conditions. FOR Your slides will be safe in these Delineascopes. In a HOMES recent University exhibit a natural color slide was left in a Spencer Model MK-3 for an entire day without e noticeable harm to the slide. This projector has an efficient Fan Cooling Unit which permits greater con- centration of light on the film, yet maintains cooler slide temperatures than ordinary projectors. Spencer representatives throughout the United States gladly will demonstrate the outstanding qualities of these instruments. Write Dept. G8-4 for a descriptive 200-W att folder. 100-Watt Models Spencer Lens Company MICROSCOPES SPENCER REFRACTOMETERS MICROTOMES COLORIMETERS PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC SPECTROMETERS EQUIPMENT —u.5.A. > PROJECTORS SALES OFFICES: New York, San Francisco, Washington, Boston, Los Angeles, Dallas, Columbus, St. Louis, Philadelphia. 104 3 Se THE COLLECTING NED [ Vor. XV, No. 132 B&L BALOPTICONS LRM AND ERM B&L Balopticons ERM for opaque objects only and LRM for both slides and opaque objects are newly designed to better fulfill every projection requirement in modern teaching technique. These new features insure improved performance and permit a wider range of usefulness: 1, 2. 3. Improved Projection System for opaque objects. Greater lens accuracy gives unusual flatness of field, critical definition and high light transmission. Projection system for s/ides, using same light source, gives screen images matching in brilliance and size those projected from opaque objects. Wide, hinged door allows easy access to reflector and bulb—or to opaque objects (such as fossils, mineral specimens, mounted insects and dissecting pans or Petri dishes). 4. New lighting system gives greatly increased brilliance enabling projection with less darkening of room— an important factor with a very young and possibly unruly audience, or when note-taking is required. Spring actuated object table for opaque objects allows projection of photographs, postcards, pages or pictures from magazines or books, actual objects and specimens or 6” x 63%” sections of larger subjects. Improved cooling system housed in stable, rigid base. Write for complete descriptive folder and price list, E-132, Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul St., Rochester, N. Y. BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY 64 FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH & LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION Vol. XV, No. 6 SATURDAY, AUGUST 3, 1940 Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 30 Cents. CELLULAR BASIS OF COLOR PATTERN IN SOME BERMUDA CORAL REEF FISH Dr. H. B. GoopricH Professor of Biology, Wesleyan University The observations presented were made in Ber- muda during the summer of 1939 on parrot fish of the families Sparisomidae and Scaridae and on the ““Bluehead”, one of the wrasses of the family Labri- dae. Most of the parrot fish are fairly large fish, 18 to 24 inches in length, and the color producing cells are located in a thick fleshy portion of the dermis overlying the scales. The relationship of the various cell layers of four species of parrot fish was shown by a series of stereograms. The first of these was Sparisoma viride, the dark green parrot fish. Beneath the stratified epithelium of the epidermis there is first a basement mem- brane and then successive lay- ers containing the chromato- phores, the iridocytes and fi- nally a thick stratum of loose connective tissue overlying the scale. A striking feature is the presence of inter- The blue color of (Continued on page 112) cellular blue pigment bodies. most fish is due to the M. B. £. Calendar TUESDAY, August 6, 8:00 P. M. Seminar: Dr. “Nitrogenous Metabolism of Molds: Isolation of a Substance Related to Tyrosine from Peni- cillium.” Dr. Kurt Salomon: Erythrocruorin Hemoglobin).” Dr. Kurt G. Stern, Dr. Joseph L. Melnick and Dr. Delafield Du- Bois: “Photochemical Spectrum of the Pasteur Enzyme.” “Studies on (Invertebrate FRIDAY, August 9, 8:00 P. M. Lecture: mic Organization.” as a group. Albert E. Oxford: | Dr. Francis O. Schmitt: | “Modern Concepts of Protoplas- CHROMOSOMES IN PROTOZOA Dr. D. H. WENRICH Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania Up to a relatively recent period there has been a wide-spread belief that nuclear division in Pro- tozoa is simple and direct rather than indirect or mitotic. Three possible rea- sons for this belief may be mentioned: (1) The great di- versity of nuclear structure and division behavior in Pro- tozoa and the inherent difficul- ties in their interpretation have interfered with the accumula- tion of knowledge in this field. (2) The evolutionary concept called for a simple condition in the Protozoa as a starting point for the evolutionary ser- ies “from amoeba to man”. (3) Textbook authors have extensively used an illustration of division in amoeba first pub- lished by F. E. Schulze in 1875 showing simple direct nuclear division and have of- fered this as typical for amoe- bae, or even for the Protozoa The use of this illustration and its over-simple interpretation have probably had an important influence in perpetuating the idea of Scharrer Chromosomes in Protozoa, Dr. D. H. Wenrich 105 Cellular Basis of Color Pattern in Some Ber- muda Coral Reef Fish, Dr. H. B. Goodrich 105 On the Determination of the Vascular Pattern of the Brain of the Opossum, Dr. Ernst An in vitro Analysis of the Organization of the Eye-Forming Area in the Early Chick Blastoderm, Nelson T. Spratt, Jr. ccc 109 TABLE OF CONTENTS Brooks Ion Intake by Living Cells, Dr. S. C. Brooks 110 Spectrophotometric Determinations on Hemo- globin and its Derivatives, Dr. Matilda M. Invertebrate Class Notes Government Zoology in Brazil .. Items of Interest The Biological Field Stations of the U.S.S.R. and the Baltic States, Homer A. Jack.......... 117 THE LIBRARY BUILDING, MOUNTAIN LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION, MOUNTAIN LAKE, VIRGINIA. CATESBY COTTAGE, MOUNTAIN LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION. Aucust 3, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 107 amitotic nuclear division for Protozoa. One won- ders what difference it might have made had the text-book writers selected instead the figures showing mitotic divisions of micronuclei published by Biutschli in 1876. One of the striking facts about nuclear struc- ture and nuclear division in the Protozoa is the great diversity shown, in contrast to the relatively uniform conditions in the Metazoa. Nuclear structures and division processes in the Protozoa range from the obviously very simple to the sur- prisingly complex. Chromosome numbers are likewise diverse with counts ranging from 2 in some flagellates up to an estimated 1500 to 1600 in some Radiolaria. In many cases the chromo- somes are so small or so numerous or so crowded that authors have failed even to make an estimate of their number; some authors have even hesi- tated to employ the term chromosome for the chromatin granules which have appeared in the spindles during mitosis in many Protozoa. At the present time, however, it seems reasonable to state that, with the exception of the macronuclei of the Ciliata and Suctoria, the nuclei of Protozoa generally divide by some form of mitosis. The nuclei of Protozoa show a surprising range of diversity of structure. The text-books tell us that there are two general types of nuclear organi- zation: (1) the vesicular, in which there is a cen- tral nucleolus-like chromatic mass called the kary- osome or endosome, surrounded by a space which may appear to be devoid of chromatin, or which may contain more or less definite chromatin ele- ments in the form of finer or coarser granules, strands, or a reticulum; and (2) the compact type in which the chromatin is rather uniformly dis- tributed through the nuclear space usually in the form of very fine granules, at least as seen in fixed and stained preparations. The macronuclei of ciliates are usually of this compact type. Natural- ly there are many conditions which are inter- mediate between these two types. It is often stated that protozoan nuclei may, in addition to the achromatic substances, contain three kinds of chromatin. These are: (1) the generative, or idiochromatin, from which the chromosomes de- velop during mitosis; (2) the vegetative or tro- phochromatin which is supposed to control vege- tative processes; and (3) the kinetochromatin from which arise the deeply staining division centers and desmoses found in many nuclei dur- ing mitosis. In the “resting” nuclei the distribution of these three components varies greatly. In the vesicular nuclei of many of the Mastigophora, Sarcodina and Sporozoa, the endosome may contain all the trophochromatin as well as the kinetochromatin and the surrounding nuclear space will contain the idiochromatin. In other vesicular nuclei, es- pecially in some of the amoebae and flagellates, the central endosome will contain only a part of the trophochromatin, the remainder being distrib- uted in a peripheral zone or layer which may or may not become adherent to the inner surface of the nuclear membrane. Again all the trophochro- matin may appear in the peripheral zone leaving a small centriole in the center surrounded by the idiochromatin, or the centriole may not be appar- ent. On the other hand in the vesicular micro- nuclei of many ciliates all of the idiochromatin seems to be located in the central endosome. The staining reactions of these components may vary greatly. The endosomes and other nucleo- lus-like bodies may stain intensely with basic dyes or the reverse. The same may be said for the idiochromatin. As a rule the trophochromatin, represented by the nucleolus-like bodies, or by peripheral masses and granules, does not give a positive Feulgen reaction, and the idiochromatin may or may not give a positive reaction. Gen- erally the fully formed chromosomes give a posi- tive Feulgen reaction and the kinetochromatin may also. In the opalinid ciliates, the so-called ‘“macro- chromosomes” have been shown by Chen to be nucleolus-like bodies, each attached to an individ- ual chromosome and dividing when the chromo- some divides. In Entamoeba muris there are two sets of chromosome-like bodies in equal numbers which form in the spindle and divide successively. One set gives a positive Feulgen reaction and is therefore thought to consist of idiochromatin, while the other set does not give a positive reac- tion and is thought to consist of trophochromatin. The mitotic processes in Protozoa may take place in a manner quite similar to that character- istic for the Metazoa; with an extranuclear divi- sion center which divides and forms the spindle asters, with the formation of chromosomes out of a nuclear net and an intermediate spireme stage, and with the break-down of the nuclear mem- brane in the prophase and its reformation in the telophase; as, for example, in the gregarine, Monocystis magna. On the other hand, mitosis may occur entirely within the confines of the nu- clear membrane which persist throughout division THE COLLECTING NET was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, 1938. marine biological laboratories. Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. It is devoted to the scientifie work at It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 108 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 133 except when severed by the telophase constriction into two daughter nuclei, as in Entamoeba muris. Such intranuclear mitoses may or may not be ac- companied by division centers. In many flagel- lates there is an intermediate condition in which the division centers are extra-nuclear and asso- ciated with the basal granules or blepharoplasts of the flagella. Usually the desmose is extra-nuclear and the nuclear membrane persists so that the total spindle is made up of some intra- and some extra-nuclear components. In the hypermastigote flagellates, according to Cleveland and his asso- ciates, the chromosomes are attached to the nu- clear membrane by fibers which join the fibers from the extranuclear centrosome, and thus the strands which connect the chromosomes with the centrosome have a double origin. In many Protozoa, as in the Metazoa, the chromosomes show “individuality” in the sense that the numbers are constant for the species and that there are constant differences in size or shape or both among the chromosomes in the same com- plex. In the coccidian, Aggregata ebertli, for ex- ample, there are six chromosomes in the haploid series and each differs in length from the others. In the diploid series there is a pair of each kind. In meiosis, synapsis or pairing of chromosomes and the subsequent appearance of tetrads in the first meiotic division and of dyads in the second meiotic division have been reported for some Pro- tozoa. Belar has described details of meiosis in the heliozoon, Actinophrys sol, that are quite par- allel to those found in the Metazoa. On the other hand, zygotic meiosis, as seen in the gregarines and coccidia, is apparently accomplished by a single “reducing” division. Telophase splitting of chromosomes has been reported for a number of Protozoa and in the prophase the daughter chromatids may separate precociously, making chromosome counts difficult. Commonly these chromatids reassociate before the chromosomes enter the metaphase stage and are then separated in the anaphases in the usual manner, although in some cases the reassociation does not occur. Spiral structure of chromosomes has also been reported for a number of different kinds of Protozoa. Although there is a wide range of chromosome numbers there is a tendency for related Protozoa to have similar numbers. In the Sporozoa, the numbers so far reported are small, not over 16 for the diploid number. For the Myxosporidia the diploid numbers reported are from 4 to 6, in gre- garines from 4 to 12 and in coccidia from 8 to 16. In each of the other classes of Protozoa the re- corded numbers range rather widely. In the plant-like Phytomonad flagellates, which live a haploid existence except for the single zygote gen- eration, the haploid numbers are mostly 8, 10 and 12 although a species with 32 has been reported. In the euglenoid flagellates the numbers range high, up to an estimated 200, and in the dino- flagellates they range still higher up to nearly 300. Most of the parasitic trichomonad flagellates have from 3 to 12 chromosomes, although one very large species from termites is said to have over 100. In the complicated hypermastigote flagel- lates the family Holomastigotidae shows numbers from 2 to 8, while recorded numbers for the Hoplonymphidae are from 8 to 50. Most of the smaller free-living amoebae and most of the known parasitic amoebae have relatively small numbers, from 4 to 20, while the larger amoebae of the A. proteus group have several hundred. In the few Heliozoa studied the diploid numbers have been reported from 24 to 150, and in the Radio- laria estimates from 1500 to 1600 have been made for certain species. In these Radiolaria there are difficulties since such animals are said to form flagellispores having 4 or 5 chromosomes. It is still uncertain whether these small flagellates are a part of the life cycle of the radiolarians or are parasitic dinoflagellates as claimed by Chatton. Among the ciliates the reported numbers are quite diverse, ranging from 4 in the genus Chilodonella to several hundred in the genus Paramecium. There are some cases of polyploidy. MacDoug- all found 4 to be the diploid number in four spe- cies of Chilodonella, but in C. uncinata she found two tetraploid races with 8 chromosomes, one of these after treatment with ultra-violet light; she also found a triploid race with 6 chromosomes after ultra-violet treatment. Chen has recently re- ported different numbers of chromosomes in dif- ferent races of the same mating type in Parameci- um bursaria. He has also shown that anamolies may occur during conjugation, such as the coa- lescence of three or four gamete nuclei, which would be expected to give rise to polyploidy. Chromosome numbers suggestive of polyploidy also occur in other groups, for example in the hypermastigote flagellates, where three species of Holomastigotoides are reported to have 2, 4, and 8 chromosomes, respectively, and two species of Barbulanympha have 16 and 32. Two other species of this latter genus, however, have 40 and 50, numbers which do not fit into a polyploid series so well. It is to be expected that more cases of polyploidy will be found in the Protozoa. So far as is known, all Protozoa reproduce by one or more of the asexual methods, binary fis- sion, multiple fission or budding. Certain groups also reproduce by syngamy. This method has definitely been established for the Ciliophora and the Sporozoa. Among the ciliates meiosis is pre- gametic and is usually accomplished by two “‘ma- Aueust 3, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET 109 turation’”’ divisions. These animals live diploid lives. Most of the Gregarinida and Coccidia ap- parently live haploid lives except for the single zygote generation and meiosis takes place at the first division of the zygote. In the Myxosporidia the vegetative stage is diploid, meiosis usually taking place in preparation for the complicated process of spore formation. Among the Mastigo- phora, syngamy is well established for the plant- like Phytomonadida, which are haploid in the vegetative stages. Among the Sarcodina, syn- gamy is well authenticated for the Foraminifera and Heliozoa; in both groups the vegetative stages are diploid and meiosis is pregametic. Phenomena interpreted as syngamy have been re- ported for some representatives of nearly every other order of Protozoa not named above, but the evidence is too incomplete or too insufficiently substantiated to be credited. Adequate cytological studies have been made of relatively few Protozoa, so that an extensive undeveloped field for investigation is offered. The great variety of nuclear conditions and the inher- ent difficulties of interpretation offer a challenge to students with a well-developed scientific curios- ity and an ability to accomplish worth-while re- sults. (This article is based upon a lecture presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 26.) ON THE DETERMINATION OF THE VASCULAR PATTERN OF THE BRAIN OF THE OPOSSUM Dr. Ernst SCHARRER The Rockefeller Institute for In mammals there exist two types of cerebral vascular patterns: In the one, found thus far in all Placentalia, the capillaries form an unending network; in the other, discovered by Wislocki and Campbell (’37) in the opossum, an artery and a vein are always associated in a pair and the capillaries do not anastomose but end in hairpin- like loops. The question to be studied concerns the factors that determine the type of vascular pattern. These factors can be sought in peculiari- ties of the chemical or physical constitution of the living brain (Wislocki '39), or they may be re- garded as inherent in the cerebral vascular sys- tem. The influence exerted by the living brain on the angioblastic tissue was tested in experi- ments in which pieces of dead, formol-fixed brains from rats and guinea pigs whose brains are vas- cularized by networks, were implanted into living opossum’s brain which is supplied by terminal arteries ending in capillary loops. After 3 to 4 Medical Research, New York months the dead brain tissue is invaded by blood- vessels regenerating from the surrounding brain tissue and the pia. The vessels penetrating rat’s or guinea pig’s brain are of the opossum type. Accordingly in the reverse experiment, when dead opossum’s brain is implanted into living rat’s or guinea pig’s brain, no capillary loops are induced, but a network grows from the host’s brain into the implanted dead tissue. From these observa- tions it is concluded that under the conditions of regeneration the characteristic vascular pattern of the opossum brain is not forced upon the angio- blastic tissue by the peculiar chemical or struc- tural constitution of the living nervous tissue of the opossum’s brain, but appears to be determined by factors inherent in the cerebral vascular sys- tem. (This article is based upon a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 28.) AN IN VITROANALYSIS OF THE ORGANIZATION OF THE EYE-FORMING AREA IN THE EARLY CHICK BLASTODERM NELSON T. SPRATT, JR. Research Assistant in Embryology, University of Rochester Rudnick (32), Willier and Rawles (’35), Rawles (’36), and others have shown that the chick blastoderm at the head-process stage of de- velopment is composed of organ-specific areas or districts occupying definite positions. Each of these has the capacity to produce specific tissues in choric-allantoic grafts. Clarke (36) found that one of these areas which has the capacity to produce eye tissues occupies a definite position at the anterior end of the primitive streak in defini- tive primitive streak blastoderms and at the an- terior end of the notochord in head-process blas- toderms. This area, designated the “eye-forming area’’ by Clarke, is elliptical in shape and exhibits a gradient in eye-forming potency which is highest in the median portion and which falls off abruptly to the right and gradually to the left. The present investigation is concerned with the development of this area as it takes place in isolates cultivated on the surface of a blood plasma clot im vitro. By means of this technique, which seems to be more favorable for the occurrence of morphogenesis 110 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 133 than the chorio-allantoic method, it seemed prob- able that some additional light might be thrown upon the nature of the organization of the eye- specific area. When a piece containing the entire eye-forming area is isolated from a blastoderm at either the definitive streak, head-process, head-fold, or early somite stage of development, it forms, as a rule, a fore-brain with optic vesicles or cups of rather normal structure. The isolate is thus shown to have the capacity for developing a morphologically organized structure of a specific sort. Further- more, it was found that isolates from older blas- toderms gave this result more frequently than did comparable isolates from younger ones. Also, the shape of the fore-brain was more nearly normal in the former. This is indicative of a change in organization of the eye-specific area. This result initiated next a study of the mor- phogenetic potency of pieces containing parts of the eye area. Is each piece capable of producing a complete or only a part of the fore-brain? Iso- lates containing anterior and posterior parts, right and left halves, and fourths of the area were test- ed. In general, isolates of these types produced corresponding parts of the. fore-brain, e.g., either an anterior or a posterior portion, or a right or a left half. Such an isolate from a younger blasto- derm showed a greater tendency to regulate the form of that part of the fore-brain arising from it than the same kind of isolate from an older blastoderm. The development of these isolates in- dicates, thus, a regional localization or specifica- tion within the area which becomes progressively more stable during development. Since each of the isolates consists of the three germ layers of the blastoderm it must be realized that the mesodermal and endodermal layers of tissue which lie beneath the eye-forming area in the ectoderm may play a role. In other words, the development of the fore-brain from the isolate is probably not a case of independent differentia- tion of an already specifically organized ectoderm. There is some evidence which indicates that the mesoderm in particular plays an important role. Lastly, a study was made of the power of a blastoderm from which a piece containing the eye- forming area had been removed to regenerate eye material. This problem had its origin in experi- ments designed to determine whether such a blas- toderm could form all organ primordia except those arising from the eye-forming area. When the blastoderm minus its eye-forming area was explanted on the surface of a clot it was found that not only do many organ primordia develop, but a complete and remarkably normal fore-brain forms in many cases. The first step in this re- generation is the replacement of the excised area by endodermal, mesodermal, and ectodermal cells surrounding it. The latter normally do not con- tribute to eye-formation and do not show eye- forming potencies when tested on the chorio-al- lantoic membrane. In some cases a_ node-like structure and primitive pit may then arise in the regenerated region. Subsequently, medullary plate and neural folds develop in a fashion com- parable to that found in unoperated blastoderms. Regenerative capacity is greatest during primitive streak stages, is markedly decreased in head-pro- cess stages, and is apparently lost as the somites begin to form. Since the regenerated region un- dergoes the same kind of morphogenesis that a normal eye-forming area undergoes, it is inferred that an eye-forming area has been reconstituted. In other words, the regenerated region has ac- quired an eye-specific organization. This has probably come about as the result of the spacial relationship of the regenerated region to the whole blastoderm, and especially to the anterior end of the primitive streak, a structure known to possess organizing powers, (This article is based upon a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 23.) ‘ ION INTAKE BY LIVING CELLS Dr. S. C. Brooks Professor of Zoology, University of Californiia The present work is in marked contrast with the previously accepted conclusions as to the rate of movement of ions through the plasma mem- brane and the cytoplasm. These older conclusions were based on measurements of the total amount of ions in cells. Radioactive ions tell another story. When ions are transformed into heavier isotopes, e.g. Nay. instead of Na?*,,, they disin- tegrate and emit radiation, beta and gamma, which can be detected by very sensitive devices such as the Geiger-Muller counter. To obtain salts with activities high enough to be read and too low to injure cells, it is necessary to activate only one-billionth of the ions in the preparation. Under these conditions, it is considered that the concentration of the salt is essentially proportional to this radioactivity. Cells are put into an excess of a dilute solution Aueust 3, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 111 (0.0005M for Naz,HPOsy, to 0.033M for RbCl) in fresh sea water or other normal habitat, accord- ing to the material. If the plasma membrane were rather impermeable to ions, it would be expected that active ions would be excluded. But these ions distribute themselves in a statistical equilibrium within an hour or two or in seconds, involving inorganic ion exchange. Nitella cells adjust themselves in about one minute for Nat, K+, Rbt+, and Bt; Spirogyra in less than 15 seconds, Amoeba proteus is less than 7 minutes, Arbacia eggs in 3-10 minutes for HPO, and Nat, and other marine eggs and sperm, and a yeast were tried with essentially similar results. This means that these cells are very permeable to ions, the rates observed being about 10~7 to 10-4 G.M. cm.~? sec.~1, in contrast with 10~° to 10-8, the earlier supposition. Change in salt concentration of the immersion fluid produces results in accord with the ideas that: (1) equilibrium is attained with salts pres- ent free and ions occupying attachment points in intracellular consituents; (2) the entering ions replace all protoplasmic ions in proportion to their own concentration and the replaceability of the intracellular ions. Freshwater cells, e.g. Nitella, do not easily give up active ions to distilled water, but do lose them in a few minutes to inactive salt solutions. This sems to show that ions enter independently, cations in relation to acidic groups in the proto- plasm and anions in relation to basic groups. These groups constitute an effective mosaic mem- brane as suggested by earlier workers. Later stages in ion intake are complicated with losses of salts, and primary accumulation. These are shown in cells sacrificed for each observation, and in cells kept intact through a series of ob- servations. In the case of Nitella, the latter is possible since the sap does not participate in this ion exchange, thus showing low permeability of the vacuolar membrane. These losses of salts, thought of as loss of ion pairs, rather than by ion exchange, and primary accumulation, are con- nected with metabolism. This may mean that metabolically produced organic ions are normally exchanged for entering inorganic ions. (This article is based upon a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 16.) SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC DETERMINATIONS ON HEMOGLOBIN AND ITS DERIVATIVES Dr. Matitpa M. Brooks Research Associate in Biology, University of California In these experiments I have tried to show what the mechanism of methylene blue action is when injected into the blood stream, and what the action of cyanide is when added to blood in con- centrations found in cyanide poisoning. The essential point is whether methemoglobin (the ferric form of Fe) enters into the picture. When fresh whole blood is used, or when methylene blue is injected intravenously, no methemoglobin can be demonstrated either in the visible range (Brooks, 1932, 1935*) of the spec- trum or in the infra-red region by means of the spectrophotometer and the microphotometer. The reason for this is shown in Table I, in which different systems and their relative position on the oxidation-reduction scale are shown. One system can only reduce another one above it or oxidize one below it. Only at the extreme ends of the curve where overlapping occurs would it be possible for methylene blue to produce an ap- preciable concentration of methemoglobin. In the living body this does not occur, owing to the * Wendel (1937) repeated my experiments and re- versed his former conclusions that methemoglobin was produced by injections of methylene blue. presence of glucose and other reductants which keep the redox potential at a relatively negative level. When crystallized hemoglobin, or old blood or hemolyzed blood is used, then the potential becomes more positive because the reductants have been used up and some methemoglobin can be demonstrated. If, therefore, methemoglobin is not present when methylene blue is injected, it cannot be used to explain the theory of cyanide poisoning and recovery by therapeutic methods. What is the action of NaNO, and methylene blue in the case of cyanide poisoning? The action appears to be solely upon the respiratory enzyme (now known as cytochrome oxidase). This en- zyme contains a reversible system composed of a heme group containing Fe, which changes from Fet+ to Fet++ and back. This reversibility is destroyed by cyanide, not because the cyanide unites with the Fe++~* as is generally assumed, but rather because the cyanide produces a low redox potential (see Table 1) poising the system at this level so that the most of the Fe remains in the bivalent form and can no longer be oxidized. The respiratory enzyme can only function at a definite positive potential and ceases 112 THE COLEECIING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 133 TABLE I. Showing relative E’, values of different systems. Oxidizes systems below Reduces systems above * At pH 8.2 at 80°C. System HY, at pH 7.0 Reference NOs + H.O + e’ = NO + 20H +0.34 Latimer (1938) Methemoglobin reduced hemoglobin +-0.211 Schmidt (1938) Methylene blue = leuco methylene blue +0.011 Michaelis Hemoglobin + cyanide —0.252 Schmidt (1938) Glucose = oxidant (?) —0.400* Aubel, Genevois and Wuhmser (1927) to function when this potential becomes suf- ficiently negative and respiration stops. This appears to be the mechanism of inactivation by cyanide, by analogy with the experiments on hemoglobin. To produce recovery it is only necessary to add a substance producing a _ positive potential. NaNO, or methemoglobin itself added will do this because from Table I it is evident that both of these systems have their E’, in the positive range of the scale. They neutralize the negative potential produced by cyanide so that the Fe of the enzyme can again function at its proper po- tential. The production of methemoglobin by NaNOz is a by-product and does not enter into the mechanism. When methylene blue is used, not only is the potential poised at a high level, but the dye can take the place of the respiratory enzymes by virtue of its catalytic property as stated by the writer in 1932. Finally it has been reported by some investiga- tors that a shift in the absorption band of hemo- globin occurs when KCN is added to methemo- globin in certain concentrations as evidenced by the hand spectroscope. In this case an absorp- tion maximum at wave length 555 my appears. This absorption maximum is identical with that for reduced hemoglobin and indicates that it is the same substance rather than a new substance known in the literature as “cyanmethemoglobin”, (presumably caused by a combination of cyanide with the ferric form of the Fe in the hemo- globin. ) Finally, summarizing, the conclusion is that the action of cyanide is upon the respiratory enzymes of the tissues, concerned with oxidation-reduc- tions; the action of NaNOs or methemoglobin or any other non-poisonous oxidant is upon the redox potential of the enzyme shifting it back to its normal positive value from the negative value set up by the cyanide. Methylene blue also poises the potential at a higher value and because of its catalytic properties is able to substitute for the poisoned enzyme by transferring hydrogen. This is the antidotal action of these substances. Hemo- globin or methemoglobin is not concerned with the process of recovery from. cyanide poisoning. No methemoglobin is produced by methylene blue when injected into the blood stream because of the presence of reductants which keep the redox potential at a range where methemoglobin is not appreciably formed. (This article is based upon a seminar report presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 16.) CELLULAR BASIS OF COLOR PATTERN IN SOME BERMUDA CORAL REEF FISH (Continued from page 105) refraction of light and not as in the parrot fish to the presence of an actual pigment. A second fish examined was Sparisoma abildgaardi, the red par- rot fish, The under side of this fish can change from a light pink color to a rose red within a few minutes. Tissue from this region showed an especial abundance of the erythrophores. There were also some extraordinary inter-cellular inclu- sions designated as opalescent bodies. Other par- rot fish studied were Sparisoma squalidum, Sca- rus vetula and Scarus caeruleus. The last two named species also showed an abundant blue pig- ment in some cases diffusely distributed. The Bluehead, Thalassoma bifasciatum, carries brilliant vertical bands or areas of blue, black and green. No blue pigment, however, is present. Aucust 3, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 113 The blue effect is produced by an association of very numerous iridocytes with melanophores. The presence of xanthophores with blue producing complex gives the green color. Slides were also shown of a few fish among which were the Squirrel fish, Holocentrus ascensionis and Atherina harringtoniensis. The former in addition to the usual color producing elements carries a dense underlying layer of guanin crystals which give a metallic effect. Ath- erina possesses some extraordinary melano-irido- somes which show shifting colors. other INVERTEBRATE Most of us arrived at Woods Hole Thursday, July 25—some by car, some by boat and others by train; but the important thing is that we arrived. Immediately we visited the laboratory and were completely put at ease by reading on the bulletin board that, “The instructors are present to help, not drive you.” Dr. Bissonnette welcomed us officially at 8:00 in the evening, and introduced our instructors to us. He then proceeded to explain our field trip duties as “angels,” “archangels” and carriers of the “wg - fb” which turned out to be only a watch glass and finger bowl combination. The great dangers of Woods Hole tides, currents, poison ivy, ticks and sunburn were properly impressed and then, overcome, we travelled thru the fog to our new homes. Early next morning we dove into the inverte- brates, starting with a lecture on protozoa by Dr. Waterman. Immediately after, we began lab work, and spent two full days on this great group. Friday we were concerned with attached and free living protozoa, pursuing Euplotes and others all about the slides. On Saturday, symbiotic, com- mensal and parasitic protozoa were studied. Saturday evening found us all at the M. B. L. Club Mixer, meeting many interesting and friend- ly people and generally being introduced to the Woods Hole spirit. All enjoyed the punch, cook- ies and dancing and we must take this opportunity to say—many thanks. Most of us are proud to say that we are now members. The paper was illustrated with about fifty kodo- chrome lanternslides of which most were photo- micrographs. These latter were made in large part from fresh tissue on recently removed scales and some photographed by reflected light and others by transmitted light. Some pictures were made from gelatine mounts. Various magnifica- tions were used including some taken with an oil- immersion lens. (This article is based upon a seminar report, illus- trated with kodachrome photomicrographs, presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 30.) CLASS NOTES After a Sunday of basking in the sun, explor- ing the “Hole,” and burning the midnight oil in lab, we were more than ready for the porifera. Being limited to only two hours we went to work immediately after Dr. Lucas’ lecture. Exhausted by our visit with Sycon, Microciona and other sponges, we handed in our laboratory reports and settled down to our first lecture about coelenterates given by Dr. Crowell. He first warned us of the strength of the tides in this vi- cinity and explained, as a matter of interest, that when the tides turned the incoming body of water met the outward moving body with such force that a loud report like a pistol or a cannon shot resulted. At the appointed time everyone listened intently, and many confirmed Dr. Crowell’s story. (P. S. It was a shot starting boat races at that exact moment). After having bitten on this piece of professional wit we began a study of Obelia, Bougainvillia, Clava, ete. Tuesday morning found us starting for Stony Beach at 8:30 with numerous pieces of equipment and slacks and longsleeved shirts to protect us from the overcast sky and rough rocks. During the collecting of about 50 invertebrates by each team, excitement came in the form of fallen “‘an- gels,’ an unexpected swim by Dr. Matthews and several students when they slipped into the salty sea, and exercises on the beach to keep up body We are all looking forward to the —Grace Coe temperature. next field trip. 114 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. XV, No. 133 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories. Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879, and re-entered, July 23, 1938. Introducing Dr. G. HauGaarp, Research Worker at the Carls- berg Laboratory, Copenhagen; Fellow at the Rockefeller Institute of Medical Research, New York City. A native of Copenhagen, Dr. Haugaard attend- ed schools in that city and graduated from the Danish School of Engineering. After working in the chemical industry for two years, he joined the staff of the world-famous Carlsberg Labora- tory in Copenhagen and has been associated with it since. He has conducted research on a variety of sub- jects at the laboratory. One of his early investi- gations was carried out in collaboration with Dr. R. Koefoed on the composition of water from various parts of the Dead Sea with samples ob- tained during Dr. Ludwig Briithl’s expedition to Palestine in 1911-1912. In 1927 he worked with Dr. Arnold H. John- son (then Rockefeller Fellow at the Carlsberg Laboratory and now working in Baltimore) on the fractionation of gliadin, the alcohol-soluble protein in wheat. Later he worked with Mrs. Margarethe Sgrensen, wife of the then Director of the Carlsberg Laboratory, on the determination and identification of carbohydrates by the use of orcenol, the employment of which they found to be very satisfactory. More recently he has been working on applica- tions of glass electrodes in pH measurements of biological fluids. In September of last year Dr. Haugaard ar- rived in the United States under a Rockefeller Foundation Fellowship and worked under Dr. Max Bergmann at the Rockefeller Institute of Medical Research. At Woods Hole this summer Dr. Haugaard is concerned primarily with bibliographical research on various phases of his work. This fall he will work in the Biochemical Laboratory of Dr. A. Baird Hastings at Harvard University. Dr. Haugaard is accompanied in his trip to America by his wife Karen and his three sons, Niels, Erik and Dan. GOVERNMENT ZOOLOGY IN BRAZIL To the Editor: The Department of Zoology of the Agricultural Secretariat originated the first of last year when it separated from the Section of Zoology of the Paul- ista Museum. The staff, which is still very small, is composed of two executives who had formed part of the above-mentioned Section, and new members. Their goals are among others: a) Study of the fauna of the State of Sao Paulo and of Brazil with a systematic approach and any other considered necessary for the scientific, cultural and economic development of the State and the Country. b) The organization and maintenance in the capital of the State of a Zoological Museum on the model of the large European and United States museums for the purpose of studying, teaching, and exhibit- ing our rich fauna... . d) The foundation, at various localities in the State, of zoological stations, designed not only for study, but also to collect and prepare specimens of our salt-water, fresh-water, and insular fauna. e) The organization and maintenance of a Zoolog- ical Library, containing publications on Brazilian fauna. f) Publication, with the help of national and foreign specialists now connected with the Depart- ment of Zoology, of “Brazilian Fauna,” an illustrated work containing a description of all species known in our fauna, their geographical distribution, habits and biology. g) Publication of the “Arquivos de Zoologia do Estado de Sao Paulo” to review all the scientific original works about zoology pertaining to Brazilian fauna. eee - n) Promotion of scientific trips abroad for members of the scientific staff, for further study, organiza- tion and reform of departments. 0) Organization of scientific expeditions in the country or abroad in order to study and collect zoological material or introduce exotic species con- sidered useful to the national economy. The staff is composed of: Dr. Oliverio Mario de Oliveira Pinto, Frederico Lane, Carlos Amadeu de Camargo Andrade, Lindodlpho Rocha Guimaraes, Romualdo Ferreira de Almeida, Lauro Travassos Filho, José Kretz, Carlos Octaviano de Cunha Vieira, Da. Antonio Amaral Campos and José Leonardo Lima. Additional information will be found in Volume I, Arquivos do Departamento de Zoologia, which will be published soon. Sincerely yours, Dr. Oliverio Mario de Oliveira Pinto, Director. CURRENTS IN THE HOLE At the following hours (Daylight Saving Time) the current in the Hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: IAI OTIS EO) eee tee eee Sel abel) August 4 4:42 4:54 PNUISUSt yO) eee ee 5:28 5:43 August 6 . sil Oesis} AUGUISERZ, eee eee 708) 735 PN BPEEIE B) saocoemcnecto0n: 7254 S819 INCRRESE OB) cpccoostacranser 8:46 9:19 Auecust 3, 1940 ] ITEMS OF NEW ADDITION TO BRICK BUILDING A new wing to the main brick building of the Marine Biological Laboratory will be constructed in the near future, it was announced this week. Work in sampling the underlying soil has already begun and it is expected that construction will be started this fall. Built with funds granted by the Rockefeller Foundation, the new wing will be fifty-eight feet long and fifty-one feet wide, and will have the same height as the brick building. It will join the north wing to the east of the entrance of the lat- ter so as to be continuous with the stack space of the present library. The addition will be used primarily to house part of the library of the Marine Biological Lab- oratory. There will be five floors, corresponding to the floors in the present library. The basement floor will be used in part as additional space for sterilizers and other types of laboratory apparatus. The library has long felt the need for additional space for its rapidly growing collection of periodi- cals, and ample space will be provided by the new wing. The east and west sides of the wing will con- tain windows, and there will be rows of tables along these sides, thus increasing the available space for readers. The style of architecture will harmonize with the present building. The archi- tects are Coolidge, Shepley, Bulfinch and Abbott, of Boston, who have designed several other build- ings of the laboratory. ProFessor A. B. Dawson, who has been di- rector of the Biological Laboratories at Harvard University for the past five years, has been ap- pointed chairman of the department of biology to succeed Professor F. L. Hisaw, who recently re- signed. Dr. CHARLOTTE HAywoop, associate professor of physiology at Mount Holyoke College, has been appointed head of the department of physiol- ogy, succeeding Miss Abby Turner, who has re- tired. Dr. Ropert CHAMBERS, research professor of biology at New York University, delivered a lec- ture under the auspices of the Invertebrate Zool- ogy course Wednesday afternoon on “Various Aspects of Micro-manipulation, Technique and Results.” The last botany seminar at the Marine Biologi- cal Laboratory was held on Thursday, July 25. Dr. Runk showed pictures of the Mountain Lake Biological Station in Virginia and Miss Ruth Patrick gave a talk on Diatoms. THE COLLECTING NET 115 INTEREST NOMINATIONS FOR TRUSTEES The Annual Meeting of the Corporation of the Marine Biological Laboratory will be held in the auditorium of the Laboratory on Tuesday, Au- gust 11, at 11:30 A.M., for the election of Officers and Trustees and the transaction of other busi- ness. The Trustees will convene the same morn- ing before the Corporation meeting and again in the afternoon. The Nominating Committee of the Corporation of the Marine Biological Laboratory has posted the following slate: j For Trustees Emeritus: Caswell Grave, Ross G. Harrison, C. E. McClung. Class of 1942 to replace Ross G. Harrison: Dugald E. S. Brown, New York University. Class of 1944: H. B. Bigelow, Harvard Uni- versity ; R. Chambers, New York University ; W. E. Garrey, Vanderbilt University; S. O. Mast, Johns Hopkins University; A. P. Mathews, Uni- versity of Cincinnati; C. W. Metz, University of Pennsylvania; H. H. Plough, Amherst College ; W. R. Taylor, University of Michigan. Drs. Metz, Plough and Brown are proposed for Trusteeship for the first time; the other six men are presented for reelection. Registration at the Marine Biological Labora- tory late last week totaled 309, which compares with 296 at the corresponding time last year. On Monday afternoon at 5 o’clock an interment service will be held at the Church of the Messiah for Dr. Henry McE. Knower, who died last Jan- uary. Dr. R. R. Gates, professor of botany at the University College, London, England, arrived in Woods Hole on Tuesday and will remain here until the conclusion of the meeting of the Genetics Society of America at the end of August. Dr. Ernst FIscHER, associate professor of physiology at the Medical College of Virginia, is engaged this summer in the moving of his depart- ment to a new building at the College. He will probably visit the Marine Biological Laboratory for a week in August. Dr. Bostwick H. KetcHum, instructor in bi- ology at Long Island University, is giving a course in laboratory technique and has charge of the combined histology-embryology course at the Ma- rine Zoological Laboratory on the Isles of Shoals this summer. Dr. Ketchum has resigned his posi- tion at Long Island University to accept a re- search appointment at the Woods Hole Oceano- graphic Institution, which he will assume in Au- gust. 116 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vot. XV, No. 133 ITEMS OF INTEREST The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution’s ketch Atlantis sailed Wednesday for a two-week cruise down the Eastern coastline as far as Vir- ginia. Mr. Henry Stetson, member of the staff of the Oceanographic Institution, is in charge of the research program and will study the canyons that cut into the continental shelf. A new coring instrument will be used on this trip which will take fifteen-foot samples of the bottom. Mr. R. B. Montcomery spoke on Thursday night at the weekly staff meeting of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution on “Some Bound- ary Layer Problems in Oceanography.” Mr. Frep G. SHERMAN, who has just com- pleted the course in embryology at the Marine Biological Laboratory, was injured Wednesday when four of his teeth were accidently knocked out by a baseball bat. M. B. L. TENNIS CLUB TOURNAMENT Drawings for the men’s singles in the Tennis Tournament have been posted on the Mess Court bulletin board. The first and preliminary rounds of the tournament must be played by August 8. Each player must furnish three new balls at the beginning of the match, the winner taking the new balls and the loser the used ones. The entries include: Stunkard, Evans, Jones, Rugh, Bodian, Warner, Summers, Henry and Rotman. There have not been enough entries to make the other tournaments practicable. If additional names are obtained, however, the remaining tour- naments could still be arranged. ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATORS Ballentine, R. res. fel. phys. Princeton. Br 231. Benedict, D. Milton Acad. (Milton, Mass.). Br 309. Bernheimer, A. W. grad. bact. Pennsylvania Med. lib. Bloch, R. res. asst. bot. Yale. Br 231. Ciu, Ruth E. grad. bot. Michigan. Bot 1. Cunningham, Ina grad. zool. Northwestern. Br 225. Ee ale DuBois, A. Milton Acad. (Milton, Mass.). Br 309. Edgerley, R. H. grad. teach. asst. zool. Ohio State. OM Phys. Dr 2. Everett, G. M. grad. phys. Maryland Med. OM Phys. Drs: Fetter, Dorothy instr. biol. Brooklyn. Br 111. Grand, C. G. res. assoc. biol. New York. Br 311. Gwartney, R. H. DePauw. OM 31. Ho 2. Heath, J. P. grad. teach. asst. Stanford. OM 41. K 1. Kaiser, S. instr. bot. Brooklyn. lib. Lloyd, D. P. C. asst. phys. Rockefeller Inst. Br 206. Lucké, B. prof. path. Pennsylvania Med. L 25. Ludwig, F. W. asst. prof. biol. Villanova. Rock 3. Nash, C. B. instr. zool. Arizona. lib. Rollason, H. D. grad. biol. Williams. OM 27. Dr 7. Schaeffer, M. res. assoc. bact. N. Y. Dept. Health. Br 234. Sherman, F. G. grad. lab. asst. Northwestern. Br 123. Ka 2. Williamson, R. R. Chicago. Br 227. Dr 3. Two fellowships have recently been authorized in the department of zoology at the University of Maryland. Dr. Norman E. Phillips, chairman of the department, will be glad to receive applica- tions for the fellowships from graduate students who desire to major in zoology. Dr. P. F. ScHOLANDER, Rockefeller Fellow and research associate at the University of Oslo, has begun work at the Woods Hole United States Bureau of Fisheries station on respiration and ad- justment to diving in seals. The annual meeting of the American Shellfish- eries Association was held at Milford and New Haven, Connecticut, from Wednesday to Friday of this week. Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff, acting direc- tor of the United States Fish and Wild Life Ser- vice Station at Woods Hole, presided at the meet- ings. The following was the schedule of papers presented at the meetings : “Some Observations on the Polychaete Worm, Poly- dora, on the Oyster Beds of Delaware Bay,” Dr. Thurlow C. Nelson. “Experiments in Oyster Growth and Culture in North Carolina,” Dr. Herbert F. Prytherch. “Seasonal Gonadal Changes of Adult Oysters in Long Island Sound,” Dr. Victor L. Loosanoff. “Oyster Drill in Long Island Sound,’ James B. Engle. “A Review of Bacteriological Shellfish Scoring,” Dr. Milton H. Bidwell. “A Study of Microbiology of Shellfish from the Pub- lic Health Viewpoint,” Dr. Leslie A. Sandholzer. “Relation of Valve Closure to Heart Beat in the American Oyster,” Leslie A. Stauber. “Experimental Oyster Farming in South Carolina,” R. O. Smith. “Experiences with Lime in Limiting Destructiveness of Starfish,” H. Butler Flower. “Tray Culture of Oysters in the York River, Vir- ginia,” J. Richards Nelson. DATES OF LEAVING OF INVESTIGATORS Alexander, Ti. Ths, ..ccicc.ccsesgeccocovacerseeserseeeeeneete Ballard, W. W. .... FS Barnes, Martha .... IBTOOKS: (Sen Oamerseeeeees July 19 Brooks, Matilda M. . July 19 Duryee, W. R. .......... July 2 Frank, Sylvia R. .. July 29 Kareites Bia @icccccer- July 24 Luckman, C. E. . July 27 Michaelis, L. . July 8 Jetnals, UN cooaco July 29 Parkers (AViGe: .-.i.ics 0 00 ODOT 0 OED 0D 0D OD 2D 0D OED 0D 0D 0D 1 0-0 0 ED) ED-0 GD ETD © THE DARWIN PRESS Vill gladly give estimates to authors for sets scientific periodicals or mono- graphs. Printers of The Collecting Net and Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology. 69 SCHOOL ST. New Bedford, Mass. ee > 0-0 CE OED LP FOR A DRAMATIC ACCOUNT OF THE SEPTEMBER HURRICANE ... READ The Hurricane Number =S Oi? = THE COLLECTING NET On Sale at The Collecting Net Office SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS Medical, Complete Sets, Zoological, Botanical, Volumes and Odd Copies. There may be some Single Copies needed to complete your sets, or an I[m- portant Article which you may need. Prices are reasonable. B. LOGIN & SON, INC. 29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK CITY Biological, etc. Aucust 3, 1940 | IMSUD, COLLECTING NET 12 Adams MICROTECHNIC SYSTEM for handling and storing micro- scope slides during and after preparation Three units of equipment make up this system... 1. MICROTECHNIC TRAYS for holding microscope slides 50'38x1”, 353x1%”, 25 3x2” IG VAS. eerecoterercnoes $12.50 dz. 8 kA, os .. $11.25 dz. Giid Zone set a ae $10.00 dz. - MICROTECHNIC CA BI- NET for holding the trays $35.00 3. MICROTECHNIC R OL L- ING STAND for trans- porting the cabinet....$12.00 Complete unit with 25 trays as illustrated $65 ADVANTAGES... 1. Easy and safe handling of slides. . Trays will not warp, even in oven. . Multiplies utility of desk space. . Easy identification and access to each slide. . Surface of tray resists action to usual lab- oratory solvents. 6. Tongue and groove arrangement permits any tray to be removed from stack and per- mits safe stacking. 7. Aids in organization of work. 8. Protects against damage. , and 3x1” slides. Old Lecture Hall 9. Accommodates 3x2”, 3x1%” See These Now at the CLAY-ADAM A CO., 44.East 23rd St. Inc. New-York, N. Y. 12) ADAMS \ 6A POPE LOLS FS The Material Basis of Evolution Richard C. Go!dschmidt “In this very important contribution toward an understanding of the process of evolution . the reader will find the results of Dr. Gold- schmidt’s mature deliberations concerning the genetical and developmental potentialities of organisms that nature may use as materials with which to accomplish evolution. ... / A vast array of factual data is marshaled to fortify his conclusion that the neo-Darwinian theory of the geneticists is no longer tenable.” Scien- tific Book Club Review Illustrated $5.00 O. C. Marsh Pioneer In Paleontology Charles Schuchert and Clara M. LeVene “Marsh was and remains to this day eminent and internationally known to science. . . . This excellent readable biography should revive in- terest in a figure once so prominent in the American scene, scientific, political, and social. . Marsh’s memory is in no danger of obliv- ion, but it did need and is now given more balanced tr eatment and presentation to a wider audience.” George Gaylord Simpson in the New York Times Illustrated $5.00 Science In Progress Edited by George A. Baitsell The first series of SCIENCE IN PROGRESS was based on the 1939 National Sigma Xi Lec- tures and was a selection of the Scientific Book Club. It contains chapters by ten out- standing scientists, each a recognized leader in his particular field. The second series, based on the 1940 Sigma Xi Lectures, will be pub- lished in November. First Series Illustrated $4.00 Second Series Illustrated $4.00 (advance orders will be filled on publication date) YALE UNIVERSITY PRESS New Haven, Connecticut | : Se) bo tHE COLEEPCRING NE [ Vor. XV, No. 133 (eit CHEMICALS GLASSWARE TESTED PURITY CHEMICALS EIMER & AMEND 205-223 THIRD AVENUE NEW YORK, N. Y. For Salon Quality in Your Exhibition Prints —USE A SOLAR— A SOLAR will give you Salon , quality in all your enlargements && - it will bring out the full pictorial cualiey) of every negative. Its perfected light and optical system along with its wide flexibility in adjustments make Solar the choice of the man who knows enlargers. Models are available to cover negative sizes from 35mm. to 5x7 fj inches, with or without condensers. Prices ff from $79.50 to $112.50. ENLARGING TREATISE CN740 FREE. BURKE & JAMES, Inc. 223 W. MADISON ST... @ CHICAGO, ILLINOIS EW INTERNATIONAL MICROCHEMICAL CENTRIFUGE COMPACT @ PORTABLE @ QUIET The new International MICRO CENTRIFUGE has been especially developed to meet the need for a quiet running portable machine, particularly suited for microchemical work in school and college laboratories. The outstanding characteristics of this new centrifuge are the design of head and unique method of suspending the tubes. The head combines both the regular horizontal method of swinging the tubes and, also, by means of molded angle adapters, the sloping method. With the adapters, several combinations of the horizontal and angle positions of the tubes are possible. The streamlined 8-place head is made of heat-treated aluminum alloy for strength and has a spun aluminum windshield for enclosing the tubes for safety. The MICRO CENTRIFUGE is compact and small, occupying less than a cubic foot of bench space. Its brushless type motor is very quiet and has a constant speed of 1700 r.p.m. for use on 110 volts A.C., 60 cycles only. Send for Descriptive Bulletin INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT COMPANY 352 Western Avenue Boston, Mass. Makers of Fine Centrifuges Aucust 3, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 123 An ideal Microscope for Visual Research and Photomicrography P hotomicrographs provide a permanent rec- ord of microscopic obser- vations and are extreme- ly valuable for future ref- erence, lecture work and publication reports. The Spencer No. 13 Microscope and the Spencer No. 634 (5 x 7) Photomicrographic Camera make an _ ideal combination for photomi- crographic work. This Spencer Microscope may be used with either a vertical or inclined binoc- ular body. It accommo- dates a wide range of op- tical systems and mechan- ical accessories and is mod- erately priced. Write Dept. H8-1 for complete data on these Spencer instruments. Spencer Lens Company MICROSCOPES SPENCER REFRACTOMETERS MICROTOMES COLORIMETERS PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC SPECTROMETERS EQUIPMENT —uSsA> PROJECTORS 124 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 133 LARGE SCALE-MODEL VIEWS OF OTHER B&L MICROSCOPES There is a B&L Microscope for every routine, laboratory or research need. The complete line includes: Research, Laboratory, Polarizing, Medical, Chemical, Metallurgical, etc. Acces- sories are also available to increase the usefulness of your present micro- scope. Write concerning your needs. Small ject with THE B&L wipe Fietp STEREOSCOPIC MICROSCOPE ‘Tue Bausch & Lomb Wide Field Stereoscopic Microscope provides enlarged images that to all intents and purposes are equivalent to viewing an actual large scale-model of the object. It bridges the gap between unaided eye imagery and the higher powers of the conventional compound microscope. Its uses are practically unlimited. Special models are available for every type of | work. Here are some of the outstanding features of Bausch & Lomb Stereoscopic Microscopes. 1. Wide Field enables use where an ordinary microscope is inconvenient. 2. Stereoscopic effect which means a realistic three dimensional image. 3. An image, neither inverted nor reversed, which aids materially in manipulation. 4. Long working distance in all powers provides ample room for manipulating large specimens and for dis- secting. 5. High eye point assures full view of entire field and convenience for those wearing glasses. 6. Patented Drum Nosepiece and accurately parfocal ob- jectives permit instant change of magnifications. For complete details on B&L Wide Field Stereoscopic Micro- scopes, write to Bausch & Lomb Optical Company, 671 St. Paul St., Rochester, N. Y. BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH & LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION Vol. XV, No. 7 SATURDAY, AUGUST 10, 1940 Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 30 Cents. FEATHER COLOR PATTERN PRODUCED BY GRAFTING MELANOPHORES DUR- ING EMBRYONIC DEVELOPMENT Dr. B. H. WILLIER Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences, University of Rochester This report deals with the effects on feather color pattern produced by grafting melanophores from one embryo to another of genetically differ- ent breeds of fowl or of differ- CATALYSTS OF BIOLOGICAL OXIDA- TION, THEIR COMPOSITION AND MODE OF ACTION Dr. Ertc G, BALL Associate in Physiological Chemistry, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine The reaction between oxygen and foodstuffs in the animal body is unusual if we stop to consider the fact that no such reaction occurs at body tem- _ peratures outside the living ent species of birds. It is pro- posed to analyze briefly the manner of control of feather color pattern, giving particu- lar attention to barring and M. HB. E. Calendar TUESDAY, August 13, 8:00 P. M. cell. The foodstuffs on our tables are relatively indifferent to the oxygen which surrounds them. Man has however long known that if he raised the spotting (guinea) patterns. By transplanting small pieces of tissue (skin ectoderm and underlying neural crest cells) containing potential me- lanoblasts from donor embryos (about 70 hours or equivalent age) into the right wing bud of hosts of the same age, me- lanophores of various breeds or species are introduced into the feather germs of white and pigmented fowl hosts. This results in the formation of an area of donor-colored down Seminar: Dr. A. C. Giese, “Effects of Ultra-violet Light on Respira- tion of the Luminous Bacteria.” Dr. Ivor Cornman: “Effects of Ether upon the Development of Drosophila.” Dr. Berta Scharrer: ‘Neurosecre- tory Cells in Cockroaches.” Dr. G. Haugaard: “The Mechanism of the Glass Electrode.” FRIDAY, August 16, 8:00 P. M. Lecture: Dr. Alfred S. Romer: “Fossil Evidence Regarding Evo- | lution of the Lower Vertebrates.” temperature of his local en- vironment sufficiently a violent reaction could occur in which such organic matter was said to be burned and energy in the form of heat was liberated. By the eighteenth century he had learned that in such conflagra- tions oxygen was consumed and carbon dioxide and water were produced. Soon there- after Lavoisier showed that the animal body carried on a very similar type of process but in a remarkably well con- feathers on the wing and adja- cent regions in the majority of cases. The down is replaced by juvenile contour feathers having the shape, rate of growth (Continued on page 138) trolled fashion and at tempera- tures nearly equal to its surroundings. This then was the beginning of the search for the mechan- isms by which the (Continued on page 127) TABLE OF Catalysts of Biological Oxidation, Their Com- position and Mode of Action, Dr. Eric G. Ball Feather Color Pattern Produced by Grafting Melanophores During Embryonic Develop- Terai, IDre, 13}, IBl6 \aUDb ere Bas errrees ceensoeeroseecee 125 Photochemical Spectrum of the Pasteur En- zyme, Dr. Kurt G. Stern, Dr. Joseph L. Mel- nick, and Mr. Delafield DuBois CONTENTS Studies on Erythrocruorins (Invertebrate Hemoglobins), Dr. Kurt Salomon ................. 134 Invertebrate Class Notes ...cccccccccccceseseeeeeeeeeeeneee 133 Introducing Dr. R. R. Gates ....eeeeeeeeseesseeeeeeeeeee 134 The Seminar on Physiological Chemistry, Dr. Pee Gee Bra dl eye core seccsesscn stands sehen vain 134 Items of Interest 135, 136 The Biological Field Stations of the Balkan States, Homer A. Jack MENS COMLIACMONG INAAt [ Vor. XV, No. 134 64 Mah AWK, A, lee: NIC AV ai A). Ge teats idee we Quotas RAL” Aus 24 ft ea Alas tah dum iy) Z 4) Pith by fh) Ry ian Of Gen te: Dip h 9 Kiva : Lad. Kite. THE U. The headquarters of the U. S. Fish Commis- sion were located from 1881 to 1883 in a building on the site of the present U. S. Lighthouse Ser- vice wharf at Little Harbor. The laboratories were located in the two-story building on the pier near the center of the picture, where the brick building of the Lighthouse Service now stands. A train may be seen to the right, running along the shore of Little Harbor. Juniper Point, now site of the Crane estate, extends to the left. The Fisheries Laboratory was established at Woods Hole by Spencer F. Baird, who was Sec- retary of the Smithsonian Institution and was the first U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries, a position to which he was appointed in 1871. He set up laboratories at various points along the New Eng- land coast, but soon recognized the advantages ot Woods Hole for biological research and was re- sponsible for the permanent establishment of a station here. Under the original terms of the act founding the Fish Commission, the heads of the various executive departments of the Federal Government furnished assistance needed by the Commission. The use of various buildings and ships of the S. FISH COMMISSION STATION AT WOODS HOLE IN 1882 Lighthouse Service for several years was thus granted to Professor Baird. The temporary building was occupied until the completion of the present Woods Hole laboratory and residence of the Fish Commission. Land for the station, extending along the waterfront from the present property of the Marine Biological Laboratory to Penzance Point, was donated by a group of Woods Hole citizens, and the funds for- the pier, residence and laboratory were provided by the Federal Government. Construction of the buildings was completed in 1883. Previous to that date, workers at the station dined at the resi- dence of Professor Baird, which faces the harbor and is visible at the right of the picture. The ship Fish Hawk, seen moored to the left of the picture, was one of the first vessels used by the Commission, being employed from 1880 to 1883. It was used in exploring the Gulf Stream and its fauna, particularly the distribution of tile- fish. Chester Arthur, twenty-first president of the United States, rode on the ship on a dredging trip during his administration. The ship was superceded by the Albatross, which was used for nearly forty years for deep-sea work by the Fish Commission. Aucust 10, 1940 } THE COLLECTING NET 127 CATALYSTS OF BIOLOGICAL OXIDATION, THEIR COMPOSITION AND MODE OF ACTION (Continued from page 125) body catalyzed at low temperatures the smooth utilization of oxygen in the burning of foodstuffs. Lavoisier believed that a combustion of carbon particles occurred in the blood as it passed through the lungs and that the warmth generated there was carried by the blood throughout the body. We know today that the body is not mere- ly a heat engine and while subsequent investiga- tions of the role of the blood confirm Lavoisier’s idea that it functions as a transport system be- tween the lungs and the tissues, it is the oxygen we breathe in and the carbon dioxide to be ex- haled that it transports. In undertaking a survey of the catalysts con- cerned in biological oxidations let us begin first by attempting to follow the fate of oxygen from the time it first enters the body. The role of the blood pigment hemoglobin in the transport of oxygen from the lungs to the tissues, though not a truly catalytic one is worth, | think, brief review since this pigment has some properties in common with those catalysts with which we are concerned. Hemoglobin is a conjugated protein with a mo- lecular weight of about 68,000 and possessing four iron porphyrin groups. How these groups are attached to the protein molecule is not known. You will subsequently see that all of the com- pounds with which we will deal tonight are simi- larly constituted, being composed of a protein part of large molecular size joined to a smaller or- ganic molecule which I shall refer to in general as a prosthetic group. We are not entirely cer- tain about the iron linkages in this compound. There is no doubt, however, that the iron is in the reduced state and that it remains in this state even after the hemoglobin has combined with oxygen. Now here is a most striking example of the sluggishness of oxygen to exert its oxidizing ability. Though oxygen is well able to oxidize ferrous iron to ferric, hemoglobin is able to com- bine loosely with oxygen and yet, so to speak, hold it at arm’s length so that it does not strike in to oxidize the ferrous iron. If the oxygen should strike in and oxidize the iron to the ferric state then the compound is no longer capable of acting as a carrier of oxygen. Hemoglobin thus functions by picking up oxygen in the lungs where the partial pressure of this gas is high and releases it again to the tissues where the partial pressure is low. The oxygen which hemoglobin thus brings to the tissues may be used directly or, as in the case of certain muscles, 1t may be put into “cold stor- age’ against the time when a demand is made for it. So-called red muscles contain a pigment for this purpose called myoglobin which is similar to hemoglobin in its properties. Myoglobin is com- posed of a protein with a molecular weight re- ported to be about 18,000 and containing only one iron porphyrin group which, however, appears to be identical with those found in hemoglobin. It combines reversibly with oxygen in the same man- ner as hemoglobin, its iron remaining in the fer- rous state throughout the procedure. Its affinity for oxygen is, however, much greater than that ot hemoglobin. This fact is shown by a comparison of the oxygen dissociation curves of these two pigments. Since the prosthetic group of hemoglo- bin and myoglobin are the same you see here the first example of how variations in the protein part effect the behavior of the prosthetic group. Other examples will be encountered later. Myoglobin is thus able to unload oxygen from hemoglobin and store it in the muscle cells. Cer- tain aquatic mammals such as the seal possess muscles which are extremely rich in this pigment. These animals are capable of staying submerged for prolonged periods and it has been suggested that the oxygen capable of being stored in com- bination with this myoglobin is one important factor contributing to this ability. Now regardless, however, of whether the oxy- gen comes directly from hemoglobin or through myoglobin its subsequent fate in the tissues is the same. Oxygen now encounters its first real ca- talyst and as we shall subsequently see its last one. Since the amounts of this catalyst present in the tissues are so minute in comparison to hemoglobin or myoglobin the isolation and study of its properties in a manner similar to that em- ployed for these other compounds has thus far not been accomplished. Our knowledge of its very existence is therefore dependent upon evi- dence furnished by the alterations in consump- tion of oxygen that occurs when living cells are THE CoLLEcTING NET was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, 1988. It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods marine biological laboratories. Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. It is devoted to the scientific work at Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 128 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 134 poisoned by cyanide or carbon monoxide. It was the known affinity of these poisons for iron com- pounds that first lead Warburg to postulate that their poisoning actions on tissue respiration was also due to their combination with an iron com- pound. That this iron compound was the cata- lyst which reacts with oxygen, and which we now call cytochrome oxidase, was proven by Warburg in an ingenious manner. Carbon monoxide and iron compounds form complexes which are re- versibly dissociated by light. Warburg, therefore, placed living cells in a mixture of carbon monox- ide and oxygen and found that the inhibitory ef- fect of the carbon monoxide on their respiration was much less when they were well irradiated by white light. He now made use of the fundament- al principle of photochemistry that only that part of the light radiations which are absorbed by a compound will exert any photochemical effect upon it. Irradiations of the preparation were now made with monochromatic light of varying wave lengths and it was found that the rate of oxygen consumption varied markedly as the wave- length of light was altered. By thus determining the relative efficiency of various wave lengths of light in restoring respiration he obtained the rela- tive absorption spectrum of the carbon monoxide catalyst complex. Measurements of the quantum involved in this reaction and comparison with other known iron carbon monoxide complexes en- abled him to convert the relative absorption spec- trum into the absolute absorption spectrum. It resembles the absorption spectrum of the carbon monoxide complex of spirographis hemoglobin, an iron porphyrin compound not un- like hemoglobin. He thus reached the conclusion that this catalyst, cytochrome oxidase, also con- tains an iron porphyrin compound which is prob- ably conjugated with protein. We can now deduce certain points concerning the mode of action of cytochrome oxidase from behavior of other known iron porphyrin com- pounds. Carbon monoxide, for example, also combines with hemoglobin and in so doing pre- vents its combination with oxygen. It is thus reasonable to suppose that oxygen also combines with cytochrome oxidase and that carbon monox- ide poisons it by preventing such a union, Oxy- gen and carbon monoxide, however, combine only with iron porphyrin compounds when the iron is in the ferrous state. Hence we can conclude that cytochrome oxidase contains iron in the reduced state. However, cytochrome oxidase can also be poisoned by cyanide and cyanide combines only with protein-iron-porphyrin compounds when the iron is in the ferric state. It thus appears that the iron in cytochrome oxidase may exist in either the ferrous or ferric state within the living cell. We, therefore, have this tentative picture of the mode of action of this enzyme. It combines with oxygen like hemoglobin or myoglobin, though in a much tighter union, but unlike these other com- pounds the oxygen here strikes in and oxidizes the ferrous iron to the ferric form. The oxygen thereby becomes reduced to water or to hydrogen peroxide. If hydrogen peroxide is formed it is decomposed to water and oxygen by catalase, an- other iron porphyrin compound whose discussion space will not permit. Now whether this is the exact picture of events must naturally wait until the isolation of cyto- chrome oxidase permits us to study its properties directly. We are at any rate unable to trace the participation of oxygen in biological oxidations beyond this point. It thus appears that the oxy- gen we breathe in does not give rise directly to the carbon dioxide we exhale as was earlier be- lieved, but yields water. Evidence for this is fur- nished by the recent experiments of Day and Sheel who allowed an animal to breathe air en- riched with 300 p.p.m. of the heavy oxygen iso- tope. The expired carbon dioxide collected after a preliminary sweeping out period contained only 40 p.p.m. of the heavy oxygen isotope. How car- bon dioxide is produced without the intervention of molecular oxygen we shall see later. Though we have thus reached the end of the trail as far as oxygen is concerned, we have but barely begun on the series of oxidation and reduc- tion reactions that are thus initiated. From now on you will see that our bodily oxidations entail the removal of hydrogen ions and electrons from the foodstuffs and their successive passage through a series of catalysts to ferric cytochrome oxidase which is thereby reduced. The ferrous cytochrome oxidase then reacts with oxygen and thus links the chain to this substance. The substances that appear to stand next to cy- tochrome oxidase in this chain are, as its name imphes, the cytochromes. Cytochrome is the name given by Keilin to certain cell pigments first observed by MacMunn in muscle tissue. If we ex- amine with a spectroscope tissue which has been freed from blood, which interferes with the ob- servation, we will see three strong dark absorp- tion bands centered at 605, 565, and 550 my respectively. Keilin named the compounds re- sponsible for these bands cytochrome a, b, and c, for as we shall see they belong to three different compounds. What Keilin clearly recognized and MacMunn apparently did not was that these bands were only seen if the tissue was deprived of oxy- gen. In the presence of oxygen these bands fade out. Keilin, therefore, concluded that these bands were given by the reduced form of these pigments and that by oxidation they were converted to sub- Aueust 10, 1940 } DHE COLLECIING NED 129 stances with weak absorption bands. The process of oxidation and reduction was readily reversible by altering the oxygen supply of the tissue. Keil- in now found that these bands could be made to appear even in the presence of oxygen if cyanide or carbon monoxide were also present. These poisons did not appear to act directly on the cyto- chromes since no change could be noted in their absorption bands. The oxidation of these three cytochromes by oxygen must therefore be brought about through the intervention of cytochrome oxi- dase which we have seen is susceptible to these poisons. Of the three cytochromes only c can be extract- ed from the tissues. It has been obtained in what appears to be a pure state though not crystalline. The results of its analysis indicate that it is a con- jugated protein with a molecular weight of about 13,000 and that it contains the same iron porphy- rin group as hemoglobin. The isolated material gives the same absorption spectra for the reduced form as that shown in the intact tissue. In this reduced state it neither combines with nor reacts with oxygen. It can be oxidized, however, by suitable agents and it then possesses ferric iron and shows only a weak absorption spectrum. The- orell has proposed that its prosthetic group 1s joined to the protein part by thioether linkages, though his evidence is by his own admission not clean cut. Though the compounds responsible for the bands labeled a and b have not yet been separated from each other it can be shown that different compounds are responsible for these bands. They both appear also to be iron porphyrin compounds. We have now dealt with no less than six iron porphyrin compounds. Though these compounds appear to possess prosthetic groups which are identical or nearly so the behavior of the iron atom in each with regard to oxygen is markedly different. We have seen that hemoglobin and myoglobin, possessing ferrous iron, combine re- versibly with oxygen without oxidation of the iron occurring. Cytochrome oxidase containing fer- rous iron also appears to combine with oxygen but here the oxygen strikes in and oxidizes the iron to ferric. The three cytochromes appear neither to combine with nor react with oxygen. It is thus obvious that the protein combined with the iron porphyrin group influences its behavior markedly. Some years ago I was able to obtain a rough estimate of the relative oxidation-reduction poten- tials of the three cytochromes. From that data we can predict that if the cytochromes act in a chain and not separately the order in which they react must be a, c, b. This places soluble cyto- chrome c between the two apparently insoluble cytochromes a and b. We can therefore picture a chain of reactions in which the oxidation of cy- tochrome oxidase by oxygen produces water and ferric cytochrome oxidase. This ferric form then reacts with ferrous cytochrome a, the cytochrome oxidase being reduced again and ferric cytochrome ais formed. This in turn reacts with cytochrome ce ina like manner. The ferric cytochrome c which is formed in turn reacts with cytochrome b. Thus an electron exchange occurs stepwise throughout the chain. There appear to be but few living forms in which the cytochromes do not occur and arbacia eggs seem to be one of them. The more active the organ or the organism as a whole the higher the concentration of these pigments encountered. Last summer Miss Meyerhof and I felt that if there was any living form that might be expected to lack cytochrome it would certainly be those marine forms whose blood contains the copper protein compound hemocyanin, which functions in a manner similar to hemoglobin in these animals. We accordingly examined the tissues of the lob- ster, horse-shoe crab, whelk, and the squid and found them all to possess the three cytochromes. Some even possessed myoglobin in their muscles. The squid, which is undoubtedly the most fidgety of these animals, was richly supplied with cyto- chrome. You are now perhaps prepared to ask what does cytochrome b oxidize and I cannot answer. If I could answer, you would probably want to know why cannot cytochrome oxidase react di- rectly without acting through the chain of cyto- chrome compounds and again I could give you no concrete answer though we will return to this question later. Finally you might say, well, how do the foodstuffs enter into this picture. The in- vestigator in this field has asked himself these very questions and it is because of his inability to follow the pathway further from the oxygen side that his attention in recent years has been directed towards experiments to learn the imme- diate fate of the various foodstuffs as they under- go oxidation in the body. The most outstanding of these efforts has been the elucidation of the rdle played by certain of the vitamins in these processes. Vitamins, as some- one has said, are peculiar substances because whereas we usually become sick from eating most things, vitamins make us sick if we don’t eat them. Though we have long known that vitamins were essential to our well being we are now beginning to learn why vitamins are so essential. The splendid work of Dr. Wald in elucidating the réle of vitamin A in vision is well known to you. Some of the functions of the vitamins of the B group will become evident to you as we proceed. 130 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vot. XV, No, 134 H»-Flavoprotein + Oz t —— Flavoprotein + HO: | : H.-Flavoprotein + Py(POs)3 <————_ Flavoprotein + Hy» Py(PO,)s i O | lal C=O) nye | HCOH aru | HOCH Protein HOCH | + Py(POs,)s =—S— | + Ho Py(POs4)3 HCOH H2O alee | Bee: aie CH2,OPO3H2 CH»OPO3H:e Py(PO,); = Triphosphopyridine Nucleotide Time will not permit me to give you all the events leading up to these discoveries or to men- tion all the workers who have contributed their bit to the understanding ef the chain of events I wish now to summarize for you. The reactions that we are about to consider constitute a series of ox1- dation and reductions brought about by the ex- change of hydrogen atoms or of electrons with or without hydrogen ions. The catalysts concerned in these reactions are reversible oxidation-reduc- tion systems which can accept hydrogen from the foodstuffs and pass it on to other catalysts in a chain which includes the cytochromes and are thus ultimately linked with oxygen, We may group these catalysts into three classes depending upon which of the three vitamins, nico- tinic acid, riboflavin, or thiamine, their prosthetic groups contain. Let us consider first the chemi- cal composition of those prosthetic groups con- taining nicotinic acid and known as the pyridine nucleotides. Two such compounds are known. The first one to be isolated was obtained from red blood cells in Warburg’s laboratory in 1935. It contains one nicotinic acid amide, one adenine, two pentose, and three phosphoric acid groups. I shall refer to it as triphosphopyridine nucleotide. The other isolated a year or so later in both War- burg’s and Von Euler’s laboratory contains the same units less one phosphoric acid group and hence it will be referred to as diphosphopyridine nucleotide. The exact structural formula for these two compounds is not known. From the evidence available it appears that we are dealing with two mononucleotide units which are linked together in some manner through the phosphoric acid groups which perhaps also serve to link them to the protein constituent. What we may term the functional group of these two prosthetic groups is none other than the pellagra preventative vitamin itself, the nicotinic acid amide portion. It was the contribution of Warburg’s laboratory to show that because of this group the pyridine nucleotides constituted re- versible oxidation-reduction systems. Reduction occurs at the carbon-nitrogen linkage in the pyri- dine ring, a hydrogen ion and two electrons being involved in the process, the quarternary nitrogen disappearing. The reduced form possesses a char- acteristic band at A 340 my which is not present in the oxidized species. This difference in the absorption spectra of the oxidized and reduced forms of the pyridine nucleotide has been of in- estimable value in following their participation in the biological reactions we will now consider. A characteristic example of the role of the py- ridine nucleotides in biological oxidations is the system which led Warburg, Christian, and Griese to the discovery of the triphosphopyridine nucleo- tide. Here the substrate to be oxidized is glucose monophosphate. If we symbolize triphosphopy- ridine nucleotide as Py( PO )s then the first step of the reaction may be represented as it is here. The aldehyde group of the sugar is oxidized to an acid group, with concomitant reduction of the pyridine nucleotide, the elements of water enter- ing into the reaction. The reaction is dependent on the presence of a specific protein which func- tions by uniting with both substrate and pyridine nucleotide. Now the reduced pyridine nucleotide thus formed is not oxidized by air. Warburg Aucust 10, 1940 } THE COLLECTING NET 131 found that it required for its oxidation a substance he called a yellow enzyme, one of a new class of compounds which now that their composition are known are called flavoproteins. The one sym- bolized here is capable of oxidizing the reduced triphosphopyridine nucleotide and thus regener- ating it for another cycle. The reduced flavopro- tein thus formed can be oxidized by oxygen, Thus it also is regenerated and can react in a cyclic fashion. However the rate of its reaction with oxygen is so slow at the partial pressures of this gas existing in living tissues that it is doubtful that this is the manner in which it is reoxidized in living cells. It is probably reoxidized in the cells with the aid of the cytochrome system as we shall discuss later. The phosphohexonic acid produced may be further oxidized with the help of the triphosphopyridine nucleotide and flavo- protein cycle if further specific proteins are added. The flavoprotein concerned in this reaction functions as a reversible oxidation-reduction sys- tem by reason of its prosthetic group. It differs from diphosphopyridine nucleotide only in that the nicotinic acid amide group is replaced by an isoalloxazine ring and in that the linkage of this ring to the ribose molecule is not the glucosidic one encountered in the pyridine nucleotides. This PHOTOCHEMICAL SPECTRUM difference in linkage is reflected in the fact that the vitamin part of this prosthetic group is the intact riboflavin group. The isoalloxazine ring alone possesses no vitamin By activity, Thus in this case the body is apparently not only unable to synthesize the special nitrogen ring but is also unable to couple it with the ribose molecule in the manner required to form this compound, The exact structure of this dinucleotide is also not known though it appears that the two mono- nucleotide units are linked through the phos- phoric acid gr oups. These groups as well as the -N-H group in the isoalloxazine ring appear to be concerned in the linkage of the prosthetic group to its protein partner. The functional group of this dinucleotide is the isoalloxazine ring. This group is capable of undergoing rever- sible oxidation and reduction. In the oxidized form it is yellow, in the reduced form colorless. It is this group, then, of the flavoprotein which accepts from the reduced pyridine nucleotide the hydrogen which it in turn accepted from the sugar. The direct reaction of the flavoprotein with the sugar does not occur, nor will the pros- thetic group of the flavoprotein alone react with the reduced pyridine nucleotide. (Concluded Next Week) OF THE PASTEUR ENZYME Dr. Kurt G. STERN, Dr. JosepH L. MELNICK AND Mr. Devarretp DuBotrs Laboratories of Physiological Chenustry and of Physiology, Yale University School of Medicine When fermenting cells are brought in contact with oxygen, as a rule less carbohydrate is broken down and less fission products are formed than under anaerobic conditions. This phenome- non was discovered by Louis Pasteur in 1861 ; it is now known as the Pasteur reaction. The ef- fect has been interpreted in terms of an oxidative resynthesis of carbohydrate from the end products of fermentation (Meyerhof), of a suppression of fermentation by respiration (Warburg), and of an inhibition of fermentation by oxygen (Lip- mann, Laser). The selective inhibition of the Pasteur reaction by ethyl isocyanide (Warburg), by lowering the oxygen tension, and by suitable concentrations of carbon monoxide (Laser) in- dicates that a catalyst distinct from the respiratory enzyme is involved and that this agent contains heavy metal. The name Pasteur enzyme is pro- posed for this thermolabile catalyst. Inasmuch as any mechanical or chemical injury suffered by the cell tends to abolish the Pasteur effect, the procedures usually employed for the extraction, purification and identification of enzymes do not appear applicable to the present problem. For the special case where a biocatalyst contains iron which, in the course of the catalysis, undergoes a cyclic change between the ferrous and the ferric form, Otto Warburg has developed an ingenious method which permits one to determine the spec- trum of the catalyst in the living cell and in amounts which are too small to be detected by direct spectroscopy. The method takes advantage of the affinity of ferrous iron to carbon monoxide and of the reversible splitting of iron carbonyl complexes by light. Since only that fraction of incident light which is absorbed can be expected to exert a chemical effect, it follows that the pho- tochemical efficiency of monochromatic radiation will be proportional to the intensity of absorption of light of any given wavelength by the system. Warburg was able to show that a plot of the pho- tochemical efficiencies against wavelength yields a curve which is identical with the shape of the ab- sorption spectrum of iron carbonyl complexes. The reversal of the carbon monoxide inhibition of the Pasteur effect in mammalian tissues by white light, as observed by Laser, has enabled the present laathors to apply Warburg’s photochemi- cal method to the study of the spectrum of the Pasteur enzyme. Rat retina was chosen as the experimental tissue because of its convenient thickness, of its high glycolysis, and especially be- 132 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 134 cause its active respiration remains unaffected by carbon monoxide in concentrations sufficient to inhibit the Pasteur reaction. The arrangement of the experiments is briefly the following. A suffi- cient amount of retina tisue is suspended in a medium containing bicarbonate and glucose and is then equilibrated with a gas mixture contain- ing CO, Os, and CO». Due to the inhibition of the Pasteur effect by the CO the already con- siderable aerobic glycolysis of the retina is further increased to almost the level of the anaerobic gly- colysis. One molecule of lactic acid formed by the tissue liberates one molecule of COs from the bicarbonate of the medium, thus causing a pres- sure to develop which is measured with the aid of a differential manometer. Upon illumination of the system with monochromatic light of high intensity, the enzymatically inactive complex be- tween the ferrous iron of the Pasteur enzyme and CO is reversibly dissociated to an extent deter- mined by the intensity and by the wavelength of the radiation employed. A certain fraction of the iron of the enzyme becomes thus available for combination with oxygen. The oxidized form of the enzyme is capable of inhibiting the glycolysis, probably by reacting with the reduced form of a coenzyme of fermentation. Illumination of the tissue will, therefore, produce a certain decrease in the rate of lactic acid formation and of the subsequent liberation of COs by the reaction sys- tem. The photochemical efficiency ratios for 24 dif- STUDIES ON ERYTHROCRUORINS ferent wavelengths of visible light between 405 and 655 my as referred to the blue mercury line at 436 my as the standard radiation have thus’ far been measured. The results obtained indicate that the peak of the main absorption band of the Pasteur enzyme in rat retina is situated in the neighborhood of 450 mu. Two secondary maxi- ma are located at 515 and 578 my. When com- pared with the spectrum of the respiratory fer- ment in yeast or acetobacter the main band of the Pasteur enzyme shows a red shift of approximate- ly 150 A and the band in the yellow shows a blue shift of about 140 A, While the Pasteur enzyme in retina differs from the respiratory ferment in the same tissue and from that in yeast or aceto- bacter by its affinity for oxygen and carbon mo- noxide and from the latter two by the position of the absorption bands of the CO complex, the gen- eral pattern of the Pasteur enzyme spectrum re- veals it to be a porphyrin-iron proteid. The en- zyme appears to belong to the class of pheohemin derivatives just as the respiratory ferments in yeast and acetobacter, the worm blood pigment chlorocruorin, and very probably also certain cy- tochrome-a components. The nature of the re- spiratory ferment in retina is as yet not known. (This work was aided by a grant from the Jane Coffin Childs Memorial Fund for Medical Research. This article is based upon a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 6.) (INVERTEBRATE HEMOGLOBINS) Dr. Kurt SALOMON Research Fellow in Physiological Chemistry, Yale University, Medical School The most widely distributed respiratory pig- ments in the animal kingdom are the iron contain- ing hemoglobins and the copper containing hemo- cyanins. The hemocyanins occur only in inver- tebrates, and all have high molecular weights (350,000 to 5,000,000). The hemoglobins on the other hand, are universally distributed throughout the animal kingdom. Vertebrate hemoglobins, as a rule, have a molecular weight of 68,000 whereas invertebrate hemoglobins, which Svedberg calls erythrocruorins, vary in their molecular weights from about 34,000 to several millions. Two erythrocruorins occuring in worms have been studied from a chemical and physical-chemi- cal point of view, in order to enable a comparison of their properties with those of vertebrate hemo- globin. Two very different types of erythrocru- orin were studied, viz., the macromolecular pig- ment of the common earth worm (Lumbricus ter- restris) and the low molecular respiratory pro- tein of the so-called bloodworm (Glycera di- branchiata Ehlers. In accordance with the ex- perience of Svedberg the former is freely dis- solved in the plasma whereas the latter is locked up in blood corpuscles which are suspended in the body fluid. Earthworm erythrocruorin was isolated by re- peated salting out or by repeated ultracentrifuga- tion (67,000 gravity) of purified worm ex- tracts. The ultracentrifugally prepared material showed only one sedimenting boundary in the analytical centrifuge. Beams’ air driven concen- trating ultracentrifuge proved to be a suitable tool for the precipitation and purification of this high- molecular pigment. Upon oxidation of earthworm erythrocruorin with potassium ferricyanide a band appears in the red, the center of which is at 645 my, that is shift- ed fifty Angstrom units towards the long wave region as compared with the ferrihemoglobin band. Addition of fluoride at pH 5 shifts it to the yellow part of the spectrum, without, however, Aucust 10, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 133 producing an intensifying effect. It is worth men- tioning that the oxybands of Lumbricus erythro- cruorin persist partially, even when an excess of potassium ferricyanide is used. In general one may say qualitatively that Lumbricus erythrocru- orin is oxidized by the same agents as hemoglo- bin; for instance gallocyanine produces ferrihemo- globin as well as ferrierythrocruorin in phosphate buffer at pH 7.5. Lumbricus erythrocruorin 1s not oxidized when its solution is aerated at room temperature for several hours. The metband of bloodworm hemoglobin is lo- cated at 640 my, that is, identical with that of fer- rihemoglobin. It is however not influenced by the presence of sodium flouride at pH 5. The in- tensity remains unchanged. The bands of the oxy- and of the carbon monoxide compounds of human hemoglobin and the erythrocruorins studied oc- cupy the same position. Bloodworm hemin crystallizes in an identical form with mammalian hemins. The relatively large amount of blood pigment present in Glycera dibranchiata Ehlers has made it possible to iso- late sufficient quantities of pure crystalline hemin to permit a determination of the configuration of the porphyrin, in order to decide whether the blood heme grouping present in worms is identical with that of the vertebrates. The mesoporphyrin-di- methyl-ester was prepared and its absorption spectrum in ether was found to be identical with that of a natural mesoporphyrin [X-dimethyl-es- ter. The readings were as follows: 1, ABH We SSO WIL, SYA) AW, (6840) sev The melting point of the ester prepared from bloodworm hemin was 212° C.; the melting point of the ester when mixed with an authentic sample of synthetic ester prepared in Professor Hans Fischer's laboratory showed no depression. The dissociation rate of Lumbricus—and Glyce- ra—oxyerythrocruorin was compared with that of human oxyhemoglobin by Mr. Delafield DuBois in his reaction meter. Human and Glycera hemo- globin proved to have an identical dissociation rate tso(— half time of the reaction) being 0.026 seconds. Lumbricus oxyerythrocruorin on the other hand had a half time three times greater, namely of 0.070 seconds. By comparing these values with the half time measured for hemocy- anins of different molecular sizes, one finds in ac- cordance with Millikan, that the order of magni- tude of the reaction is the same, even when the molecular size and the chemical structure of the pigments greatly differ. Whether this is a gen- eral rule cannot be definitely stated before addi- tional measurements on the dissociation rate of other respiratory pigments are available. (This article is based upon a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 6.) INVERTEBRATE CLASS NOTES Recovering from our Tuesday morning im- mersion, we hurriedly returned to the coelenter- ates. Besides being interesting from a scientific point of view, this phylum presented many an opportunity for a good (7?) pun. Hydroids brought up the query, “What do you want a gonophore?” and star coral was blamed for the voice raised in lab to announce, “Hey! We have Astrangia in our midst.” Bunny Shanks’ alarm clock, in spite of its repu- tation to ring at any unexpected moment, came through at the appointed time, one night, as a sig- nal that all lights be turned out. - - - Oh yes. The reason for this unusual procedure was the desire to see the beauties of luminescent Mnemiapsis. Wearied by three strenuous days of acquiring a familiarity with coelenterates, we turned in our laboratory reports with one parting pun, “It’s not Ctenophore but five of eight.” By the way— come to the beach some day to learn the new medusa stroke developed by several members of our class. Friday introduced us to the flat worms and Dr. Rankin. With a quick-fire rapid lecture that gave us a bad case of writer’s cramp, we learned of the characteristics, taxonomy and morphology of the Platyhelminthes. Then, with the cry, “Bdelloura makes me Bdellourious,” we started tracking down the internal anatomy of turbellari- ans and the life cycle stages of trematodes. We finally had our first introduction to Wini- fred and Nereis Saturday when we travelled to Lackey’s Bay. Those on Winnie enjoyed the songs led by Dr. Martin and Dr. Matthews. In- vertebrates were plentiful and we soon had many types in the arks ready to be classified in the eve- ning. After supper found us gathered in our small collecting groups in lab, trying to identify strange worms and crustaceans and at the same time learn the names of all the various forms. One group failed to find an animal in a small vial of sea water and was about to dispose of it when one member shouted, “Don’t throw that away! That’s a protozoan I collected.” Sunday morning saw a strange transformation in lab. All desks were covered with comic sec- tions, and those of us not reading these were gathered in small social groups discussing various problems. For most of us this was a day of re- laxation, because we knew we were to travel to Kettle Cove Monday morning for our first all-day field trip. —Grace Coe. 134 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 134 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories. Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879, and re-entered, July 28, 1938. Introducing Dr. RecrnaLp Rucctes Gates, Professor of Bot- any, King’s College, University of London. Educated at Mt. Allison (Sackville, N. B.), McGill and Chicago, Dr. Gates received his Ph.D. from the latter institution in 1908. After a year as assistant in botany at the University of Chica- go, he conducted research at the Missouri Botan- ical Gardens until 1911. He then went to Eng- land, where he held a position as lecturer in biol- ogy at St. Thomas Hospital, and in cytology at Bedford College, London, from 1912 to 1914. He returned to America in 1915, when he held a posi- tion for one year as acting associate professor in zoology at the University of California. In 1917 and 1918 he was instructor in aerial gunnery for the Royal Air Force. At the conclusion of the War, he was appointed reader in botany at King’s College, London, where he became professor of botany in 1921. Dr. Gates has travelled extensively ; expeditions have taken him to such varied places as the Amazon River Valley and the Arctic regions of Canada. He has visited South Africa and India as well as many European countries. Dr. Gates’ work has been carried out particu- larly in cytology and genetics. He has concen- trated upon such subjects as cell structure, chro- mosomes and mutations (especially in Oeno- thera), and blood grouping of primitive peoples, racial crossings and other aspects of human hered- ity. He has published five books, most of them dealing with genetics, and has contributed one hundred sixty-five articles to scientific publica- tions. He is author of a book, “Biological Bot- any,” to be published this fall. During his present visit to North America, Dr. Gates plans to continue work on a new method of staining plant cells, in which chromosomes stain red and the nucleus green. The tracing of nuclear phylogeny from species to species and from genus to genus has been facilitated by the use of this method. His work has brought him a number of honors, including fellowship in the Royal Society and an honorary degree from Mt. Allison. He has been president of the Royal Microscopical Society, and vice-president of the Royal Anthropological Insti- tute and of the Eugenics Society. In 1938 he de- livered the De Lamar Lectures at the Johns Hop- kins University. Dr. Gates arrived in Woods Hole on July 30 after a trip from England, being on leave of ab- sence from the University of London for the du- ration of the war. This is not his first visit to Woods Hole; he worked here under scholarships from 1904 to 1908. He will leave for Canada during the latter part of this month. Dr. Gates expects to be available for lectures during the coming academic year, SEMINAR ON PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY DR. H. C. BRADLEY, CHAIRMAN Dr. Albert Oxford, University of Wisconsin and formerly of the University of London, Eng- land, described a new compound, isolated from the metabolic products of Penicillium griseo-ful- vu grown on glucose and NaNOs: as the only source of C and N. The crystalline compound, weakly acidic in character, yields on hydrolysis a terpene-like hydrocarbon, a substituted phenol related to tyrosine, NH3, COz and acetaldehyde. The author proposes a structural formula for this new nitrogenous compound, He indicated that mold cells contain a proteolytic system somewhat similar to the autolytic mechanism so widely dis- tributed in animal tissues—a proteinase of the papain type, together with amino-, carboxy-, and dipeptidase. Dr. Kurt Salomon, of the Yale Medical School, identified the red blood pigment of the earthworm and the bloodworm, as hemochromogens related closely to vertebrate hemoglobins. Both sources yield hemin crystals identical with vertebrate hemin, indicating the same porphyrin pattern. The difference between these hemochromogens and the hemoglobin of man and the vertebrates resides in the protein part of the molecule. Dr. Kurt Stern, Yale Medical School, presented the data obtained by his group of workers, to sub- stantiate the hypothesis that the “Pasteur effect” is mediated by an enzyme, for which the name Pasteur enzyme is proposed. The Pasteur en- zyme is found to belong to the group of respira- tory catalysts which contain iron in a heme com- plex, capable of cyclic changes, Fe” = Fe’”. When CO is present its affinity for the Fe” results in a combination with that fraction of the enzyme and thus its effective removal from the reacting sys- tem. Light of a specific wave length dissociates this ferrous-carbonyl compound and thus restores (Continued on page 139) Avcusr 10, 1940 ] DME SCOLLECLING {Nis ITEMS OF Dr. C. E. McCune, who recently retired as director of the biological laboratories at the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania, has been appointed visit- ing professor of biology at the University of Ih- nois. Dr. Warren H. Lewis, who is retiring as re- search associate in the department of embryology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington and professor of physiological anatomy at the Johns Hopkins University, has been appointed a mem- ber of the Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biol- ogy. Dr. Joun Hutcuens, who is working this summer under a National Research Council fel- lowship at Harvard Medical School, is completing a week’s visit to Woods Hole with Mrs. Hutch- ens. Dr. Hutchens will return to Johns Hopkins University this fall. Dr. ArrHuR DzieMtIANn, graduate student at Princeton University, who worked at Woods Hole in 1937 and 1938, visited Woods Hole this week. He has been awarded a National Research Council fellowship for the coming academic year, and will work with Dr. M. H. Jacobs at the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania. Mr. ArtHuR Woopwarp, JR., has been ap- pointed teaching fellow in biology at New York University. Mr. J. Purtre TrinkAus will study at Colum- bia University this fall under the Cramer Fellow- ship in Biology of Dartmouth College. Rockefeller Foundation Fellows The following investigators are working at the Marine Biological Laboratory under Rockefeller Foundation Fellowships: E. J. W. Barrington University College, Nottingham, England, who has been working with Professor B. P. Babkin at McGill University; A. E. Oxtord, University of London, who has been working with Drs. E. B. Fred and W. H. Peterson at the University of Wisconsin; H. C. G. Haugaard, Carlsberg Lab- oratory, Copenhagen, who has been working with Dr. Max Bergmann of the Rockefeller Institute ; H. M. Kalckar, Copenhagen, who has been work- ing with Dr. Linus Pauling at the California In- stitute of Technology and with Dr. Carl F. Cori at Washington University School of Medicine; P. F. Scholander, University of Oslo, who has been working with Dr. Lawrence Irving at Swarthmore College. There are four other men from Europe working in the biological sciences in the United States under Rockefeller Fellow- ships who are not at Woods Hole. 135 INTEREST The trustees of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution will hold their annual meeting on Thursday, August 15. The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution’s ketch Atlantis cut short her trip to the Virginia coast this week when the trawl winch was broken. The Atlantis sailed again Thursday with Dr. Stet- son on board to complete the interrupted work; it will return next week. At the staff meeting of the Woods Hole Ocean- ographic Institution last Thursday, Dr. Riley spoke on “The Role of the Phytoplankton in the Productivity of Georges Bank.” The showing of slides and motion pictures of marine animals presented by Mr. George C. Lower was repeated on Wednesday afternoon in the auditorium of the Marine Biological Labora- tory. Dr. L. J. MILNE, associate professor of biology at Randolph-Macon Woman's College, presented a motion picture demonstration Thursday evening in the M. B. L. Auditorium on “Animated Dia- grams of Biological Processes.” Dr. Milne is visiting Woods Hole together with his wife, who is instructor in biology at Randolph-Macon and received her doctor's degree from Radcliffe in June, 1939. She took the M. B. L. course in protozoology in 1934. The annual exhibition of the pupils’ work of the Children’s School of Science and Junior Labora- tory was held yesterday in the Woods Hole School House. A meeting of parents, members and friends of the Children’s Science School As- sociation was held the same afternoon. Miss ApArir BRASTED was married recently to Dr. Charles W. Gould. Mrs. Gould was a stu- dent in the embryology course at the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory last year and received her Ph.D. from the University of Rochester this June. Dr. and Mrs. Gould are now living in Akron, Ohio. Mountain Lake Biological Station A record registration of about 70 persons marked the first term of the Mountain Lake Bio- logical Station at Mountain Lake, Virginia. The first term ended on July 27, and the second will conclude at the end of August. Seminar reports at the Mountain Lake Biological Station for the month of July included the following: Dr. L. L. Woodruff spoke on the history of biology. Dr. John M. Fogg, Jr. spoke on the distribution of plants. Dr. Robert K. Burns discussed the ex- perimental treatment of opossum embryos. THE COLLECTING NET [ Vout. XV, No. 134 ITEMS OF Dr. Metvitte T. Coox, who has just retired from his position as plant pathologist and vice- director of the Insular Experimental Station at Rio Piedras, in Puerto Rico, is completing, with his wife, a month’s visit at Woods Hole. Dr. Guipo W. Loewt, of the School of Hy- giene at the University of Toronto, arrived in Woods Hole on Monday to visit his father, Dr. Otto Loewi. Dr. N. W. Raxkestraw, of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, will attend the meet- ing of the New England Association of Chemis- try Teachers to be held at the University of Maine during the week of August 12. Dr. CHartes W. Hock recently arrived at Woods Hole to work at the Oceanographic Insti- tution. He has been working in bacteriology at the Bureau of Standards, Dr. Marie A. Hrinricus, who has worked at Woods Hole for a number of years, is completing a summer quarter as professor and head of the department of physiology and director of the Student Health Service at the Southern Illinois Normal University at Carbondale, Illinois. Dr. C. Parry KRAATZ, instructor in physiology and pharmacology at the Chicago Medical School, arrived last Saturday with Mrs. Kraatz in Woods Hole for a stay of several weeks. Dr. W. W. Battarpd of Dartmouth College has been elected secretary-treasurer of the New Hampshire Academy of Sciences. Dr. M. W. Bosworrn, who has been connected with the Bridgeton Academy, has been appointed head of the science department at Vermont Aca- demy. Mr. J. J. MALONE, apprentice fish culturist of the Bureau of Fisheries, was injured Tuesday when a shark that he was taking into the collect- ing boat slashed his arm. He was taken to the hospital at Marthas Vineyard where he will re- main for a few days. DATES OF LEAVING OF INVESTIGATORS Anderschs se Mariel deccssteut en eee July 31 1BvKeS, dle: TE, Seoehem August 3 Copeland, D. E. .. August 1 HetterDorothyaes ce ee July 31 Goldin, VAN snc . August 5 Hendley, C. D. . August 5 TUG DOr Rehsccsctscss arene racsateoshste tire on ee July 30 Kabat: cAtrh dso ic. vice. ce eae July 26 Katzin, Taek. - eee .. August 3 Lower, G. C. .... August 10 Ieoxo es Ohy \ii/g caceenoneo . August 2 Thompson, R. H. . August 7 IWiO]ES ONY Gives ccccvesestscesstoee aire ee August 5 INTEREST Openings are available in a mid-western Medi- cal School for an instructor in physiology, one in bacteriology, two in pathology, and possibly one in anatomy. Candidates may submit a brief state- ment of qualifications to “M. W. M.”, % THE CoLLecTING NEt, for preliminary consideration. Tue CoLiectinG Net will be glad to publish an- nouncements of any other positions which are available for qualified members of the Woods Hole community. According to a recent compilation, there are 640 zoologists and naturalists recetving $2,000 or more annually in the civilian service of the United States Government. Forty of these are women. These figures do not include entomologists, botan- ists, or bacteriologists. Miss Eunice StuNnKArpD, daughter of Dr. Horace W. Stunkard, head of the department of biology at New York University, has won the annual American Youth Forum Award of $1,000 for the best article by a high school student on the subject, ‘Today's Challenge to American Youth.” Nearly 500,000 high school students submitted papers. Dr. Stunkard arrived in Woods Hole this week. M. B. L. CLUB Mrs. Marshall Smith has been appointed host- ess of the M. B. L. Club, succeeding Mrs. Doro- thy Bosworth, who is leaving this week. The following persons have been appointed to the house committee of the Club: Galina Gorok- hoff, Joe Malone and Ted Genther. The membership of the M.B.L. Club has reached three hundred thirty-seven. A ping pong tournament is being organized at the Club. Any persons wishing to enter it are requested to give their names to Teru Hayashi. Names of the winners of the ping pong tourna- ments of the last three years have been engraved on the ornamental paddle overlooking the ping pong table in the Club-house. Group singing will take place on Thursday eve- ning at the Club. It was postponed from last Thursday in order to avoid conflicting with the Falmouth Nursing Association’s Féte. The program of the Monday night phonograph record concert at the M. B. L. Club: Overture to ““Alceste,” Gluck; Cantata, “Ich werde nicht ster- ben,” Heinrich Schtitz; Cantata, “L’Impatience,” Rameau; Canzonetta, “Sento un certo non so che” from the opera “L’Incoronazione di Poppea,”’ Monteverdi; Sonata for flute and harpsichord in G. major, Johann Christian Bach; Third Tene- brae Service for Wednesday of Holy Week (1714), Couperin; Requiem, Fauré. Avueust 10, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 137 THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF THE BALKAN STATES Homer A, JACK Cornell University The Balkan Peninsula, which has contributed its share of troubles to the statesman and more than its share of charm to the traveler, contains a number of field stations which, in normal times, would entice the biologist. These institutions ex- tend from Split on the Adriatic to Constanza on the Black Sea. A triangle is formed with the Italian station on the island of Rhodes which, though not actually a part of the Balkans, is most easily reached from Athens. The other important biological stations in this area are those at Stana de Vale and Sinaia in Roumania and at Varna in Bulgaria. In Yugoslavia at Struga am Ochrida- see is located a small fresh-water station (Die Hydrobiologische Abteilung der Antimalariasta- tion zu Struga) which is devoted to faunistic and limnological research. In the past, field stations were in operation in the suburbs of Athens (Ma- rine Biological Station of Phaleron) and on the Bosporus in Turkey (La Station Biologique de la Facuité des Sciences de 1 Université de Istanbul), but in recent years both have been abandoned. There is no record of a biological station ever having been established in Albania. The Oceanographic Institute of Split (Oceano- grafski Institut) is on the Adriatic Coast of Yu- goslavia. It was founded in 1930 by the Yugo- slavia Academy of Sciences at Zagreb and the Royal Serbian Academy at Belgrade for research and instruction in oceanography and biology. To- day it has a budget of about 500,000 dinars (about $11,350) which is administered by Pro- fessor A. Ercegovic who is director of the sta- tion. At present the institution has three build- ings. The main one contains a public aquarium, library, and twenty-five laboratories, each of which is equipped with 220-volt electricity and running fresh- and sea-water. Another building contains living quarters for students and investi- gators, while a third accommodates the station’s employees. The laboratories are open to investi- gators throughout the year. There is a research fee of 400 dinars a month (about $9.08) and board and lodging may be obtained for 1,520 dinars a month (about $34.50). Two courses in marine biology are also offered by the institution. One is given by members of the station staff while the other is in charge of outside professors. At the famous Roumanian vacation resort of Sinaia is found the Sinaia Zoological Station (Statiunea Zoologica din Sinaia). In a forested zone at the base of Mt. Bucegi (which has an ele- vation of 8,200 feet), this institution has been conducted by Professor A. Popovici-Baznosanu for the past eighteen years. Today there is a modest building which houses the laboratory and lodging quarters of any foreign or Roumanian in- vestigators who may wish to study the fauna or flora of the region. For this purpose the station is open each year from the first of June to the end of October. Ordinarily there are no laboratory or living charges, except for board which may be obtained within 25 minutes walking distance ot the laboratory for about 6,000 lei a month (about $42.60). A similar Roumanian institution is the Botani- cal Station of Stana de Vale (Statiunea Botanica Stana de Vale). This, too, is located in a moun- tainous region, being in the Bihors at an altitude of about 3,600 feet in a spruce forest. During August a course in phytosociology is given by Professor Al. Borza, who is both director of the station and professor of botany at the University of Cluj. In addition to instruction, this institu- tion is equipped for investigations in the fields of ecology, floristics, and phytosociology. The sta- tion is open during July and August to qualified research workers. There are no laboratory fees and free lodging is provided in the laboratory building for eight persons. The largest Roumanian station is located on the Black Sea. A few miles south of Constanza, at Agigea, stand the three buildings of the Marine Zoological Station ‘King Ferdinand I” of Agigea (Statia Zoologica Maritima “Regele Ferdinand I” dela Agigea). These three structures com- prise a two-story laboratory building, a students’ laboratory, and a three-story, twenty-room dormi- tory. Construction on these buildings was begun in 1926 under the guidance of Professor. I. Bor- cea. Today the station is sponsored jointly by the Roumanian Ministry of National Education and the Laboratory of Zoology of the University of Jassy, with Professor C. Motas, professor of zoology in that university, director of the station. The work of the Roumanian seaside station re- volves around “the investigation of the fauna of the Black Sea and neighboring lakes and the com- pletion of the zoological education of university students.” Dr. Seriu Carausu conducts year round zoological research at the station and out- side investigators are invited to work in the lab- oratories between June first and the end of Octo- ber. There is an interesting sliding laboratory fee, which is 1,000 lei a month (about $7.10) for 138 THE COLERCLING NEA [ VoLt. XV, No. 134 professors, one half that amount for assistants, and only 250 lei a month for students, to whom a practical course is given during July and August. Board and lodging may be obtained at the station for 1,480 lei a month (about $10.51). The pub- lished scientific work of the institution is collected into a volume of reprints (Lucrdri ale Statiei Zoologice Maritime ‘“Regele Ferdinand I” dela Agigea) which is available to interested investi- gators and institutions. One of the most striking examples of the indi- rect effects of war on scientific institutions 1s shown in the history of the Biological Station and Aquarium at Varna, Bulgaria. This institution was hopefully founded in 1906 and by 1911 a large, three-story building was ready for occu- pancy. Soon came the Balkan and World Wars, however, with their resultant economic chaos, and it was not until 1932 that this station was able to be opened. During the last few years, under the direction of Dr. G. W. Paspaleff, the institution has apparently been attempting to make up for its 26 years of inactivity. Its educational program in- cludes both higher and public instruction, the lat- ter by means of an aquarium and museum. Two formal courses are offered by the station, one in early July for university students and the other in late July and early August for teachers of na- tural history in the schools of Bulgaria. Research investigators are admitted to the station at any time of the year. Free lodging may be obtained and there are no laboratory fees, the investigators only being requested to present to the station fifty copies of any published research which was con- ducted at the institution. Much of the scientific work of the station appears in Arbeiten aus der Biologischen Meeresstation am Schwarszen Meer in Varna, Bulgarien, a part of the yearbook of the University of Sofia. A day’s journey by boat southeast of Athens brings one to the delightful Italian island of Rhodes. Here in the harbor towered the Colos- sus. Here resided a group of the medieval cru- saders. Today modern crusaders may find a veri- table colossus to science in these barren Dodecan- ese Islands a very short distance from the site of the famous statue. This is the Royal Institute of Biological Research in Rhodes (R. Istituto di Ricerche Biologiche, Rodi). It was founded in 1936 by several agencies of the Italian Govern- ment for “research in the oceanographical, biolog- ical, and chemical sciences as well as agricultural studies with special regard to marine biology in relation to fisheries.” A modernistic, two-story laboratory has been erected. This is fully equipped for research in bio-chemistry, physiology, and histology and contains a unique underground pub- lic aquarium. It is in charge of Dr. Carlo M. Maldura. Investigators must secure special per- mission to work at this laboratory from the Royal Government of the Italian Islands of the Aegean, because in the past few years the island has been an important military post for the eastern Medi- terranean. Acceptable investigators may work at the station throughout the year, securing excellent living accommodations at nearby hotels for 1,200 lire a month (about $63.12). * * OK In those relatively care-free days when Ameri- cans could and did go to Europe, some scientists showed hesitation about venturing outside the British Isles, France, or Germany to conduct re- search and consult colleagues because of the “language difficulty.’ Not a few American scien- tists, conscious of their linguistic provincialism, wondered whether they would be able to talk with their contemporaries in the Balkans, for example, except by the use of mathematics or an interpre- ter. To obtain some information on this situation, the author kept careful account of his linguistic experiences while talking to the directors (or per- sons in charge) of 66 biological stations he visited in sixteen European countries during 1938. It was found that two thirds of the directors inter- viewed spoke understandable English. Of those who did not speak English, eighty per cent spoke French and the others, German. There were good assurances, therefore, that if an American scien- tist did go to Europe he could have made himself understood at least scientifically. FEATHER COLOR PATTERNS PRODUCED BY GRAFTING MELANOPHORES DURING EMBRYONIC DEVELOPMENT (Continued from page 125) and distribution in tracts characteristic of corre- sponding regions of host control chicks, but in- variably the color or color pattern of the donor breed or species. From several lines of evidence it has been proved that melanophores migrate out from the implant into the host epidermis and the feather germs developing from it and produce the area of donor-colored feathers. Donor melanophores from pigmented birds deposit melanin granules of specific size, shape and color in the epidermal cells of the shaft, barbs and barbules of the host feathers. Melanophores from white breeds (4 examined) enter and occupy all the available posi- tions in the host feather germs, thus excluding those of the host which come in later. Owing, Aueust 10, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET 139 however, to some peculiarity in genetic constitu- tion few or no melanin granules are deposited with the result that the host feather is white. Owing to some lethal factor the melanophore dies before depositing pigment. The color or color pattern of the feathers is specifically in accord with the genotypic composi- tion of the donor breed. If the donor breed has solid colored feathers (e.g., black or buff minorca, white silkie, etc.) its melanophores produce the same solid coloration in the host feather. If the donor breed has a two or multi-colored pattern its melanophores reproduce very faithfully the same kind of color pattern in the host feathers. Barred rock melanophores produce a_ barred pattern in host contour feathers of non-barred breeds (N. H. Red, White Leghorn & Black Minorca). Two types of barring pattern occur, one being darker than the other. In the darker pattern the black bars are wider and darker than in the lighter one. These differences are identical with sex-linked differences in plumage found in donor control chicks of the same age, where the females are darker than the males. It is clear therefore that melanophores from the @ donor (1 gene for barring) produce a darker-colored host feather than those from a ¢ donor (2 genes for barring). The sex of the host has no effect on the result. Similarly Fy hybrid embryos (R. I. Red ¢ X Barred Plymouth Rock @ ) give sex-linked differ- ences in plumage. -Melanophores from ¢ and 9 embryos (sex ascertained after donor is hatched ) produce respectively barred and non-barred con- tour feathers in a white leghorn host irrespective of its sex. From these results the conclusion is reached that the action of the melanophore in controling color pattern is in accord with its genotypic com- position and is to a high degree independent of the foreign host environment. The extent to which the melanophore behaves as an independent system in the production of color patterns in the host feather remains to be considered. That it is not independent of the host feather germ is brought out very nicely in pat- terns produced in White Leghorns by barred rock and guinea melanophores. When barred rock melanophores are transplanted the black bars are wider in rapidly growing feathers such as the wing primaries and narrower in slow growing feathers such as the coverts and breast feathers. An important point to note is that the width of the black bar shows much variation on the same host, even though the melanophores all came from the same region of the donor (head). In a similar way the guinea melanophores pro- duce in white Leghorn feathers patterns which vary with the time of emergence of and position of the feather. For example, secondary flight feathers which emerge first are gray with tan- brown tips and outer vane margins are mottled with brown-gray. Later emerging secondary flight feathers show irregular cream-white barring on a gray background; in the last to emerge the whitish bars begin to break up into irregular spots. These patterns are identical with those of corresponding feathers in guinea fowl controls. It is thus seen that the guinea fowl melanophore in a particular feather germ produces a specific color pattern. The exact pattern produced depends upon the inherent nature of the individual feather germ. [Each feather germ apparently has certain physiological properties (rate of growth, thres- hold of reaction, etc.) peculiar to it, which con- trols the action of the melanophore in pattern formation. (This article is based upon a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 80 and based upon a paper by Willier and Rawles, Physiol. Zool., 13:177; see also Anat. Rec., 76 Sup. P. 46). SEMINAR ON PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY (Continued from page 134) the inactivated enzyme to its active form. This may be determined by the removal of the inhibi- tory ‘‘Pasteur effect” on glycolysis when light of the effective wave length is directed on the reac- tion chamber. From the same data, the absorp- tion spectrum of the Pasteur enzyme may also be plotted. This absorption spectrum clearly indi- cates the heme structure and its relation to other respiratory enzymes and heme compounds (such as the erythrocruorin described by the previous author). The author suggested that in some tumor tissues there may be a disturbance of the Pasteur enzyme. The last two papers, together with the recent lecture by Dr. Eric Ball, serve again to accentuate the wide and varied use which organisms are able to make of some single potent structure—in this case the porphyrin-iron complex. By changes in the protein component which is combined with the heme complex, together with small changes in the porphyrin nucleus perhaps, we see a large group of specifically active compounds emerging which carry on or catalyze an equally large num- ber of important functions in cell metabolism. One recalls the similarly potent family of compounds of the phenanthrene pattern which are functional- ly active in the role of vitamins, cortical and sex hormones. 140 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. XV, No. 134 New! Operates continuously pillanswer your requirements. Three series of ADAMS 3 without entrifuges, illustrated above by the “ANGLE” model 7 i of each series, are available for MICRO, SEMI-MICRO. : EEL ONE and larger tubes. . Priced from $17.25 to $55. too hot CATALOG C110 WILL BE SENT ON REQUEST. Bs SEY to hand le es Ec) CLAY-ADAMS pe at nee aaa Saket . ) ee ke ADAMS SCOPELITE .. . Attractively moulded of durable, almost un- breakable Bakelite, it is cool and efficient in operation. Can be used either as a substage lamp (with mirror removed) or in front of the microscope. The louvers, front and rear, cause a free circulation of cooling air throughout the lamp without loss of light, so that even after ex- tended use, the lamp can be handled. The frosted daylight filter diffuses the light and gives uniform illumination approximating |] pAe 1. Will give a PERMANENT MARKING on GLASS or PORCE. da ylight. . you wild LAIN. Writes firmly on flat or curved surfaces. A-1493 ADAMS Scopelite eee each $2.50 2. Are ready for use with pen or brush. : : 5 offen: 3. Resists action of alcohol, xylol, water and usual lab: Write for quantity discounts them oratory solvents SEND S*)_ tor a box of tour I-oz. boltles. one each of red. white, Blue, and black. as illustrated, ee CL AY-ADAMS&: bast ma srazer QQ CLAY-ADAMS inc" New Yorn. INC. NEW YORK.N.Y. PLANKTON NETS « In the construction of Turtox Plankton Nets, we use only the highest grade silk bolting cloth, having uniform mesh of specified sizes from 38 to 173 to the inch. Over 50 collecting nets for all purposes are described in your Turtox Catalog. We'll be glad to send your selection on approval. TR nes ucts GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE \ y Incorporated @ 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction Aueust 10, 1940 } Rn COLE CHING NED 141 EINTHOVEN STRING GALVANOMETER - The combination of high sensitivity and short period possessed by the String Galvanometer is unequaled by any other form of galvanometer. It is widely used in physical and physiological investiga- tions. Several types are available. : Full information on request The type “C” String Galvanometer shown above J d is small, light in weight, and moderate in price. The galvanometer is mounted upon a rigid base CAMBRIDGE together with lamp and time marker. Accessories INSTRUMENT CO INC such as photographic recorders (using bromide PAPeGROMmulM)) wandecontrols panels) tor standancd-smonees Manutacturens of Precision Instruments izing galvanometer sensitivity are also available. 3732 Grand Central Terminal, New York The Improved REHBERG MICRO-BURETTE The new improved Rehberg Burrette is being made in capacities of 0.1250 cc. and 0.2250 cc. It has been so modified that the present instrument employs ground joints throughout, glass to glass and glass to steel. The smallest graduated division is 0.001 cc. and interpolation can be made to 0.0001 cc. Titrations are made below the surface of the solution to be titrated and stirring is done mechanically by means of compressed air. By this means the most minute delivery of standard is dispersed throughout the solution. Has Accuracy of Delivery 0.0001 cc. The Rehberg Burette need but be rinsed with distilled water in changing from one standard to another since the mercury forces out all traces of the previous standard. REFERENCES A. Keys—Journal of Biological Chem., 114, 449 (1936) P. B. Rehberg—Biochemical Journal, 19, 270 (1925) Send for Literature and Price List MACALASTER - BICKNELL COMPANY Cambridge, Mass. New Haven, Conn. Makers of Scientific Glassware 142 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 134 [et | Choice meats CHEMICALS Au tae ol Free Delivery to Woods Hole Call Falmouth 22 or 421-W Falmouth Osterville » ROWE’S PHARMACY Las ‘@, Cigarettes - Cosmetics - Magazines Home Remedies ; se Developing and Printing Snapshots Fouxtan Stevacr Falmouth - Woods Hole - No. Fal. GLASSWARE GLASS BLOWING AND INSTRUMENT SHOPS a APPARATUS MADE AC- CORDING TO YOUR OWN DALEY’S Patent Medicines and Hospital Supplies STATIONERY COSMETICS SUNDRIES Best Coffee in Town DESIGN ... EXPERT RE- PAIRS ... INVENTIONS DEVELOPED. EIMER & AMEND 205-223 THIRD AVENUE NEW YORK, N. Y. MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS HOSIERY, DRY GOODS Toilet Necessities Cretonne, Chintz, Lingerie FALMOUTH ; Gurclion Cultures Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- THE TWIN DOOR la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, MHC SUES Wiaeas [ave brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata and dorotocephala, etc. Shipments during all Open Special seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre from Weekl Biology Farm” are at your disposal. 6 A. M. ae y ates to We are commencing our fourteenth year of 11:30 P. M. Culture Service. CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. Elon College, N. C. STEAKS LOBSTERS CHICKEN oe eS op ea op ep a © THE DARWIN PRESS re : SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS Biological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, etc. Complete Sets, Volumes and Odd Copies. There may be some Single Copies needed to complete your sets, or an Im- portant Article which you may need. Prices . Will gladly give estimates to authors for printing scientific periodicals or mono- graphs. Printers of The Collecting Net and Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology. are reasonable. B. LOGIN & SON, INC. 29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK CITY 69 SCHOOL ST. New Bedford, Mass. « ODOT OS OED OED #6 Avuecust 10, 1940 | see wh THE COLLECTING NET eihe cienlial says, “Spencer To design an objective lens for a microscope is a monu- mental task. It requires months of work with sine tables and computing machines. No less a task is the actual production of the lens ele- ments and mechanical parts that make up the completed objective. It calls for almost incredible skill—skill that can cope with tolerances of mil- lionths of an inch. The average man little com- prehends this. But the scien- tist does—and it is this fact which gives such impressive significance to the almost uni- versal acceptance of Spencer Microscopes in scientific cir- cles, and gives added meaning to the words “Spencer preci- sion’ and “Spencer quality.” Spencer Lens Company MICROSCOPES MICROTOMES PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT SPENCER BUFFALO eas REFRACTOMETERS COLORIMETERS SPECTROMETERS PROJECTORS 143 THE COLLECTING NET [ VoL. XV, No. 134 A LIFELONG HABIT Here is being ground a microscope objective lens of 0.6 mm. radius. The accuracy of its surfaces will be measured to a fraction of a wavelength of sodium light. Years of experience have made such accuracy of workmanship a habit to Bausch & Lomb skilled workers. A typical example of such routine accuracy is the B&L Oil Immersion 97x Objective of 1.25 N.A. in which this minute lens is used. This objective is one widely employed in a BAUSCH variety of microscopical work. Its lenses are burnished into self-centering, threadless cells. This B&L patented objective construction in- sures retention of original centration after long time service. Such accuracy simplifies and facilitates microscopical work—is the reason why you will want only a B&L Microscope. Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul St., Rochester, N. Y. & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH & LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION Vol. XV, No. 8 SATURDAY, AUGUST 17, 1940 $2.00 Single Copies, 30 Cents. Annual Subscription, THE EFFECT OF ULTRAVIOLET RADIA- TIONS ON THE RESPIRATION OF A LUMINOUS BACTERIUM Dr. A. C. GIESE Rockefeller Fellow, Princeton University Claims that ultraviolet light greatly accelerates respiration were made by a number of investiga- tors at the beginning of the century. Several THE MOLECULAR ORGANIZATION OF PROTOPLASMIC CONSTITUENTS Dr. FRANcIs O. SCHMITT Associate Professor of Zoology, Washington University, St. Louis As we come closer and closer to bridging the gap between the molecular and the microscopic, between the Angstrom unit and the micron, it be- attempts to check these claims were made by Tanner and his coworkers, who found that di- vision of yeast was readily in- hibited and that fermentation and respiration were little af- fected or declined; they at- tributed the apparent stimula- tion reported by the earlier workers as probably due to imperfect measurements. Al- though many other studies have appeared the subject has remained controversial. It therefore seemed interesting to investigate the effects of these radiations on some unicellular organism and to control con- ditions so as to be able to ar- rive at a definite conclusion. For this work one of the luminous bacteria, Achromo- M. B. FE. Calendar TUESDAY, August 20, 8:00 P. M. Seminar: Dr. W. Gordon Whaley: “Developmental Changes in Api- cal Meristems.” Dr. Harry G. Albaum and Dr. Bar- ry Commoner: “The Relation be- tween Auxin and the Four-Car- bon Acid System in the Growth of Oat Seedlings.” Mr. R. K. Skow: “Respiratory Changes Following Stimulation in Nitella.” Dr. L. R. Blinks: “Relation of Po- tassium to Bio-electric Effects of Light and Temperature in Va- lonia.” FRIDAY, August 23, 8:00 P. M. Lecture: Dr. D. E. S. Brown: “The Regulation of Metabolism in Con- tracting Muscle.” comes more and more neces- sary to apply the newer knowl- edge of ultrastructure in the theoretical and experimental approach to almost every field of biology. I assume it is un- necessary to defend such a statement before this audience. However, a few examples may be useful as illustrative of the trend. In physiology a knowledge of tissue ultrastructure is es- sential, for before one can de- termine how a complex mech- anism functions one must have some insight into the construc- tion of the system. With the great recent strides in the or- ganic and physical chemistry of high molecular weight sub- stances the physiologist must bacter fischeri, was chosen because two indices of the effects of the radiations on the metabolism now think in terms of molecular and micellar units rather than those of gross and microscopic could be obtained—the (Continued on page 157) anatomy. Indeed, the needs of the physiologist in TABLE OF CONTENTS The Molecular Organization of Protoplasmic The Biological Field Stations of Former Constituents, Dr. Francis O. Schmitt.............. 145 Czechoslovakia and Surrounding Countries, The Effect of Ultraviolet Radiations on the Homer GAN. DUCK oie ccstetan ste aseeecasevesoussavescouteonroeesecs 152 Respiration of a Luminous Bacterium, Dr. Introducing Dr. H. M. Kalckar ....... sreteeeseesereeee 154 HAvewh Cpr CSO MOE argo trees ceases Wecenetrseteetk ook sisssiavies 145 Observations on the Tuesday Seminar, Dr. Pp , 3 Maunencerplravan Oeeeesesmecctcctteetastr eteesrenetattees 154 roduction of a Complex Nitrogenous Com- Ttamelotelnterect 155 pound, Related to Tyrosine, by a Species of Invertebrate Class Notes sesssccccccscssccccscss..,156 Penicillium, Dr VAS ES Oxford ccsseesccecesee 151 Catalysts of Biological Oxidation, Their Com- Neurosecretory Cells in Cockroaches, Dr. position and Mode of Action, Dr. Eric G. Bertam Scharrer easier sce coset enc iseens 151 Beall (Cont) eeclecacceccucssesscs secon tocastoce oerecsie oraiscenee 158 *Aorrey “WM ‘ueuusT, “H “Cd ‘ulpuog “D “gq ‘snduing °D °H ‘HIT “a “A ‘4005 “gq “M ‘SULYIZD “N “D ‘plexed Sefteyo 4st “O “S ‘Iesviy oO :Mox quorg ‘doryyJON “H “£ ‘queaeqinys “HV ‘OTS “a “exted “HD ‘ynapoom "J “1 “ar ‘sssry T ‘uunrqyieH “A “I ‘SMoyjze TAL ‘qd “V ‘uosroquiy “Y “M ‘ZulaAdy ooueaney] ‘AoareyH ON ‘sIqang “O (MM ‘eABID) [[2MSBD ‘7e33nq “WA ‘Sqooer “HW ‘Pepreds 0 (0 > Mor eIPPI, = “SfoquiVyD “A ‘uesI0oyW “HL ‘suomsmiy “ad ‘d ‘To[ABL “WY “UM ‘Yotpoor) “_ “H ‘yaelo “UH ‘uoWMouy “d “WY Mor yoeg 6E61 NI DNILSHW IVONNV YIGAL LV GHHdVUDIOLOHd ‘AYOLVUOAVT TVOINOIOI ANIUVW AHL dO SHALSOML AHL Aueust 17, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 147 this direction have forced him to take the initiative in exploring the molecular anatomy of cells, a field perhaps more properly that of the mor- phologist, though in fact as close to chemistry as to cytology. In morphology it has long been clear that pro- toplasmic structures are very sensitive to altera- tions in their chemical environment and, if the just criticism of his chemical and physiological colleagues is to be avoided, the morphologist must discover the conditions which determine the meta- stability of the structures he studies. If he can- not work with living cells he must evaluate the kind and degree of artifact production introduced by his fixatives. Actually, modern crystallography and X-ray diffraction studies have provided a new basis for cytology in demonstrating a close correlation, in many instances, between the micro- scopic and even macroscopic structure of tissue components and their submicroscopic, molecular organization. Thus a fiber has its peculiar shape and properties because the molecules or micelles are themselves fibrous; a membrane looks and be- haves as it does because it is composed of molecu- lar layers or membranes. ‘There is, therefore, much in morphology which may lead to clues re- garding molecular organization. Indeed, many of the facts discovered by the classical morpholo- gists by entirely empirical means are now useful in interpreting the properties of the molecules themselves. Thus the shrinking or swelling ac- tions of certain fixatives, which were chiefly nuisances to be avoided by the cytologist, are now useful in interpreting the types of linkages be- tween protein groups. If one had the patience to read through the wordy and voluminous papers of the masters of descriptive morphology in the light of the modern knowledge of the physical chemistry of the proteins and lipides one might bring forth many gems worth polishing and add- ing to the fabric of present day concepts. In experimental embryology sufficient biological evidence is now at hand concerning morphogene- tic fields, induction, primary and induced polarity, and regulation, to make it profitable to seek a physical explanation of these phenomena. It seems probable that this search will center about an investigation of the differential orientations of complex and specific protein and lipide systems which characterize the reacting system, and of the processes by which the chemical metabolism in- teracts with the specific structural substratum to bring about the orderly unfolding of the organ- ism. In genetics the bearing of ultrastructure analy- sis is particularly direct. In seeking a physical basis for the gene one must deal with properties of linear arrays of protein units, sub-units, and super-units and with combinations of these with other groups which may have a prosthetic charac- ter. Also, to understand the mechanism of chro- mosome division, pairing, deletions, inversions, extensibility, and contractility, one must apply to these unique protein strands the large body of information which is accumulating regarding sim- ilar properties in simpler fibrous protein systems. Finally, if the geneticist is to attack the problem of the fundamental nature of the interaction of genes on the same and on different chromosomes and with the entire reacting system, he must be prepared to do some pioneering in the already complicated field of enzyme chemistry. It may well be that a long strand of interconnected apoenzymes, or protein carriers, may react differ- ently with the various prosthetic groups and with each other than might be supposed from the prop- erties of single enzyme systems as now under- stood. In some quarters this rapidly growing tendency to seek explanations of biological phenomena in terms of the properties of the constituent mole- cules is viewed with some concern. It is felt that too much emphasis on this analytical approach may divert attention from the~search for the higher order emergent phenomena which are characteristic of no systems simpler than living cells. I must confess to some misgivings of my own on this score. But I cannot agree with the organismic positivists who, in their zeal to estab- lish biology as a science in its own right, would seek to discover the higher order phenomena without benefit of the theoretical and technical equipment offered by the exact sciences. I] cannot believe that the two methods of approach are so mutually incompatible that they cannot be pursued in the same intellectual atmosphere. Indeed, if we may use the search for the solution of the structure and emergent properties of the protein molecule as an example, it would seem that the greatest advances are made through the closest cooperation of chemists, who provide analytical data, and biologists who study the emergent prop- erties, such as enzyme and virus action. Similar- ly we may hope for great advances through the close cooperation of geneticists, embryologists, THE COLLECTING Nr? was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, 1938. marine biological laboratories. Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. It is devoted to the scientific work at It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 148 THE COLLECRING NED [ Vou. XV, No, 135 and physiologists, who study the higher order phenomena, with those who are attempting to analyze the structure and physical chemical prop- erties of protoplasmic systems. Methods of Ultrastructure Anaylsis A detailed account of the various methods available for studying protoplasmic fine structure would be inappropriate since we are more inter- ested in results and conclusions than in methods. However, a few remarks, especially about some of the newer methods may be helpful. A point worth stressing concerning all of these methods is that useful and significant results may be expected only when the optical equipment is adequate, properly adjusted and calibrated. Suc- cess, especially in investigating the optical prop- erties of very small microscopic objects, frequently depends on a critical adjustment of certain fac- tors. For example, many of the recent discoveries about the birefringence of chromosomes and other cell organelles might have been made a genera- tion ago if sufficiently intense illumination had been used and the proper biological material chosen. Ultrastructure may be studied directly with the ultraviolet microscope and the electron micro- scope. Aside from the increased resolution af- forded by the shorter wave length, the ultraviolet microscope offers enormous possibilities because certain important substances, like nucleic acid, ab- sorb specifically in this spectral range. The now classical work of Caspersson on chromosome structure is a good example of what can be ac- complished when the possibilities of the method are adequately exploited. Another useful tool in this category is the fluorescence microscope. Cer- tain cellular structures fluoresce when radiated with ultraviolet light and similar properties may be conferred on most structures by treatment with fluorescent substances. The method has con- siderable chemical diagnostic value and its pos- sibilities deserve further development. The electron microscope would appear to be ideal for use with materials which may be dried without too much artifact production. Resolu- tion twenty to thirty times that of the best light microscope have already been achieved, i.e., ob- jects as small as 100 A have been resolved. In- teresting structure has been observed in certain biological objects thus highly magnified, although in some instances the results have been somewhat disappointing. Little is known about the stability of organic molecules when subjected to such in- tense electron bombardment and this factor may limit the application of the method somewhat. However, the method is very new and with its further technical development may be expected important advances in our knowledge of fine structure. The modification of G. H. Scott, at Washington University, has already given infor- mation about the preferential distribution of cal- cium and magnesium in cells. Among the indirect methods the oldest is that of polarization optics. Birefringence data reveal the specific orientations of submicroscopic par- ticles and determine whether the asymmetric par- ticles are themselves crystalline or isotropic. Other useful information includes the partial volume of the oriented particles, their refractive index, and other clues as to their general chemical composi- tion. Under optimal conditions the method is extremely sensitive. Thus polarization crosses may be observed very distinctly in the envelopes of red cell “ghosts” although independent evidence shows that the material producing these phenom- ena is only a few molecular layers in thickness. With polarized light, structures may be detected in living cells which could not be observed in or- dinary light because of refractive index conditions. The recent observations of Monné on the bire- fringence of the Golgi apparatus in living cells is an example in point. The method has the distinct advantage that its use has no harmful effects on the living cell. As anisotropic objects may have two descrip- tive refractive indices (birefringence), so they may have two characteristic absorption coefficients (dichroism). Thus with white light a dichroitic fibril may appear green when oriented parallel with the plane of vibration of the plane-polarized light, and some shade of yellow when oriented perpendicular thereto. With monochromatic light one may obtain total extinction or full intensity depending on the orientation. Dichroism may be conferred on cellular objects by impregnation with highly dichroitic dyes and metals. With such optical amplification, evidence of molecular orien- tation has been observed even in very poorly or- ganized cellular structures. The method is a valuable aid to the cytologist because of the con- trasts of color or intensity which it provides in very small objects. The only optical accessory needed for the ordinary microscope is a polaroid plate to determine the plane of vibration of the light. Before leaving the field of birefringence I should stress the possibilities which await the de- velopment and application of the ultraviolet polar- izing microscope. Here, aside from increased sensitivity, one has the possibility of natural di- chroism of many structures due to preferential orientation of ultraviolet-absorbing substances. A prominent crystallographer recently remarked that the ultraviolet polarizing microscope may be ex- pected to reveal more about the microcosmos of : Aueust 17, 1940 ] THE COLERCLING NET 149 the cell than the new 200 inch telescope will re- veal about cosmic matters. X-ray diffraction data provide information about the dimensions, configurations, and orienta- tions of molecules. It is applicable to tissues or cell populations which provide sufficient diffract- ing planes for coherent and detectible scattering. It is difficultly applicable to microscopic objects although patterns have been obtained from 10u samples of keratin. X-ray diffraction and polar- ized light data are mutually helpful in interpreting the structure of biological systems. The most recent tool for fine structure analysis is the analytical leptoscope developed by Dr. D. F. Waugh and myself. Objects, such as red blood corpuscle envelopes are deposited on a glass slide of high refractive index. When viewed with a microscope fitted with a vertical illuminator, the thickness of the object may be determined from the intensity of light reflected from its surface, provided the refractive index of the object is known. Instead of measuring the intensity of re- flected light with a photometer it is more conveni- ent to compare this intensity with that reflected from a built-up step film of barium stearate. The standard step film, also deposited on high refrac- tive index glass, is viewed through a similar mi- croscope set-up and matching is accomplished with the aid of a comparison ocular. The method is accurate to +10 A if many objects are tested, and it has recently been used to determine the thick- ness and general chemical composition of the red cell envelope. The method is particularly useful in detecting the presence of molecular discontinui- ties in membranous structures, and this was, in- deed, the purpose for which it was originally de- signed. The Molecular Organization of Some Cellular Structures The shape of cellular constituents is determined by the geometry and chemical combining proper- ties of their molecular building stones, the pro- teins and lipides. The linear polymerization of the proteins has been inferred since the work of Fischer and it was natural to make the polypep- tide chain the structural unit of protein fibers. It has long been known that lipides and fatty ma- terials occur in layers or two-dimensional grids, and recent polarization optical and diffraction data show that proteins may also be arranged in planar leaflets. A third type of symmetry, namely rad- ial, has been observed in protoplasmic granules but this is exemplified chiefly in the reserve food stuffs, the carbohydrates. Our attention will, therefore, be centered chiefly on the linear and lamellar protoplasmic Bausteine. Fiber Structure The results of the polarization and X-ray opti- cal analysis are in agreement with the view that animal fibers, whether in large compact bundles (muscle, tendon), or microscopic and intracellu- lar (chromosomes, spindle and astral fibers) are constructed of anastomosing meshwork of sub- microscopic fibrous particles or micelles oriented with long axes parallel to the fiber axis. Until recently the micelles were pictured, after the ori- ginal concept of Naegeli, as little isolated particles suspended in an intermicellar matrix. However, data on extensility and viscosity require that the particles be interlinked by covalent strands such as compose the particles themselves, although the greater fraction of the strands are longitudinally oriented. This type of construction has been found typi- cal of muscle, collagen, cilia, flagella, axopodia, myonemes of protozoa, sperm tails, chromosomes, spindle and astral fibers. Even the highly solv- ated neurofibrils show positive form birefringence indicative of this structure although no actual fibrils can be seen microscopically. The polariza- tion optical results, therefore, resolve a problem long debated by morphologists and physiologists, as to whether some form of fibrillar system ac- tually exists in cases like the cell spindle and nerve axis cylinder. Fixed preparations show beautiful fibrils but no such structures can be seen in the strictly normal living cells. Examination of the living cell in polarized light shows that oriented submicroscopic strands are indeed present in a tenuous, highly solvated lattice. When fixed, these aggregate into slender or coarse fibrils, de- pending on the nature of the fixative. So the morphologist was in error in laying too much stress on the particular shape and structure of the fixed fibrils and the skeptical physiologist was in even greater error in supposing no structure pres- ent at all. All protein fibers except some of the simplest like silk show elasticity, extensibility, contractility, and chemical and thermal shortening. These are properties to be expected of polypeptide chains having reactive side chain groupings capable of self-induction in the sense of K. H. Meyer. The degree to which a given fiber will display these properties depends on the chemical nature of the protein, and in particular upon whether the side chains are free and capable of taking on a large complement of water molecules. This explains why keratin is a stable, supporting fiber and myo- sin is very labile and capable of rapid and rever- sible contraction. It should be emphasized that reversible solva- tion and desolvation are at the bottom of most fundamental structuration processes in proto- 150 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 135 plasm. This is well illustrated in the case of chromosomes, which undergo perhaps the widest variation in solvation of any animal fibers, In the resting cell the chromosome strands are so heav- ily solvated and so poorly oriented that their pres- ence cannot usually be detected even by the sen- sitive polarized light method. Orientation occurs in prophase but not until metaphase is the desolv- ation sufficient to give the chromosomes marked rodlet form birefringence. This desolvation per- sists in anaphase but in later stages the strands again become heavily solvated. In sperm cells, where the chromatin is, as it were, packed in tight bundles for shipment, the desolvation is so marked that the positive form birefringence of the protein fibers is completely overshadowed by the negative crystalline birefringence of the nucleic acid. In- deed, the birefringence of sperm heads has a mag- nitude among the highest of any natural fibers. When the sperm enters the egg and forms a sperm nucleus the chromatin strands again unfold be- cause of the penetration of much water of solva- tion. In salivary gland giant chromosomes the chro- matic bands, which contain a large complement of nucleic acid, show striking negative birefringence characteristic of this substance. The phenomenon is so striking in alcohol-desolvated preparations that it would seem feasible to attempt quantitative measurements at the various levels of the chro- mosome map, in the hope of correlating such in- formation on molecular organization with genetic data. It is now known that the nucleic acid occurs as elongated particles oriented with long axes paral- lel to the axis of the chromosome. From X-ray data Astbury suggests that the phosphoric acid residues are spaced about the same distance apart along the axis of the micelles as are the amino acid residues in extended protein fibers. Hence the nucleic acid fits on automatically along the fiber and serves to integrate its structure, if not, indeed, to be important in the synthesis of the strands. However, the evidence for this is de- batable, and since the protein component of chro- mosomes may be considerably more complex than mere strands of polypeptide chains, the suggestion must be considered only as an interesting specu- lation, The simple polypeptide chain theory as devel- oped by Astbury and others to explain the struc- ture of textile and other fibers is probably inade- quate in the case of many cell and tissue fibers. These are composed of columnar micelles which may have a more complicated and specific “do- mestic architecture’, to borrow an expression from Dr. Wrinch, than is implied in the extended polypeptide chain theory. Supporting this view is the fact that long-spacing equatorial diffractions have been observed in the X-ray patterns of cer- tain fibers, such as muscle, by Astbury, Meyer, and in our own laboratory, indicating that the unit structure of the micelles may be as much as 60-100 A in thickness. Wrinch has recently sug- gested that some fibers may be essentially a linear array of particles having essentially molecular status rather than bundles of polypeptide chains indefinitely extended. This view is attractive par- ticularly for the specific fiber type which she was discussing, namely, chromosomes. In this con- nection it may be pointed out that it is by no means certain that the genic proteins are neces- sarily the relatively small basic protamines. The assumption that they are such rests on chemical investigations on the highly specialized sperm cells, and may not be valid in the case of the chro- matin of the interkinetic nucleus or typical tissue cell. Frequently lipide is associated with protein in the construction of fibrils. According to W. J. Schmidt, the retinal rods are made of alternate layers of lipide and protein. A different relative orientation occurs in the case of filamentous mito- chondria. According to the polarized light studies of Caswell Grave II, the rodlets which pack the distal convoluted tubule cells of the amphibian kidney contain protein strands oriented parallel to the axis of the rodlets and lipide molecules oriented with long axes perpendicular thereto. It is significant that the cells which are so packed with these protein rodlets are those which very ac- tively transport water from the lumen of the tub- ule into the blood. Through the optical properties a clue is being sought to the nature of the process in the high degree of solvation of which these rod- lets are capable. The nature of the “lipide’’ material in mito- chondria is still uncertain. From the work of Bensley on “isolated mitochondria” and from X- ray diffraction patterns which we have obtained from material isolated by Dr. G. H> Scott accord- ing to Bensley’s method, the fatty material ap- pears not to be phospholipide or cerebroside, but a somewhat shorter chain, probably unsaturated compound. The only observations on the birefringence of the centriole of which I am aware are those of Dr. G. W. Taylor made very recently in our lab- oratory. He found the fibrillar centriole of the termite protozoan, Trichonympha, to show bire- fringence which is negative with respect to its long axis. This is apparently not due to lipide since it 1s increased in magnitude by alcohol ex- traction. He is investigating the possibility that it may be due to nucleic acid. (Continued Next Week) Avueust 17, 1940 } THE COLLECTING NET 151 PRODUCTION OF A COMPLEX NITROGENOUS COMPOUND, RELATED TO TYROSINE, BY A SPECIES OF PENICILLIUM Dr. A. E, OxForp Rockefeller Foundation Fellow, University of Wisconsin Although the lower fungi show certain bio- chemical resemblances to the algae, especially with respect to their carbohydrate metabolism and in the production of the sugar alcohols mannitol and erythritol, no peptides corresponding to those iso- lated by Haas & Hill (Biochem. J., 25, 1472 eoeece 801" C1933) 5 325 21291938) from marine algae have so far been isolated from mold tissue. Since the latter contains dipeptidase and a variety of polypeptidases (see Johnson and Peterson, J. Bact., 29, 90 (1935)) the presence of appropriate substrates might reasonably be in- ferred. In the course of investigations on the carbohydrate metabolism of Penicillium griseo- fulvum (see Raistrick et al. Biochem. J., 25, 39 (LSI) -e27 628) (1933); 29, 11102) (1935); 33; 240 (1939) ) a crystalline and weakly acidic com- pound, of empirical formula Cs»H2gsO;Ne2, and m.p. 172°, has been encountered, the structure of which appears to be derived from that of an acylated tyrosine. The medium on which the mold was grown contained glucose and sodium nitrate as sole sources of carbon and nitrogen re- spectively, and the yield of the above product was relatively considerable, accounting for 5-10% of the nitrogen supplied as nitrate. A partial struc- tural formula can be deduced from the following facts: acid hydrolysis yields a terpene-like hydro- carbon CyoHi¢, together with NHs, COs (2 mols.), acetaldehyde, and the known base p-hy- droxy-w-aminoacetophenone. Alkaline hydrolysis of the metabolic product yields NH 3 (1 mol.), and a crystalline acid C1;H22O3, which is split by acid hydrolysis to yield the hydrocarbon CyoH1¢6 and p-hydroxybenzoic acid. The metabolic prod- uct appears therefore to contain a 6-ketotyramine residue etherified with an alcohol Cy1>9H,;OH, and linked probably through a peptide linkage to a residue yielding acetaldehyde on hydrolysis. The molecule probably contains an acid amide group also and the following structural formula is tenta- tively suggested : CioH17°O:CeHs-CO:CH(CONH)2) - It is noteworthy that the mold in question yields a great variety of non-nitrogenous phenolic meta- bolic products in addition to the above suggesting a possible connection between its carbohydrate and its nitrogen metabolism. (This article is based upon a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 6.) NEUROSECRETORY CELLS IN COCKROACHES Dr. BERTA SCHARRER The Rockefeller Institute for Neurosecretory cells, i.e. cells which in addition to their nervous character show histological fea- tures of gland cells, are known in vertebrates as well as in invertebrates. Several species of cock- roaches, as representatives of the insects, are suit- able objects to demonstrate to what extent a nerve cell can assume the character of a gland cell. Dif- ferent types of neuroglandular elements within one species suggest different phases of a secretory cycle. These stages are in principle similar to those observed in vertebrates. There is a stage when only fine fuchsinophile granules are scat- tered over the cytoplasm. The cytoplasmic inclu- sions appear to increase in size and number and may fill the cell to such an extent as to im- part to it the character of a gland cell rather than that of a nerve cell. Such granules are also seen to extend from the cell along the axis cylinder. Finally there are cells giving the impression of an endstage in the cycle. The morphological evidence of secretion in the central nervous system of insects is of particular Medical Research, New York interest in view of the physiological results ob- tained in recent years which provide that the central nervous ganglia exert an endocrine con- trol over the processes of molting and pupation. In Lepidoptera the larval brain furnishes a sub- stance which causes pupation (Kope¢, Ktthn and coworkers), and in Hemiptera (Rhodnius) the nymphal brain is the source of a molting hormone. In transplantation experiments Wigglesworth re- cently succeeded in localizing the positive effect on molting in the dorsal half of the central mass of the brain, i.e. the very region where in Rhod- nius neurosecretory cells are found. There is good evidence to suggest, therefore, that gland- like nerve cells are actually the source of hor- mones which control insect development. This is the first case in which the morphological evidence for the neurosecretory activity can be corrobor- ated by physiological data. (This article is based upon a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 18.) 152 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vout. XV, No. 135 THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF FORMER CZECHOSLOVAKIA AND SURROUNDING COUNTRIES Homer A. JAcK Cornell University The largest biological station in the territory formerly occupied by Czechoslovakia is at Doksy (or Hirschberg) in Bohemia. It was founded in 1905 as the Biological Station of Hirschberg by Dr. Viktor Langhans of the German University at Prague. In 1920 the station was taken over by the Czechoslovakian Research Institute for Animal Production as the Institute for Fishery Research and Hydrobiology. Since the Munich Pact it has been the Lake Hirschberg Station of the Reich Institute for Fisheries. For some years the station has been housed in a large, three-story building in the center of the small village of Doksy, while its small field annex is on the shores of the nearby lake. No instruction has been given at the station, but visiting investigators are invited to make use of its laboratory facilities. There are lodging accommodations for five research workers in the laboratory building and board may be obtained at a nearby hotel. The research pro- gram of the station is directed by Dr. Trude Schreiter, the only woman in Europe who is di- rector of a biological station. Previous to its disintegration, Czechoslovakia had six other biological stations. The Biological Station of the University of Brno was located at Lednice. Strbské Pleso was the headquarters of the Geobotanical Station of the Czechoslovakian the Franz Harrach Station for Fishery and Hy- drobiological Research. There was a station for fishery and hydrobiological research directed by Professor Schafterna at Blatna and the University of Komenského sponsored a small field station at Samorin, in Bratislava. The remaining Czecho- slovakian station was located on the island of Rab off the Dalmatian Coast of Yugoslavia. This was established in 1930 by a group of biologists in or- der that Czechoslovakian students and investiga- tors could have an opportunity to work with marine forms. There are three biological stations in the terri- tory formerly occupied by Poland. The Marine Station at Hel is located near Danzig. This small laboratory was founded in 1932 by the Nencki In- stitute of Experimental Biology of Warsaw. An- other station founded by the same institution five years later is the Biological Station at Pinsk. This is located on a vast marshy plain among a series of slow-running rivers and is concerned with a study of the limnological problems of those rivers and marshes. There is a two-story labora- tory building which is equipped for instruction in hydrobiology and contains seven research places. Visiting investigators are not required to pay lab- oratory fees and may obtain living accommoda- tions at a nearby city for about 100 zlotys a month (about $18.81). The largest biological station in Poland is the Hydrobiological Station of Lake Wigry. It is lo- cated on the shores of Lake Wigry near Suwalki. Founded in 1920 by Dr. Alfred Litynski, the pres- ent director, the station was able to erect a new building in 1928 through a donation from the National Culture Fund. This structure contains modern equipment for the study of fresh water problems. There is also a pavilion used as a resi- dence for visiting investigators and another wooden building serves as living quarters for the personnel. University students come to the sta- tion for a two-week course in theoretical limnol- ogy. Independent investigators are welcomed to work at the institution any time of the year. There are no laboratory fees and living may be obtained at the station for about 112 zlotys a month (about $21.06). Much of the research work done at the station by staff or visiting investigators is pub- lished in Archiwum Hydrobiologu I Rybactwa (Archives of Hydrobiology and Ichthyology). The only biological station in Hungary is the Hungarian Biological Research Institute at Ti- hany. This is on the shore of Lake Balaton, the largest lake in Central Europe. The station was founded in 1925 at Révitlop by the Hungarian National Museum. In 1927 the buildings at Ti- hany were officially opened in the presence of the Regent of Hungary and members of the Tenth International Zoological Congress. Today the in- stitute contains a four-story laboratory building, a boarding house for investigators, a dormitory for students, and two small apartment houses for staff members. In the main building there are special laboratories for research in zoology, bot- any, bacteriology, microscopy, physiology, and chemistry. All laboratories are equipped with 440- and 220-volt A. C. electricity, 110-volt D. C. electricity, gas, compressed air, vacuum pipes, and running lake water. Other equipment of the sta- tion includes a large shop, a vibration-proof lab- oratory, an operating room, and a motorboat ac- commodating twenty persons. The work of the institute at Tihany is concerned August 17, 1940 } THE COLLECTING NET 153 both with the limnological problems of the region and with general biological problems independent of local questions. Professor Geza Entz heads the staff of nine investigators who work at the station, which now has an annual budget of 35,000 pengo (about $6,857). Independent investigators are invited to do research at Tihany. The labor- atory fees are 65 pengo a month (about $12.73) and board and lodging may be obtained at the in- stitute for 139 pengo a month (about $27.24). The station is also host, twice a year, to groups of middle-school biology teachers who come to Tihany for a three-week extension course in biol- ogy. The Lunz Biological Station (Biologische Sta- tion Lunz) is the most important field station in former Austria. It is located on the outskirts of the village of Lunz which is about seventy miles southwest of Vienna. The area is mountain- ous and contains a number of lakes. The station itself is located on Lunz Lake which is a typical sub-alpine body of water at an altitude of about 2,000 feet. About two hour’s walk from the lab- oratory is Obersee. Here, at an altitude of about 3,664 feet, the station has a small field annex with laboratory and living accommodations for six per- sons. In such surroundings it is quite natural that the purpose of the Lunz Biological Station is instruction and research in freshwater and alpine ecology. The main, two-story laboratory building at Lunz contains offices, greenhouses, a darkroom, a library, and laboratories, the latter supplied with 220-volt electricity, gas, and distilled water. The library contains about 2,000 bound volumes, 8,000 reprints, and 25 current scientific periodicals. Near the main laboratory building on the shore of Lunz Lake is a boathouse and a laboratory-class- room for about twenty students. This is used for a summer course in hydrobiology. Visiting investi- gators also make use of the facilities of the Lunz station. In the past their projects have centered about limnology, bioclimatics, and experimental biology. Investigators are expected to pay a lab- oratory fee of 28 Rm. a month (about $11.23) and are given every assistance by Dr. F. Ruttner, the director of the station since 1919. There are no living facilities in the laboratory building, but lodging may be obtained in a portion of a nearby castle leased by the station, while meals can be secured at a tavern. The only other biological station in former Austria is the Botanical Station at Hallstatt (Botanische Station in Hallstatt). This is the small private laboratory of Dr. Fried- rich Morton, although visiting scientists may make use of his equipment. * OK OK The biological stations of these countries have been effected by war and occupation almost as much as have the inhabitants themselves. Before 1914, both Austria and Hungary had biological stations on the Adriatic Sea. The Royal Zoologi- cal Station (K. K. Zoologische Station), founded in 1875, was situated in a large building in Trieste. The Royal Hungarian Marine Biologi- cal Station (Magyar Kirdlyi biologiai Allomds) was on the waterfront of Fiume. With the World War treaties, these institutions ceased to exist, as both Trieste and Fiume were given to Italy. The building of the Trieste station was used by the Royal Italian Oceanographic Committee for a geophysical institute. The Hungarian station’s instruments were destroyed during the battle of the port of Fiume and the station’s vessel, SMS Najade, was given to Yugoslavia, although some of the station’s collections were removed to Buda- pest where they are still being studied. The swift events of the last few years have also been felt by the biological stations of Central Europe. Dr. Ruttner of the Lunz Biological Station tells how his station presaged the An- schluss with Germany by fourteen years. In 1924 that Austrian institution which was under the di- rection of the Academy of Sciences of Vienna asked the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute of Berlin to be a co-sponsor. Ever since, Germany has con- tributed to the expenses of the station at Lunz. One Czechoslovakian biological station which was located in Sudetenland, however, had no desire for German support even when the Treaty of Munich thought it should. The director of this particular station wrote the author, early in 1939, that “after the forcible occupying of South Mor- avia by Germany—in consequence of the treason of Munich in September 1938—the biological sta- tion was moved” to another location in the then- independent Czecho-Slovakia. In all fairness, it must be stated that another biological station di- rector in Czechoslovakia welcomed German oc- cupation. The letter of this person, written in June, 1939, in part said, “In consequence of the fact that the German districts of the past Czecho- slovakia have been fortunately connected with their native country in autumn 1938, there are many corrections... .” Thus the reactions of scientists differ as much as the plants and animals they study. 154 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No, 135 The Collecting Net A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work at marine biological laboratories. Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, under the Act of March 3, 1879, and re-entered, July 238, 1988. Introducing Dr. H. M. Katcxar, Assistant Professor of Physiology, Institute of Medical Physiology, Uni- versity of Copenhagen; Rockefeller Foundation Fellow, Washington University School of Medi- cine, St. Louis. Dr. Kalckar received his medical doctorate from the University of Copenhagen in January, 1939. His thesis dealt with phosphorylations in animal tissues, particularly in the kidney cortex, work which was carried out in the department of Prof. E. Lundsgaard. Almost immediately after he had received his doctorate, Dr. Kalckar sailed for the United States to work under a Rockefeller Foundation fellowship at the California Institute of Technol- ogy at Pasadena. There he studied the methods and theory of thermodynamics, particularly ther- mal data of various organic compounds. This work was done particularly under Drs. H. M. Huffman and Henry Borsook. During the summer of 1939 he worked at the Hopkins Marine Station on the coast of Califor- mia. His work there, which was directed by Dr. C. B. van Niel, was in the field of microbiology, particularly propionic acid fermentation, In the fall of 1939, Dr. Kalckar moved to St. Louis to work in the laboratory of Dr. Carl F. Cori at the Washington University School of Medicine. He resumed his studies there on phos- phorylation in kidney and heart muscle, studying its relations to respiration. Dr. Kalckar is working at Woods Hole this summer on phosphate-transferring enzymes in marine animals, particularly in aglomerular kid- neys. This fall he will return to Washington University to resume his work on phosphoryla- tion under a renewal of his Rockefeller Founda- tion fellowship. In his trip to America, Dr. Kalckar is accom- panied by his wife Vibeke, who is an accomplished musician. The statistical seminar for research workers conducted by Dr. C. I. Bliss will meet on Monday and Thursday from 7 to 8 in the smoking room of the Fisheries Residence for the remaining weeks of August. OBSERVATIONS ON THE TUESDAY SEMINAR DR. LAURENCE IRVING, CHAIRMAN Dr. Giese examined the depression of respira- tion which ultraviolet irradiation produced upon luminous bacteria. Irradiation is a convenient agent to use because it is measurable as to amount and quality. It appeared that irradiation dimin- ished respiration by affecting the cellular sub- stances concerned with respiration. It was par- ticularly interesting to notice Dr. Giese’s obser- vation that irradiation which did not alter res- piration greatly diminished the capacity of the cells for reproduction, and that luminesence was influenced in a still other degree. It was made obvious that respiration, reproduction and lumi- nesence are dependent upon metabolic steps or se- quences which are quite distinct, and it is agree- able to see another move being made toward the designation of the distinct cellular chemical re- actions which activate the several vital processes. Mr. Cornman described the alterations which ether produced in the nuclear material of cells of larvae of fruit flies. During the rearrangement of nuclear material in cell division in the ether- ized animals the orderly sequence of mitosis was disturbed. Unfortunately for the use of this effect as a means of investigation, the nuclear alterations were irregular and could scarcely promise the establishment of a new system of nuclear arrange- ment. The persistence of nuclear damage was, however, strikingly illustrated. The neurosecretory cells which were shown in the nice preparations of Dr. Scharrer indicate the existence of an anomalous type among nerve cells. These cells have been represented in the brains of a few other insects and fishes besides the brain of the cockroach in which they were distinguished by Dr. Scharrer. Her suggestion that the cells secrete hormones activating metamorphosis of in- sects is interesting and reasonable. With the nice morphological distinction which has now been made, the relation of these cells to metamorphosis can be better examined. At present the activation of metamorphosis is a difficult subject to start upon because of the number of external factors. Pointing out one internal site of change may greatly facilitate the examination of the sequence. The glass electrode is now commonly used for the measurement of hydrogen ion concentration because of the reliability with which its accuracy can be controlled. Dr. Haugaard’s study of the physical system which is involved illustrated the practical measurements which help to define the nature of the system when electricity is transferred through the glass. During electrolysis of a glass membrane, sodium ions moved through the glass followed by hydrogen ions in exchange. The hy- drogen ions, according to rather clear-cut meas- (Continued on page 156) Aucust 17, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 155 ITEMS OF Dr. CHARLES PACKARD was appointed director of the Marine Biological Laboratory last Tuesday at the annual meeting of its Board of Trustees. He had been associate director since 1938, and previously had served as Clerk of the Corporation for seven years. He was elected a member of the Corporation in 1909. At the Corporation meeting of the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory, Drs. C. W. Metz, Harold H. Plough and Dugald E. S. Brown were elected members of the Board of Trustees. Dr. GeorGE W. Corner, professor of anatomy at the University of Rochester, has been appointed director of the department of embryology at the Carnegie Institution of Baltimore, replacing Dr. George L. Streeter who has retired. Mr. Netson T. Spratt, JR., who has been re- search fellow in embryology at the University of Rochester, has been appointed research assistant in embryology at the Johns Hopkins University. Dr. DANteL PEASE, who worked at Woods Hole last summer, will be at Stanford University during the coming academic year under a Na- tional Research Council Fellowship. Dr. E. G. ConKLIN underwent a major opera- tion at the University of Pennsylvania hospital last week and is now resting comfortably. This is the first time in many years that he has not at- tended the annual meetings of the trustees of the Marine Biological Laboratory and of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution. The Atlantis will sail on Monday for a ten-day cruise which will take it beyond the Gulf Stream. The trip will be under the scientific direction of Dr. A. F. Spilhaus. M. B. L. CLUB NOTES The ping pong tournament at the M. B. L. Club is under way; charts have been posted in the ping pong room. The first round is to be played off before Monday. The winner of the tournament will have his name engraved on the ornamental paddle at the Club. New M. B. L. Club stationery, designed by Mrs. Carl Smith is on sale at the Club. The de- sign includes a view of the Club-house. The chairs at the Club-house are being refin- ished by Mr. Reginald MacHaffe. Group singing was held Thursday evening at the Club under the direction of Teru Hayashi. The program of the Monday night phonograph record concert at the M. B. L. Club: Tapiola (tone poem for orchestra), Sibelius; Symphony No. 5 in E flat major, Sibelius; Symphony No. 5, Beethoven. INTEREST Among the trustees attending the annual meet- ing of the Marine Biological Laboratory who have not been in residence here this summer were Drs. H. C. Bumpus, W. B. Scott, Ross G. Harrison, Ivey Lewis, Franz Schrader, W. C. Curtis, Otto Glaser, H. B. Bigelow and D. H. Tennent. Dr. H. H. Prove, who has been working at the U. S. Fisheries Biological Station at Beaufort, N. C,, is arriving in Woods Hole today. Dr. W. S. Lapp, dean of the Cornell Univer- sity Medical College, arrived in Woods Hole on Monday in a seaplane which landed at the Break- water Beach. He came to visit Dr. Dayton J. Edwards, assistant dean of the Cornell University Medical College, who is spending the summer at Woods Hole. Dr. D. E. LANCEFIELD, associate professor of biology at Queens College, and Mrs. Lancefield returned last Saturday from a month’s trip to Jackson, Wyoming, with their daughter, Jane. They were joined by Dr. and Mrs. A. H. Stur- tevant, who had come from California. Dr. ArtHurR K. Parpart, assistant professor of physiology at Princeton University, has arrived in Woods Hole. This summer he taught a sec- tion of the history of science course at Princeton University. PRESIDENT Epmunp E, Day of Cornell Uni- versity has been visiting Dr. Bradley Patten and Dr. Manton Copeland in Woods Hole during the past week. Other visitors this week included Drs. H. K. Hartline and Dr. D. W. Bronk, who have recently been appointed to the department of physiology at the Cornell University Medical College. Mr. R. Marvet, of the U. S. Bureau of Fish- eries, returned Wednesday after a week’s trip in the Fisheries’ boat Skimmer, in which he was en- gaged in tagging haddock off Chatham for pur- poses of studying migration. Dr. R. Ruceres Gates, professor of botany at the University of London and on leave for the duration of the war, left for the home of his par- ents in Middleton, Nova Scotia, this week. DATES OF LEAVING Benedict, D. .......... Aug. 5 Bloch Retest. ...Aug. 2 Doyle, W. L. ........ Aug. 1 Evans, Gertrude Aug. 10 Ferguson, F. ...... Aug. 10 Gatessphophayecss. Aug. 14 Gilbert, W. J. ...... Aug. 3 Haywood, C. .......Aug. 7 Ee athendpwerenscres Aug. 12 Hemstead, G. ........ Aug. 4 OF INVESTIGATORS Morrill, C. V. ...... Aug. 14 Rimmler, L., Jr. Aug. 4 Snedecor, J. .......... Aug. 3 vows, (Ce Is coon Aug. 1 Workman, G. ...... Aug. 12 Zimmerman, A. ....Aug. 1 156 THE COLLECTING NET [ VoL. XV, No. 135 ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATORS Adams, M. H. asst. chem. Rockefeller Inst. Lib. Addison, W. H. F. prof. normal histol. & emb. Penn- sylvania. Br 336. Armstrong, Mary Milton Academy (Milton, Mass.). Br 309. Bloch, R. res. asst. bot. Yale. Br 321. (Left) Block, M. H. fel. anat. Chicago. OM 1. Briicke, Ernst von res. assoc. phys. Harvard Med. Lib. Cobb, S. Harvard Med. OM 7. Cooper, K. W. instr. biol. Princeton. Br 127. Cooper, Ruth E. S. res. asst. biol. Princeton. Br 127. Cori, C. F. prof. pharmacol. Washington Med. (St. Louis). Lib. Ceri, Gerty T. res. assoc. Med. (St. Louis). Lib. Cunningham, Ina grad. zool. Northwestern. Br 225. Ki 3. Dean, P. M. Princeton. Br 127. Everett, G. M. grad. phys. Maryland Med. Phys. Fraser, Doris A. res. asst. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Brisas ede pharmacol. Washington Gates, R. R. prof. bot. London (England). Br 313. (Left) Gayer, H. K. grad. asst. Louis). Br 217j. Graef, I. assoc. prof. path. New York Med. Bot 26. Grinnell, S. W. res. assoc. phys. Swarthmore. OM 2. Ito, T. res. fel. path. New York Med. Bot 26. Kaiser, S. instr. bot. Brooklyn. Lib. Kalckar, H. M. asst. prof. phys. Copenhagen (Den- mark). Br 217 1. zool. Washington (St. Kraatz, C. P. instr. phys. & pharmacol. Chicago Med. Lib. Kunitz, M. assoc. mem. Rockefeller (Princeton). Br 209. Perlmann, Gertrude E. res. asst. phys. chem. Har- vard Med. Lib. Ryan, Elizabeth J. grad. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Ryan, F. J. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Salomon, K. res. fel. phys. chem. Yale Med. L 33. Samorodin, A. H. grad. biol. Minnesota. Wrinch, Dorothy lect. chem. Johns Hopkins. Br 313. OBSERVATIONS ON THE TUESDAY SEMINAR (Continued from page 154) urements, have a lower conductance than the sodi- um ions. Soaking fresh glass in water slowly produced this exchange until the steady condi- tions suitable for practical measurements were at- tained. It appears that the hydrogen ions involved in the exchange in the glass are hydrated. If alco- hol as_ well is the solvent, alcohol is also absorbed with the hydrogen and adds a complication, but one which by conformity with the Nernst formula satisfies the mind that the system is theoretically definable. These observations upon the behavior of the glass surface when freshly placed in contact with solutions gives a picture of the operation of the glass electrode which should help those who use it with hitherto blind confidence. The discussion also indicates the interest of the practical and theoretical consideration of the subject. It only remains to add that the commentator upon this interesting series of papers appreciates that in expressing his opinions he is not influenc- ing the validity or significance of the work. INVERTEBRATE CLASS NOTES In fine spirit we began our week’s work Mon- day with an exciting trip to Kettle Cove on Mary IT and Winifred. A group on “Winnie” labori- ously composed “I’ve been working in the littoral zone all the livelong day” which received a few compliments and many groans, causing one to be- lieve that it will not readily become popular. Eating lunch on the beach while basking in the sun was a pleasant experience, and, after being filled with sandwiches (no peanut butter ones at that), we hurried back to hunt for more inverte- brates. Team one unearthed the prize specimen of the day, a fifty-cent piece, and with the cry of “Pieces of eight” from Dr. Martin the shovel men ambitiously tried to duplicate the feat. Next day, Dr. Rankin started us on the last lap of Platyhelminthes with a rapid, interesting lec- ture and we spent the day studying scoleces of Rhyncobothrium and Otabothrium. Phylum Nemathelminthes appeared on the scene here as we studied Metoncholaimus, the little worm that actually resembled the chart drawn of it. Passing from one worm to another, as Dr. Lucas commented at the start of his lecture, we began the study of phylum Annelida. Nereis and Arenicola consumed all of our time on Wednes- day, and a remark was made that we were now completely introduced to a new member of that great family Coco-Cola, Pepsi-Cola and “Areni- Cola.’ Arenicola was abundant for the first time in several years. We were impressed by this good fortune and made the most of our oppor- tunity. Work arrived in a mighty rush Saturday morn- ing for we found ourselves with two lectures, one written on the blackboard and one delivered per- sonally by Dr. Bissonnette, introducing phylum Bryozoa—or as it is now being classified, phyla Endoprocta and Ectoprocta. These small animals attracted most of us and we went to work with a will, but before the day ended students were heard singing, ‘““Some day I’m going to murder Aucust 17, 1940 } DHE COLELECLING NET 157 the Bugula.”” Anyway most of us did some more work for a time on Sunday while one group made a pilgrimage to Provincetown and were repri- manded in no uncertain terms by the town crier for attempting to photograph him. Heard around lab: the exciting adventures of Warren Walker in the Andes. Get him to tell of his 15-day trip with only an 8-day food supply (monkey stew kept him alive) and many other exciting tales of his trip last summer—a rumor that there will soon be an attempt at union or- ganization of the Invertebrate lab for a forty-hour week—F rank White’s assurance that he shall see that the M. B. L. Club gets some new records (not bad, Frank)—yours truly accused of being a feminine Winchell seeking news by looking through the keyholes of Schizoporella. —Grace Coe THE EFFECT OF ULTRAVIOLET RADIATIONS ON THE RESPIRATION OF A LUMINOUS BACTERIUM (Continued from page 145) change in the oxygen consumption and on the luminescence. Suspensions of these bacteria pre- pared under standard conditions were irradiated in quartz Warburg vessels and the measurements of respiration were made before, during and after irradiation. The bacteria were irradiated with a Sterilamp which emits about 80% of its radiations at X 2537 A. The irradiated bacteria show, during and im- mediately following irradiation, an increase in the rate of respiration as compared to controls, but it was observed that glucose gives off some gas during irradiation even in the absence of bacteria and when this correction is made, the rate of res- piration of irradiated bacteria is only slightly greater than that of controls. The luminescence is also only slightly increased by irradiation. Af- ter a lapse of time the irradiated bacteria show a decline in respiration which is proportional to dosage and indicates that either the concentration of the nutrient or of the enzyms has been reduced Glucose was used as nutrient and the rate of res- piration of controls was practically constant and independent of glucose concentration over a fair range, being apparently determined by the enzym concentration. Since the decline in respiration of irradiated bacteria was not prevented by adding more glucose, it must be due to effects on the en- zyms. It is possible that something which af- fects the enzyms is formed in the medium, but the respiration of bacteria added to irradiated medium is comparable to controls. Moreover, bacteria may be irradiated in salt solutions, and when glu- cose is added, respiration proceeds at a reduced rate comparable to that observed for bacteria ir- radiated in the presence of glucose. Therefore the effect of the radiations is not upon the medium but directly upon the bacteria. Attempts were made to determine how the de- cline in respiration was produced by the radia- tions. It might be due to cytolysis of some of the bacteria; however, the same number was found to be present before and after relatively large dosages of radiations. It might be due to injury of some of the bacteria. Tests, however, demon- strated that colony formation may be prevented in most of the bacteria without altering the rate of oxygen consumption and dosages which reduce respiration injure the bacteria to such an extent that less than one in a thousand form colonies. The decline in the respiration and the apparent decrease in the effective enzym concentration is proportional to the dosage and after irradiation is stopped, this decrease does not continue, for bacteria irradiated in salt solutions to which glu- cose is added at intervals for as long as nine hours after irradiation show comparable respiratory rates following each addition of glucose. Irradiated bacteria are similar to controls in that they respond to peptone to a comparable de- gree and are affected by urethane and cyanide in a similar manner, but they differ from the controls strikingly in their constructive activities, for their respiration declines much more rapidly indicating their inability to replace components necessary for maintaining a given rate of respiration. When extracts obtained from bacteria injured by ultraviolet radiations were added to suspen- sions of bacteria containing no nutrient, a marked increase in respiration occurred; when glucose was present, a much smaller increase was ob- served; when both glucose and peptone were present, and the respiration was probably near a maximum value, the extract had no effect. The extract thus appears to act as a nutrient, not as an accelerator. Similar results were obtained with extracts from irradiated Arbacia sperm and divid- ing eggs. We may conclude that in these bacteria irra- diation stimulates respiration very slightly if at all, that the reproductive mechanism is more readily affected than the respiratory mechanism, that syn- thetic activities are impaired before respiration decreases, that some oxidation chains such as those resulting in luminescence are more readily affected than others, and that respiration is de- creased when sufficient dosages are given the bac- teria, the decrease being proportional to dosage. (This article is based upon a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 13.) 158 DAE COLLECHING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 135 CATALYSTS OF BIOLOGICAL OXIDATION, THEIR COMPOSITION AND MODE OF ACTION Dr. Eric G. BALL Associate in Physiological Chemistry, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine (Continued from Last Issue) In the carbohydrate oxidation just portrayed the diphosphopyridine nucleotide can not be sub- stituted for the triphosphopyridine nucleotide. The diphosphopyridine nucleotide is active however in another set of reactions in which carbohydrate is oxidized. The substrate in this case is hexose diphosphate. Meyerhof and his coworkers have HO +CO, ® {CYTOCHROME + AEROBIC iF LAVOPROTEIN } HO + PPO), “St + a9, COOH in HEoH + YEO), CH, ' 1 HCOH 1 aL Py eo), HEOPOH, HEOPOH, |e GLUCOSE +A.T.PR ATA shown that this phosphorylated hexose undergoes an enzymatic fission as shown here in reaction 1 whereby two phosphorylated triose molecules are produced. They can be converted one into the other in the presence of a suitable enzyme as in- dicated by reaction 2. All three compounds are apparently in equilibrium in muscle brei, the equi- librium state being indicated roughly in the dia- gram by the length of the arrows. One of the triose molecules, presumably the aldehyde form, now reacts with diphosphopyridine nucleotide in the presence of a specific protein according to re- action 3. As in the previous case the pyridine nucleotide is reduced, while an acid is produced. Also as before the reduced pyridine nucleotide may be reoxidized by oxygen acting through a flavoprotein cytochrome chain as represented in reaction 8 and so reenter the cycle. The flavo- protein is not identical with that which reacts with reduced triphosphopyridine nucleotide. Now the phosphoglyceric acid formed by reac- tion 3 may undergo a series of enzymatic rear- rangements which produces phosphopyruvic acid. This in turn may decompose in the presence of adenylic acid into pyruvic acid as shown in re- action 5. The pyruvic acid may then be further oxidized, with the aid of diphosphothiamine and the flavoprotein-cytochrome-oxygen system as in- dicated by arrow seven. We will return to this reaction as well as to the fate of the POx, radical shortly. Thus the carbohydrate in the presence of Oy may be oxidized completely to CO. and water; and the pyridine nucleotide undergoes a cycle of oxidation and reduction, and participates over and over again in the primary reaction 3. Observe, however, what may happen if the sup- ply of oxygen is cut off. The reoxidation of the reduced pyridine compound by reaction 8 is now no longer possible. The primary reaction 3 there- fore will come to a standstill due to the depletion of the oxidized pyridine nucleotide which is of course present in small quantities in comparison to the substrate. However, the pyruvic acid formed will also now no longer be removed and therefore an- other reaction may occur. This is the oxidation of the reduced pyridine nucleotide by pyruvic acid yielding lactic acid and regenerating the pyridine nucleotide for the primary reaction, which is shown in reaction 10 and proceeds in the presence of a special muscle protein. Breakdown of car- bohydrate, anaerobically, to lactic acid will then proceed until equilibrium conditions or acid for- mation call a halt to the process. In yeast a similar reaction may occur. Here, however, the pyruvic acid is first decarboxylated by means of a specific protein and phosphorylated vitamin B; to form aldehyde and CO, according to reaction 6. Here then we see for the first time one source of the carbon dioxide produced by combustion of foodstuffs. In the absence of oxy- gen the aldehyde reoxidizes the pyridine nucleo- tide with the aid of another protein as shown in reaction 9 and alcohol is produced. The carbo- hydrate breakdown in yeast then proceeds in a manner analogous to that in muscle except that alcohol and COs are produced instead of lactic acid. By the production of CO by the carboxy- lase reaction, yeast tends to shut off its oxygen supply and thus establishes an anaerobic exist- ence. If the oxygen is not completely shut off then the aldehyde instead of being reduced to al- cohol may become oxidized to acid. A reaction which I hope has not been the sad experience of those of you who make your own wine. This scheme furnishes us with a possible ex- planation of the so-called Pasteur effect. The Pasteur effect is usually defined as the action of oxygen on living cells which reduces the rate of carbohydrate destruction and suppresses or di- minishes the accumulation of the products of anaerobic metabolism. The chief products of anaerobic metabolism are recognized as lactic acid and alcohol. How oxygen suppresses the accum- ulation of these products, is obvious from the re- lationships here portrayed. The action of oxygen in reducing the rate of carbohydrate destruction Auecust 17, 1940 ] RE iCOLVECHING NET 159 must, I think, be sought in the fact that the aero- bic process by its complete combustion makes available the total energy of the carbohydrate molecule. The anaerobic process on the other hand by its incomplete combustion liberates only a small part of the available energy of the carbo- hydrate. Hence to furnish the same amount of energy the rate of carbohydrate disappearance must be greater under anaerobic conditions than when oxygen is present. The dephosphorylation of phosphopyruvic acid that occurs in reaction 5 is apparently dependent on adenylic acid as a phosphate acceptor. You will recall that adenylic acid is a constituent of the pyridine nucleotides and the flavin prosthetic group. In this way adenosine diphosphate (A.D.P.) is formed. Now this compound can be apparently further phosphorylated by inorganic phosphate if concomitantly there occurs the oxi- dation-reduction reaction 3. It appears as if the energy of the oxidation-reduction reaction was utilized in the phosphorylation process. In fact the oxidation-reduction apparently proceeds rap- idly only if it is coupled with such a phosphory- lation process. The adenosine triphosphate (A.T.P.) so formed may then phosphorylate glu- cose and thus replenish the substrate hexosedi- phosphate. As was mentioned the decarboxylation of pyru- vic acid in reaction 6 or its oxidation by reaction 7 requires the presence of diphosphothiamine and a specific protein. The exact mode of action of this vitamin By, containing prosthetic group in these reactions is not yet known. It has however been suggested by Lipmann, and Stern and Mel- nick, that diphosphothiamine may participate in the oxidation of pyruvic acid by acting as an oxi- dation-reduction system. The reduction occurs at the quarternary nitrogen as in the case of the pyridine nucleotides. We have now seen how both carbohydrate and protein materials may be oxidized in living cells. The pathways outlined here, however, do not necessarily hold in all their details for every living cell, for it is well known that different organs of the same animal vary markedly in their utilization of various foodstuffs. It should also be noted that we have not dealt with that other group of foodstuffs, the fats. This is because we are still in ignorance with regard to the catalysts con- cerned in their oxidation. However, let us now in conclusion endeavor to correlate the pathway of biological oxidations that we followed from the oxygen side at the beginning of this evening with that from the substrate side which we have just recently discussed. In our laboratories we have been particularly interested in the energy relationships of these catalysts and their substrates as obtained by measurement of their oxidation-reduction potentials. Such infor- mation enables us to predict not only what reac- tions between the various components are ther- modynamically possible and thus to eliminate from consideration those which can not occur but also tells us exactly what amount of free energy will be liberated when a given reaction does occur. Obviously the first step in such a study must be the recognition of these components and if possi- ble their isolation. You have already seen what progress has been made in this direction. I have, therefore, in drawing up this final chart incorporated in it what little we know as yet of oH OXYGEN = cal 06} [COPPER | | PROTEINS, ee I = 0O4 ? ? o3- v ° E gal s oO! 2 ASCORBIC] SueeiNAre ? | . The Py(POx,)3 system probably also lies within this region. These systems are capable of being reduced by various substrates and we may there- fore expect that when their potentials are known they will lie somewhere in the vicinity here indi- cated. It should be remembered however that the potential of the pyridine nucleotide system may be shifted from that given here when it combines 160 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vovt. XV, No. 135 with the protein partner necessary for its action. The reduced pyridine nucleotides are now in turn oxidized by a flavoprotein, a different one appar- ently being required for each pyridine nucleotide. The potential of one of these flavoproteins, here designated as number 2, is known and lies well above the pyridine nucleotide systems. Note that the prosthetic group alone, flavin adenine dinu- cleotide, forms a system with a much lower po- tential. The trail over which the electrons and hydro- gen atoms pass from the foodstuffs to oxygen now becomes uncertain. How is the reduced flavo- protein oxidized? From the potential relation- ships here portrayed we might expect that cyto- chrome b is the next link in the chain. If so then the way is clear for we have seen how the cyto- chromes are linked to oxygen. However though we have obtained a knowledge of the oxidation- reduction potential of cytochrome b we have not yet been able to prepare it in pure state. To be sure we can obtain tissue preparations which we know contain cytochrome oxidase and the three cytochromes, which when added to a_ purified flavoprotein-pyridine nucleotide-substrate mixture will bring about an oxygen uptake. However such tissue preparations also appear to contain at least one other enzyme system which can not be separated from the cytochromes. This is an enzyme which was first discovered by Thunberg and has been called succinic dehydrogenase. It brings about the oxidation of succinate to fumar- ate. The fact that succinic dehydrogenase and the cytochrome system are always found together, along with the observation that small additions of either fumarate or succinate to living cells stimu- lates their respiration markedly, has caused Szent- Gyorgyi to postulate that this system is concerned in the respiratory chain that we are now consider- ing. He believes it links the flavoprotein system to the cytochromes. The potential of the fumar- ate-succinate system is not incompatible with such a role though it is not situated so as to possess its maximum efficiency in performing it if cyto- chrome b is the cytochrome concerned in the link- age. We definitely know that the cytochrome c and the flavoproteins systems do not react direct- ly even though the potential of the two systems is favorable for such a reaction. Whether cyto- chrome b is the only link needed between these two systems or whether the succinate-fumarate system or some yet unknown system is also re- quired we are at present unable to say. Certain- ly such substances as the vitamin ascorbic acid, catechol, or malate for which respiratory réles have been postulated can hardly be considered in this present connection when we observe the posi- tion of the potentials of their systems. It should be noted that certain substrates like the unnatural amino acids, hypoxanthine and xanthine are oxidized with the aid of specific fla- voproteins which are unusual in that their re- duced forms appear to react directly with oxygen in a rapid manner. This variation in behavior toward oxygen of different flavoproteins contain- ing however the same prosthetic groups recalls the similar variation in behavior of the iron por- phyrin compounds toward oxygen. The existence of such systems helps explain the fact that cyanide or carbon monoxide which poison the iron por- phyrin compounds inhibit at best only about 90% of the total respiration of the cell. Such systems are therefore undoubtedly of minor importance in furnishing the main energy requirements of the cell. We have been mainly interested tonight with the catalysts in biological oxidation and_ their mode of action. The cell is however mainly con- cerned with obtaining energy for its many duties from these processes. From the relationship of the oxidation-reduction potentials of the catalysts here portrayed it is obvious that the total energy obtained by the oxidation of foodstuffs is released in small units or parcels, step by step. Just as in a canal we descend from one level to the next by locks in easy stages so here the energy is released in a similar fashion. The reduced form of each substance in this chain does not react rapidly with oxygen nor with any other member in the chain unless it lies next to it in this chain. Here also no lock can be skipped in passing from one energy level to the next. Thus the living cell controls smoothly the burning of its foodstuffs and also thereby budgets its energy expenditures. Just what use is made of the energy released in each step and how is a problem for the future. Ap- parently however nearly two-thirds of the energy released in this chain occurs at the hands of the iron porphyrin compounds. To summarize then we may say that biological oxidations occur through a series of catalysts which are oxidation-reduction systems. Some of these catalysts are iron porphyrin compounds while others contain in their structure certain of those substances we call vitamins. These catalysts form a chain which transmit step by step the electron and hydrogen ions which are removed from the foodstuffs and pass them on to oxygen which is thus reduced to water. The energy of the overall process is thereby released in small units, step by step. How this energy is utilized by the living cell to perform its many duties is the exciting task that lies before us, and I hope that by this lecture I have been able to arouse in some of you a desire to join in the fun of ferreting out some of the many secrets that still remain in this fascinating field of research. (This article is based upon a lecture delivered at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 2.) Aueust 17, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 161 New! Operates 1. Will give a PERMANENT MARKING on GLASS or PORCE- | continuou sly LAN. Writes firmly on flat or curved surfaces. Z 2. Are ready for use with pen or brush without 3. Resists action of alcohol, xylol, water and usual lab- 5 oratory solvents, becoming too hot SEND S$") tor a box o} four I-oz. bottles, one each of red, white, blue, and black, as illustrated, and we will send it postpaid anywhere in the world . . . Directions are included. dial to handle. oe ADAMS SCOPELITE ... Attractively moulded of durable, almost un- breakable Bakelite, it is cool and efficient in operation. Can be used either as a substage lamp (with mirror removed) or in front of the microscope. The louvers, front and rear, cause a free circulation of cooling air throughout the lamp } without loss of light, so that even after ex- cae . il tended use, the lamp can be handled. The frosted daylight filter diffuses the light and gives uniform illumination approximating daylight. A-1493 ADAMS Scopelite ............ each $2.50 CoO., 44 EAST 23rd STREET INC. NEW YORK.N.Y. LB Lida will answer your requirements. Three series of ADAMS Write for quantity discounts Centrifuges, illustrated above by the “ANGLE” model of each series, are available for MICRO, SEMI-MICRO, and larger tubes. . . . Priced from $17.25 to $55. CATALOG C110 WILL BE SENT ON REQUEST. as 2 ir 9 CLAY-ADAMS inc: wewvonn. wv. TURTOX NEWS CO., 44 East’ 23rd St. Inc. New York, N. Y. CLAY-ADAM is a monthly bulletin, established in 1923 and devoted to notes and articles on Laboratory Methods, Field Work, Microtechnic, New Teaching Developments, and announcements of new Turtox Biological items. It is mailed gratis to teachers in all If you are not receiving Turtox News regularly ask us to place your name on the mailing list. Rey So, ~% De NG GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE aaah, Incorporated 6 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago = The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction parts of the world. [pe =a wwe 162 THE COLELECRING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 135 ——— Carolina Cultures Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata and dorotocephala, ete. Shipments during all seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre Biology Farm” are at your disposal. We are commencing our fourteenth year of Culture Service. CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. Elon College, N. C. For Salon Quality in Your Exhibition Prints - : 3 THE TWIN DOOR —USE A SOLAR oe Me A SOLAR will give you Salon ¢ Ms Main Street Woods Hole quality in all your enlargements « ; Restaueat . . it will bring out the full ; = pictorial uality of every negative. Its perfected ight and optical system along with its wide flexibili ity in adjustments | make Solar the choice of the man who knows enlargers. Models are available to cover negative sizes from 35mm. to 5x7 inches, with or without condensers. Prices from $79.50 to $112.50. |! ENLARGING TREATISE CN740 FREE. { BURKE & JAMES, Inc. . 923 W. MaDISON ST. @ CHICAGO, STEAKS LOBSTERS CHICKEN The Improved REHBERG MICRO-BURETTE The new improved Rehberg Burrette is being made in capacities of 0.1250 cc. and 0.2250 ec. It has been so modified that the present instrument employs ground joints throughout, glass to glass and glass to steel. The smallest graduated division is 0.001 ec. and interpolation can be made to 0.0001 ce. Titrations are made below the surface of the solution to be titrated and stirring is done mechanically by means of compressed air. By this means the most minute delivery of standard is dispersed throughout the solution. Has Accuracy of Delivery 0.0001 cc. The Rehberg Burette need but be rinsed with distilled water in changing from one standard to another since the mercury forces out all traces of the previous standard. REFERENCES A. Keys—Journal of Biological Chem., 114, 449 (1936) P. B. Rehberg—Biochemical Journal, 19, 270 (1925) Send for Literature and Price List MACALASTER - BICKNELL COMPANY Cambridge, Mass. New Haven, Conn. Makers of Scientific Glassware ‘ucust 17, 1940 | He is using one of the world’s finest Microscopes @ Mechanically and optically, this microscope, the Spencer No. 5, ideally fulfills all requirements of a majority of research workers. If you would enjoy studying a de- tailed description of its wealth of mechanical features and of the various combinations of equipment, we will THE COLLECTING NET gladly send you our booklet, “Spencer Research Microscopes.” Or, if you would like to examine the instrument itself and witness a demonstration of its capabilities, we can easily arrange to have a near- by Spencer representative visit you at your convenience. Write Dept. H8-3 Spencer Lens Company MICROSCOPES REFRACTOMETERS MICROTOMES SPENCER COLORIMETERS PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC BUFFALQ SPECTROMETERS EQUIPMENT 5. AS PROJECTORS 164 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 135 1. Illuminating system delivers light on the screen, from 26 to 300% more than others against which it was tested. 2. Cinephor Projection Lens, 5” focus, speed f:3.8, corrected for spherical and chromatic aberration and flat- ness of field. Same type as used in professional motion-picture pro- jection. 3. Triple lens condenser with one lens of heat absorbing glass which pro- tects slides from heat. 4. Ventilating louvres aid in dispers- ing heat from 150 watt bulb. Ltt THE B&L 2"x2" SLIDE PROJECTOR Manuracturep to the high standards of performance that characterize all Bausch & Lomb Balopticons, the new B&L 2"x2" Slide Projector pro- jects crisp, brilliant, sharply defined images of black and white or color transparencies. Here are some of its outstanding features: 5. Slide carrier with spring clamp holds cardboard, metal or glass mounted slides perpendicular to optical axis. 6. Convenient adjustable foot for raising and lowering image on the screen. 7. Light trap around front of lamp- house and base, effectively stops stray light. 8. Compact body is finished in at- tractive and durable crinkle grey lacquer. For complete details on the B&L 2” x 2” Slide Projector, send for folder No. E-.115 Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul St., Rochester, N. Y. BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY Pg) FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH & LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION | | Vol. XV, No. 9 by Ae SATURDAY, AUGUST 24, 1940 Annual Subscription, $2.00 Single Copies, 30 Cents. THE OFFICIAL MEETINGS OF THE THE SUMMER MEETING OF THE GEN- MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY Dr. CHARLES PACKARD Director One of the important duties of the Trustees at their Annual Meeting is the election of new mem- The way in which they bers to the Corporation. are chosen is this. A com- mittee of Trustees examines the applications to determine whether the candidates have certain definite qualifications. One of these is that each shall have worked at least two sum- mers at the Laboratory, dur- ing which time he has had an opportunity to become familiar with the character and aims of the institution. Another re- quirement is that he shall have published several substantial papers in addition to his doc- tor’s thesis, thus giving evi- dence that he is able to carry on independent research. In general, he should have the same qualifications that are re- quired for election into one of the major national scientific societies. ETICS SOCIETY OF AMERICA Dr. R. H. MacKnicut MM. B. E. Calendar TUESDAY, August 27, 9:00 A. General Scientific Meeting Continued at 2:00 P. M. WEDNESDAY, Aug. 28, 9 A. General Scientific Meeting Local Secretary The annual summer meeting of the Genetics Society of America, omitted last year in view of the International Congress of Genetics at Edin- burgh, will be held this year at Woods Hole on August 29 and 30. Geneticists from the United States and Canada are M. | expected to attend, to discuss | their problems, and to demon- | strate their materials and M methods of study. An oppor- THURSDAY, August 29, 9:15 A. M. | Genetics Society: pers, M. B. L. Auditorium. Reading of pa- | FRIDAY, August 30, 8:00 A. M. Genetics Society: Demonstrations | and Exhibits, Old Lecture Hall. FRIDAY, August 30, 8:00 P. M. Lecture: Dr. Curt Stern: “Depend- ent Growth and Form of the Testes in Various Drosophila.” Species The names of those candidates who fulfill these requirements are then presented to the Trustees and voted on. (Continued on page 183) of | tunity for informal contacts will be afforded by a boat trip, swimming party, and clam bake at Tarpaulin Cove, which is scheduled for Thursday af- ternoon and evening, August 29th. The meetings will begin on Thursday morning at 9:15 with the presentation of short papers in the Marine Biolog- ical Laboratory auditorium. Advance abstracts of these papers are published in this issue of THE COLLECTING NET, as well as advance abstracts of the demonstration papers which will be presented Friday morning and Friday after- TABLE OF CONTENTS The Summer Meeting of the Genetics Society of America, Dr. R. H. MacKnight.................. 165 The Official Meetings of the Marine Biological Waboratory, Dr: ©. Packard).........s.cccscec-+-)esce-s 165 Program of Meeting of the Genetics Society 167 Abstracts of Papers, Genetics Society..............-. 168 The Effects of Ether Upon the Development of Drosophila melanogaster, Ivor Cornman........ 175 The Relation Between the Four-Carbon Acid Respiratory System and the Growth of Oat Seedlings, Dr. H. G. Albaum and Dr. B. Commoner Some Remarks on the Mechanism of the Glass Electrode, Dr. G. Haugaard Hints on Presenting Seminar Reports, Dr. Charles Packard Introducing Dr. A. E. Oxford ... items nofmlnbenestieccn-cocecsstceceemece terete The Annual Meeting of the Woods Hole Ocean- ographic Institution, C. O’D. Iselin................ 181 Invertebrate Class Notes .i....cccescceseesseesseeesseeeeee 181 The Finding of a Rare Starfish, Geo. M. Gray 181 The Feulgen and Light Green Staining Tech- TOVKOREIS), ID WES 185 Ue (CENKSES.. ccoseenccosscs eoacooonobooteennosEoES 182 The Biological Field Stations of Italy and Monaco, Homer A. Jack The Molecular Organization of Protoplasmic Constituents, Dr. F. O. Schmitt (Cont.)........ 186 SGOOM JO SHINOLVYOAVT TVOIDOTOIN ANIAVW AHL Aueust 24, 1940 } THE COLLECTING NET 167 noon in the Old Lecture Hall. The Friday eve- ning lecture, to be delivered by Professor Curt Stern of the University of Rochester, is certain to interest geneticists as well as other biologists. All persons, whether members of the Society or not, are welcome to come to the clambake. Tickets will be on sale in the main lobby of the Brick Building. They should be purchased Wednesday night, or before the Short Paper session Thurs- day morning. Immediately after lunch Thursday the boat Winifred will depart from the Eel Pond for a cruise around the islands, ending at Tar- paulin Cove. For those who are not able to go on the Winifred there will be a smaller boat leav- ing at 3:15 P. M. to go direct to Tarpaulin Cove. The single price, $1.70, covers both the boat trip and the clambake. The small boat will return at 9:00 P. M., the Winifred later in the evening. The program of the Meetings follows: PROGRAM OF THE SUMMER MEETING OF THE GENETICS SOCIETY OF AMERICA AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, AUGUST 29 AND 30, 1940 Officers of the Genetics Society of America President, L. J. Coun, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wise. Vice-President, TH. DopzHaANSKy, Columbia University, New York, N. Y. Secretary-Treasurer, E. W. Linpstrom, Iowa State Col- lege, Ames, Iowa. Chairman of Local Committee, P. W. Wauitine, Univer- sity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. Local Secretary, R. H. MAcKNicH?. Thursday Morning Session, August 29, 9:15 A. M., Auditorium Reading of Papers (15 min. limit) (1) Txuicpen, Lorna W., Storrs Agricultural Ex- periment Station, Storrs, Conn.: Skin grafts in mice. (2) Caspari, Ernst, Lafayette College, Easton, Pa.: The inheritance of kinky tail and choreotic behavior in a strain of the house-mouse. (3) Burxs, Barpara S., Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: Oval red blood cells in human subjects tested for linkage with normal traits. (4) BreuMmer, KaruHerine S., Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: Growth of the optic dise of Drosophila melanogaster as studied by transplantation. (5) Svemperc, ArtHUR G., Columbia University, New York, N. Y.: The growth curve of modified bar eye discs in Drosophila melanogaster. (6) WarMKE, H. E., and BLAKESLEE, A. F., Carne- gie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: Further difference in the determination of sex in Melandrium and Drosophila. (7) Macknicut, R. H.: of chromosomes. (8) Sax, Kart, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.: Differential sensitivity of cells to X-rays. (9) Grins, NorMAN, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.: The effect of fast neutrons on the chromosomes of Tradescantia. (10) Wuitine, ANNA R., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.: Further data on sensitivity to X-rays of Metaphase I eggs in Habrobracon. (141) Wurrine, ANNa R., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.: Temperature effects on sensitivity to The chemical constitution X-rays of different meiotic stages in Habrobracon eggs. (12) Husxins, C. L., SANDER, G. F., and Lovs, R. M., McGill University, Montreal, Canada: Chromosome mutations in Avena. (13) Husxriys, C. L., and Smrra, S. G., MeGill Uni- versity, Montreal, Canada: Compactoid and_ speltoid mutations in Triticum vulgare. (14) Harnuy, M. H., Washington Square College, New York University: The reversal of dominance in vestigial /vestigial-pennant examined by deficiency studies. Thursday Afternoon and Evening, August 29 Excursion on the Boat Winifred starting at 2:15 P. M. Trip around the islands ending at Tarpaulin Cove for swim and clam bake. Boat trip direct to Tarpaulin Cove starting from the Eel Pond at 3:15 P. M. (Purchase tickets Wednesday evening or as early as possible Thursday morning at the main entrance, Brick Building. The same price, $1.70, covers boat trip and clam bake.) An early return from Tarpaulin Cove arriving at Woods Hole at 9:00 P. M. may be arranged for one of the boats if desired. Friday Sessions, Morning and Afternoon, August 30, Old Lecture Hall The entire day beginning at 8:00 A. M. will be avail- able for demonstrations and informal discussion. Spen- cer Lens Company has very kindly agreed to cooperate and will send a representative from Boston with micro- scopic equipment. Demonstrations and Exhibits (1) CopELAND, FREDERICK C., Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.: Growth rates in inbred and hybrid corn embryos. (2) Demerrec, M., and KAaurmMann, B. P., Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: Time required for Drosophila melanogaster males to ex- haust the supply of mature sperm. (3) Goopricu, H. B., and TrinkHAus, J. P., Wes- leyan University, Middletown, Conn. and the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass.: A gene affect- ing melanophore response in Lebistes reticulatus. (4) Hryron, TAyLor, Carnegie Institution of Wash- ington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: An inert region in THE COLLECTING NET was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 28, 1938. It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods marine biological laboratories. Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. Mass. Single copies, 30e; subscription, $2.00. It is devoted to the scientific work at Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 168 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 136 the second chromosome of Drosophila melanogaster lo- cated by means of a secondary constriction. (5) HOLLAENDER, ALEXANDER, and Emmons, C. W., Division of Industrial Hygiene and Infectious Diseases of the National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md.: The action of ultraviolet radiation on Dermatophytes. Ap- parent modification of mutation rate by treatment after irradiation. (6) Howarp, AtMA, McGill Canada: in mice. (7) Macknicut, R. H.: of chromosomes from rings. (8) Nee, J. V., Dartmouth College, Hanover, N. Hi.: Studies on some combinations of mutations affect- ing the chaetae of Drosophila melanogaster. (9) NicHoLs, CHARLES, Harvard University, Cam- bridge, Mass.: Spontaneous chromosome aberrations in root tips of Allium. (10) Pounson, D. F., Yale University, New Haven, Coun.: Developmental effects of deficiencies in the white-facet region of the X-chromosomes of D. melano- gaster. University, Montreal, Occurrence of a mutation at the hairless locus The alternate disjunction (11) Sawin, PauL B., and JoHNnson, Revusen B., Brown University, Providence, R. I.: A new paralytie mutation in the rabbit. (12) ScHwerrzer, Morton D., Medical College, New York, N. Y.: rheumatic fever. (18) SxktrM, GEORGE W., The Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University, Jamaica Plain, Mass.: A technic for the germination of ‘‘non-viable’’? hybrid embryos. (14) Smrrx, Harotp H., U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.: Heteroploid types of Nicotiana re- sulting from colchicine treatment. (145) Wuitine, P. W., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.: Proof of quadruple alleles in sex differentiation of Habrobracon. Cornell University Genetic studies in Friday Evening, August 30, 8:00 P. M., Auditorium Marine Biological Laboratory Evening Lecture On de- in various CurT STERN, University of Rochester, N. Y.: pendent growth and form of the testes species of Drosophila. ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE 1940 SUMMER MEETING OF THE GENETICS SOCIETY OF AMERICA AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, WOODS HOLE, MASS., AUGUST 29-30 BREHME, KATHERINE S., Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: Growth of the optic disk of Drosophila melano- gaster as studied by transplantation.—In order to determine whether the growth rate of the optic disk is affected by a host with a different growth rate, transplants have been made at 25° between female larvae of Florida wild type (puparium formation at 100 hours from hatching) and Minute-w isogenic with Florida (puparium forma- tion 144 hours). The transplants were dissected from the host after eclosion and the facets count- ed. Experiments with wild type and Mw have previously shown (Brehme 1939) that the length of time elapsing between transplantation and pu- pation of the host is an important factor in de- termining the number of facets formed by the transplant. Accordingly, donors and hosts were operated at 36 hours before puparium formation. Mw disks in Mw hosts formed a mean of 601.6 facets; Mw in + formed 646.4 facets; + in Mw formed 562.4 facets. The differences between the means of Mw in Mw and Mw in +, and of Mw in Mw and + in Mw are shown by the f test (Fisher, 1936) to be insignificant, with P between 3 and .4, and between .2 and .3 respectively. It is concluded that the growth rate of Mw disks is not changed by transplantation to a wild type host at this stage of development, and that + and Mw disks grow equally in the Mz host. Acetocarmine smears of optic disks just before pupation show humerous mitoses, bearing out earlier evidence from transplantation that growth by cell division is still occurring at this time. Burks, Bargara S., Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: Oval red blood cells in human subjects tested for link- age with normal traits—During the course of a field study undertaken in 1939 by Wyandt in or- der to collect human pedigrees showing oval blood cells, it was possible to gather data upon several additional traits that could be used as test factors in a search for linkage, viz.: hair color, eye color, ability to taste phenyl-thio-carbamide, presence or absence of mid-digital hair, the A-B agglutino- gens, and of course sex. With the exception of eye color, for which there were too few heterozygous families to permit a test, the traits were tested against oval and round blood cells by the method of “like” and “unlike” sibling pairs. The data have also been examined as to evidence for “‘non-linkage,” since failure to establish linkage in small population samples does not ipso facto disprove its existence. Close partial sex linkage and likewise close linkage with mid- digital hair seem to be ruled out by the present material. The data are equivocal for oval cells with taste blindness and with hair color (prob- ably negative for the latter). On the basis of re- sults that would only arise by chance with P of about .06, the possibility of linkage between oval cells and the A-B agglutinogens deserves further investigation. Caspari, Ernst, Lafayette College, Easton, Pa.: The inheritance of kinky tail and choreotic behavior in a strain of the house-mouse—A strain of house mice, characterized by kinky tail, choreotic behavior and deafness, is described. Kinky is inherited as a dominant, F; animals giv- ing 47.4+2.6% and 47.9+3.2% kinky offspring in the reciprocal back-crosses to a normal line. The appearance of only 61.4+4.2% kinky prog- Aucust 24, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 169 eny in Fy is assumed to indicate lethal action of the gene in homozygous condition. This hy- pothesis is supported by the fact, that out of 91 progeny tested animals derived from Kink >< Kink crosses only 7 which were inadequately tested failed to segregate. Furthermore, the prog- eny of Kink Kink crosses from three inbred lines yielded the same percentage of Kink progeny as the F2(59.7419%, 64.343.4%, 64.3+6.4% Kink). Finally, the litter size in F»2 was about 19.9% reduced as compared with the backcrosses——Of 41 apparently normal animals derived from Kink parents five bred as Kink.— In the same strains, 164 out of 617 Kink animals showed choreotic symptoms, while 12 out of 593 normal-tailed mice were choreotic. This suggests either close linkage between a gene for choreotic behavior and Kink, or dependence of this condi- tion on the Kink gene. The fact that three of the 12 normal-tailed choreotic animals proved to be genotypically Kink, and four more were also likely to carry the gene Kink, supports the lat- ter hypothesis. Besides this, the appearance of choreotic behavior seems to depend on other genetic factors, since the percentage of choreotic progeny from choreotic Kink parents is signifi- cantly higher than in matings of non-choreotic Kinks. CoPELAND, FREDERICK C., Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.: Growth rates in inbred and hybrid corn embryos.—It has been known for a long time that hybrid corn plants usually show considerable excess vigor over their inbred parents. But, in many cases, the actual growth rate of the hybrids has been found to be identical with that of one of the inbred parents. Ashby has suggested that it is the difference in “initial capi- tal’ of the hybrid which accounts for the final heterosis. A study of growth in corn embryos starting at the time of fertilization has shown that the hy- brids already exhibit vigor at from four to ten days of growth. This difference in growth rate at such an early stage is sufficient to account for the larger “‘capital’”’ of the mature hybrid embryo and suggests that this in itself is an expression of heterosis where the action of genes is in the very early stages of development. DemeErec, M., and KaAurmann, B. P., Car- negie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: Time required for Drosophila melanogaster males to exhaust the supply of ma- ture sperm.—Testes of the adult fly are almost entirely filled with mature sperm, although some cells in earlier stages are present. It is known that changes induced in the mature sperm by ir- radiation are transmitted to the zygote in fertiliza- tion, whereas changes induced in spermatocytes may be eliminated during the divisions preceding the formation of the sperm. Thus the frequency of induced changes is different in sperm subjected to irradiation in the mature stage and sperm which had been irradiated in the spermatocyte stage. Since in a large proportion of irradiation experiments adult males are treated, it is impor- tant to know how long after irradiation males may be repeatedly mated without exhausting the sperm which was mature at the time of treatment—In the experiments here reported males treated with 3000 r-units were repeatedly mated on the day of the treatment and on the 6th, 7th, 12th, and 19th days thereafter. A drop in the percentage of dominant lethals was not observed until the 19th day, indicating that the sperm which was im- mature at the time of treatment does not become available until sometime after 12 days. The data show that the fully matured sperm available for immediate transfer may become exhausted in a few consecutive matings. Gites, NorMAN, Harvard University, Cam- bridge, Mass.: The effect of fast neutrons on the chromosomes of Tradescantia.—The effects of fast neutrons on the chromosomes of Tradescantia during the development of the microspore have been investigated and compared with the effects of X-rays. Qualitatively the results are the same as those found after X-ray treatment. (Quantita- tively, however, neutrons appear to differ consid- erably from X-rays in their effects on chromo- somes. For equal total doses in terms of ioniza- tion as measured with a bakelite Victoreen ioniza- tion chamber, neutrons are from 16 to 17 times as effective as X-rays in producing chromatid dicentrics—aberrations which have been shown to result from a single X-ray hit. Also, exchange break aberrations, producing chromatid and chro- mosome rings and dicentrics, are found to show an approximately linear relationship to dosage in- stead of the exponential relation found with X-rays. An attempt is made to explain these dif- ferences between neutrons and X-rays in terms of the great difference in the types of ionization paths which these two radiations produce in tissue. GoopricH, H. B., and TrinKaus, J. P., Wes- leyan University, Middletown, Conn., and The Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass.: A gene affecting melanophore response im Lebistes reticulatus—A mendelian variant of Lebistes reticulatus has been found which is char- acterised by a distinctly lighter color than that of the wild type. This lighter color is caused solely by being smaller and in a continually contracted condition. The character is an autosomal reces- sive. The gene for wild type coloration is com- 170 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 136 pletely dominant over the blonde gene. Prelim- inary observations indicate that the character can be distinguished as early as the pectoral fin-bud stage. There is no reduction in the number of the melanophores in the blonde. There are, however, striking differencies in the physiological responses of these cells as compared with the wild type melanophores (whose reactions are similar to those of Fundulus heteroclitus). These blonde melanophores are completely unresponsive to light and dark background changes, denervation, injec- tion of intermedin, injection of ergotamine, and to immersion in KCl and NaCl solutions to which the normal wild type cells readily respond. It is concluded that the blonde phenotype is chiefly due to the production of a very exceptional non- responsive type of melanophore. Derangement by the gene of the normal innervation of the cell is also a possibility which has not yet been ex- cluded. Harniy, Morris Henry, Washington Square College, New York University: The reversal of donunance in vestigial/vestigial-pennant examined by deficiency studies—The author has demon- strated previously that: 1) the wings of homozy- gous vestigial flies vary directly with the temper- ature in length and area, the phenotype changing from vestigial through strap and antlered to notch; 2) the phenotype of homozygous vestigial- pennant remains normal but the wing size varies inversely with the temperature; and 3) the length and area of the wings of vestigial/vestigial-pen- nant flies vary inversely with the temperature from 16° to 22° C. and directly from 26° to 32°, the phenotype changing from antler to strap to antler to notch. At lower temperatures the curve of the heterozygote follows that of vestigial-pen- nant and in the higher range it follows the vesti- gial response. This would indicate a reversal of dominance in the heterozygote below 22° and above 26°. The haplo-vestigial locus response has been examined by using the deficiency vestigial- Depilate. The size of the wings of vestigial/ves- tigial-Depilate vary directly with the temperature from 16° to 32°, the major change occurring at the higher temperatures. The wings of vestigial- pennant/vestigial-Depilate vary in size inversely with the temperature, the major change being in the lower range. The data are in agreement with the above interpretation of a reversal of domi- nance in the heterozygote vestigial /vestigial-pen- nant. Hinton, TAytor, Carnegie Institution of Wash- ington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: An inert region in the second chromosome of Drosophila melanogaster located by means of a secondary constriction—A secondary constriction in the left arm of the second chromosome has _ previously been described in mitotic nuclei of D. melanogas- ter. However, this constriction is not apparent in the salivary chromosomes. A comparison has been made, therefore, between the salivary and mitotic second chromosomes in order to determine the location of the constriction in the salivaries. The comparison has been made by studying de- ficiencies, insertions, and translocations between the second and X-chromosomes ; and by measur- ing from camera lucida drawings the sections identified by means of the aberrations. It has been found that the region between the constric- tion and the centromere of 2L. (about one-fifth to one-sixth of the length of the mitotic chromo- some) is represented only by the most proximal part of division 40 of the salivary chromosome. HOoLLAENDER, ALEXANDER and Emmons, C. W., Divisions of Industrial Hygiene and Infectious Diseases of the National Institute of Health, Beth- esda, Md.: The action of ultraviolet radiation on Dermatophytes. Apparent modification of muta- tion rate by treatment after irradiation.— We have reported previously the lethal and genetic ef- fects of monochromatic ultraviolet radiation on the spores of Trichophyton mentagrophytes. (J. Cell. & Comp. Physiol. 13 :391-402, 1939; Amer. J. Bot., 26:467-475, 1939) It was found that the mutation rate increases in the surviving spores with increasing energy up to a certain level. The rate of mutation decreased following additional ir- radiation. Treatment of the spores after irradiation by in- cubating in solutions of such composition that little effect was produced on nonirradiated spores, apparently increased further the rate of mutation of the irradiated spores. There is no indication that the types of mutations found after incubation differ from the mutations found at once after ir- radiation. The effects become most apparent after about 95% of the spores are inhibited from form- ing colonies. Several explanations for this phenomenon could be advanced. 1. Treatment of the spores after irradiation may help to extend or complete a process of change initiated in the nucleus. 2. Spores which received considerable amounts of radiation often have a tendency if incubated in liquid suspensions to recover from the radiation effect. It is possible that the mutated spores re- cover more readily than the spores which received extra nuclear injuries. These effects have been found after irradiation with ultraviolet between 2180 and 2950 A only. Aucust 24, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 171 Howarp, Atma, McGill University, Montreal, Canada: Occurrence of a mutation at the hairless locus in mice-—A mutant gene, which appeared in an inbred line of house mice, causes, in the homozygous condition, a progressive thinning and final loss of the hair at 2-4 weeks of age, hyper- trophy and curvature of the claws, and a marked thickening and wrinkling of the skin at 3 months and later. The gene is an allele of hairless (7) and is recessive both to hr and to the normal allele. It has been given the name “rhino” (hr ™) and is probably a recurrence of the muta- tion shown by the “rhinoceros mice” described by Gaskoin, Allen and Campbell. Both sexes are fertile, but females have a reduced amount of mammary tissue and are incapable of supplying adequate milk to their young. Huskins, C. L., SANDER, G. F., and Love, R. M., McGill University, Montreal, Canada: Chromosome mutations in Avena—Steriloid, fa- tuoid and sub-fatuoid mutations in Avena sativa var. Banner and 4. byzantina var. Kanota change the phenotype of the cultivated oat towards that of the wild type. This series of mutations is due to the removal of wild-type inhibitors by partial or complete loss of the long arm of the C-chromo- some. This chromosome also carries factors af- fecting synapsis and the growth and viability of the plant. Huskins, C. L., and SmitH, S. G., McGill University, Montreal, Canada: Compactoid and speltoid mutations in Triticum vulgare. -Twenty- seven chromosomal types involving changes in the C-chromosome have been found in 16 strains of speltoid or compactoid mutants. The normal phenotype is determined by a balance between ear- lengthening and speltoid glume factors whose lo- cation is unknown, and compacting and round glume factors borne on the long arm of the C-chromosome. Upset of the balance by defi- ciency or duplication of the C-chromosome (or certain parts of it) modifies the phenotype in the speltoid or compactoid direction respectively. MacKnicut, R. H.: The alternate disjunction of chromosomes from rings.—Several kinds of evidence point to the possession by chromosomes of a twisted structure. If the meiotic chromo- somes tended to untwist in late prophase, chias- mata would be forced to move apart, to termin- alize. Further, if homologous spindle attachment bodies, during diakinesis, are held at a more or less fixed distance from each other, an internal torsion in a ring will bend it (as can be seen by manipulation of elastic models) into a zigzag form, so that adjacent chromosomes are oriented away from each other. If the ring goes into the spindle thus oriented, alternate disjunction will re- sult, and all gametes will receive a complete hap- loid set of chromosomes. In support of this view of the mechanism involved one may cite the well- known fact that alternate disjunction occurs in those organisms (QOenothera, Datura, Rhoeo, Campanula) which show terminalization of chias- mata, and not in those which do not. Macknieut, R. H.: The chemucal constitution of chromosomes.—The idea that chromosomes are composed of protamines or histones combined with nucleic acid rests on chemical analyses of fish sperm. In view of the fact that chromosomes are of almost universal distribution, whereas histones and protamines are absent from many animal species and tissues, and entirely absent from plants, it seemed desirable to repeat the studies on fish sperm. When fat free sperm of Rhombus tricanthus were treated first with a solvent for protamines and histones, then with a solvent for nucleic acids, there still remained a residue whose dry weight was 42% of that of the starting ma- terial. From a review of the literature it appears that no more than 20% of protamine or histone has ever been extracted from sperm heads or other nuclear material; it appears doubtful whether as much as 50% of nucleic acid has ever been similarly obtained. It is concluded that no chromosomes are proved to contain protamine or histone, that most chromosomes are free of them. NEEL, J. V., Dartmouth College, Hanover, N. H.: Studies on some combinations of mutations affecting the chaetae of Drosophila melanogaster. —Hairy wing (Hw), polychaetoid (pyd), and hairy (1) are three Drosophila melanogaster mu- tants characterized by an increase in the number of micro and/or macrochaetae. Wild-type, pyd, seh, y Hw, se h pyd, y Hw; pyd, y Hw; se h, and y Hw; se h pyd males were investigated with respect to the length of the femur, number of dorsocentral bristles, number of scutellar hairs, number of scutellar bristles, number of hairs on the second longitudinal wing vein, and number of teeth in the sex-comb. By appropriate breeding techniques the strains had been rendered geneti- cally comparable with respect to almost all genes except those detectable mutations which served to distinguish the strains——As judged by the length of the femur, all the mutant strains were considerably smaller than wild-type. Usually the effects upon the chaetae of combinations of two or three of the mutations were greater than the sum of the deviations from wild-type produced by these mutations when acting separately. The con- dition of the teeth in the sex-comb was an excep- 172 THE COLLECRING NED [ VoL. XV, No. 136 tion to this general rule. The strain combining all three bristle mutations was particularly char- acterized by the occurrence of these “super-addi- tive’ effects——Correlations between the various chaetal characteristics of any one genotype were for the most part not significant, indicating an ab- sence of developmental interdependence between the traits. Nicuots, CHArtes, Harvard University, Cam- bridge, Mass.: Spontaneous chromosome aber- rations in root tips of Alliwm.—Root tips of germinating seed of several varieties of Allium cepa L. were examined and a rather high fre- quency of spontaneous chromosome aberations was observed. In some cases as many as 15 per- cent of the cells contained aberrations. Different varieties differed markedly in the number of these alterations. Age and condition of the seed was found to be correlated with number of aberrations. Older seeds showed higher percentages of ab- normalities and poorer germination. Poutson, D. F., Yale University, New Haven, Conn.: Developmental effects of deficiencies in the white-facet region of the X-chromosome of D. melanogaster.—Deficiencies of different extents in the white-facet region of the X-chromosome have been obtained by Demerec and the extent of many of these determined cytologically by Slizyn- ska. Deficiencies which remove the facet locus (band 3 C 7) are phenotypic Notches in the het- erozygous condition. The embryological effects of these Notch deficiencies, all of which are lethal in the male, are early (6-8 hrs.) and very speci- fic. The anterior and ventral ectoderm produces an hypertrophied nervous system; no ventral hy- poderm is formed. The development and differ- entiation of the mesoderm are very incomplete. Mid-gut rudiments fail to unite. The fore-gut is rudimentary, and associated structures fail to ap- pear. These upsets are the same in all of a series of seven Notches ranging in extent from 264-38 (bands 2 D 4 to 3 E 2) to those in which no cy- tological deficiency is visible. One of these (264-34) involves a 1:3 translocation in which the point of breakage in the X is at the facet band (3 C 7). The effect must therefore be laid to a minute deficiency. Deficiencies for the white locus (band 3 C 1) are lethal in the male, but the nature of the abnor- malities produced is different from that of the Notches. Hypoderm and nervous system are nearly normal, but even though the mid-gut rudi- ments unite, the gut remains incompletely differ- entiated. Differentiation of mesoderm is abnor- mal. The general level of development in the one most fully studied, 258-45 (band 3 C 1 only ab- sent), is not beyond the 12 hour or half-way point in embryonic development. When the white locus as well as the facet locus is absent as in the larger Notch deficiencies the effects are the same as in the small facet deficien- cies, indicating that the facet locus comes into ac- tion in development much before the white locus. Other small deficiencies are being studied. SAwIn, Paut B., and JoHNson, REUBEN B., Brown University, Providence, R. I.: A new paralytic mutation in the rabbit—A fourth par- alytic character in the rabbit differs from those described by Nachtsheim in several respects. In time of onset (two to three months of age) it most closely resembles “‘shaking palsy”’ but little if any shaking movements have ever been ob- served. Like spastic spinal paralysis it affects primarily but not exclusively the hind legs. Like both of these the proportion of affected and non- affected individuals segregating for eight genera- tions in inbred family V may be interpreted as the result of a monogenic autosomal recessive. It is semi-lethal since none of the affected animals have reached sexual maturity. In inheritance and in time and manner of onset it resembles spastic paraplegia of man. Although the clinical picture of the disorder suggests that the defect causing it is in the central nervous system, histological ex- amination thus far has shown no certain evidence of degeneration. The character may prove of in- terest to the neurological as well as the genetic field. Sax, Kart, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.: Differential sensitivity of cells to X-rays. —Of the various stages in the nuclear cycle the early resting stage is least sensitive and the mid- prophase is most sensitive as measured by the fre- quency of chromosome aberrations in Tradescan- tia microspores. Of the various types of cells in Tradescantia increasing sensitivity is found in the following order,—generative nucleus of the pollen grain, root tip cells, microspores, and microsporo- cytes. Tradescantia microspores are more sensi- tive than those of Allium. Differential sensitiv- ity is related to chromosome structure and relative freedom of chromosome movement. ScuHweitzer, Morton D., Cornell University Medical College, New York, N. Y.: Genetic studies in rheumatic fever—The family pedi- grees of 395 rheumatic children from the Chil- dren’s Cardiac Clinic of New York Hospital were subject to analysis. Of these, 122 families were under continuous observation for a sufficiently ex- tended period so that more than 95% of the siblings have reached or passed the age of peak Aucust 24, 1940 } THE COLLECTING NET 173 incidence of rheumatic fever under observation. Appropriate methods for the investigation of heredity in a relatively common, possibly com- municable disease are presented. The results are consistent with the interpretation of a single re- cessive gene with nearly a hundred percent pene- trance under the environmental and exposure con- ditions of the clinical sample. SkrrM, Georce W., The Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University, Jamaica Plain, Mass.: » conductivity on a micro-scale, which may be useful for other studies. A thin film of Ba(OH). on a filter paper strip was brought close to the cell in a closed vessel of small volume. The electrical resistance rise of this film during precipitation of BaCOs3 was fol- lowed in a bridge circuit using a high gain ampli- fier and 1000 cycle oscillator. Resting CO: pro- duction caused a uniform rate of resistance rise. THE COLLECTING NET [ Vot. XV, No. 137 A marked increase of COs production followed imumnediately after a single stimulation, in contrast to the apparent decrease in Os consumption sug- gested by the first 5 minute respirometer interval. The latter may therefore be due to a gush of COz production which is not immediately absorbed by the KOH. Whether ammonia production is involved in the initial counter movement is still to be an- swered. Neither irritability nor its accompanying excess COz production could be abolished within periods up to 24 hours in purified hydrogen. (This article is based upon a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 20.) DEVELOPMENTAL CHANGES IN APICAL MERISTEMS Dr. W. GorpoNn WHALEY Instructor in Botany, The Apical meristem is to be considered as a continuing embryonic area in plants. This is in contrast to most of the seed embryo, which is partly matured before the seed is ripe, and com- pletes its maturation during germination or soon after. In the apical meristem the cell number and the whole volume both increase greatly during early growth, but as the plant gets older both fall off somewhat and stabilize at a relatively constant level. With age, the cell size falls faster than the nuclear size, suggesting that the increasingly small relative amount of cytoplasm is unable to maintain the rate of cell division. There is some correlation between the size of the meristem and that of the organ which it is to produce; large Columbia University meristems, for instance, give rise to large flowers or fruits. Differentiation of fixed germinal layers was not found to be a constant feature, but often did not appear until the plant had reached a con- siderable age, if at all. The outermost layer, however, was definitely more tough, the cells more firmly united, than the tissue within. On this basis a differentiation between a firm outer layer and the inner tissue could be recognized even if no three-layer differentiation (dermatogen, perib- lem, plerome) could be histologically established. (This article is based upon a seminar report pre- sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 20.) THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF SPAIN AND PORTUGAL Homer A. JACK Cornell University The biological stations of Spain have developed mainly through the efforts of Professor Odon de Buen who was director of the Spanish Institute of Oceanography from its foundation in 1914 until the end of the Spanish Civil War. Field stations sponsored by this institution are located at San- tander on the Bay of Biscay, at Vigo on the At- lantic Ocean, at Malaga on the Strait of Gibral- tar, at Palma on the Balearic Islands in the Medi- terranean, and at Las Palmas on the Canary Is- lands in the Atlantic. Less important stations are situated at San Sebastian (Sociedad de Oceano- grafia de Guiptzcoa), at Valencia (Laboratorio de Hidrobiologia), and at Chico (Estacién de Biologia Maritima), Of the two biological sta- tions in Portugal, that at Dafundo is the larger. There is also a field laboratory at Porto (Station de Zoologie “Augusto Nobre”). The first biological station to be established on the Iberian Peninsula was at Santander in 1886. It was founded by D. Augusto Gonzales Linares as the Marine Station of Experimental Zoology and Botany. Since 1914 it has been attached to the Spanish Institute of Oceanography as the chief center of oceanographical research on the Atlan- tic. Also on this ocean there is a small labora- tory at Vigo. This was established in 1934 and was in the process of organization at the begin- ning of the Spanish Civil War. The third Atlan- tic station maintained by Spain is on the Canary Islands. This was established in temporary quar- ters in 1928 for a systematic investigation of the Aueust 31, 1940 } THE COLLECTING NET 207 oceanographic and biological conditions in the vicinity of the Canary Islands. Perhaps the best known biological station in Spain is at Palma de Mallorca on the Balearic Islands. It was founded in 1906 by the Ministry of Public Instruction through the efforts of Pro- fessor Odon de Buen who had previously done research at the Laboratory Arago at Banyuls-sur- Mer, France. By the beginning of the Spanish Civil War, this station had a large physical plant, containing a museum, aquarium, library, store- rooms, preparation rooms, photographic rooms, and laboratories for chemistry, biology, and ocean- ography. The institution had several boats for research purposes and the use of the gunboat, Vasco Nunez de Balboa, for hydrographic expe- ditions. The work of this laboratory consisted of research in oceanography, public education, the instruction of university students in marine biol- ogy, the collection and sale of marine specimens, and furnishing research facilities to visiting in- vestigators. The director of the laboratory in re- cent years has been Francisco de P. Navarro, al- though Professor Odon de Buen has done re- search at Palma de Mallorca almost every year since 1906. In 1914, Dr. de Buen organized the biological station at Malaga which was trans- formed by him into the International Center for the Study of the Sea in 1935. The following year a large new laboratory building to house this sta- tion at Malaga was dedicated in the presence of the First Conference for Spanish-American Oceanography. The Spanish Institute of Oceanography (Jnsti- tuto Espanol de Oc eanogr afia), to which most of the marine stations in Spain are attached, was or- ganized in 1914 when Professor de Buen realized the need for a central institution to coordinate the marine researches of Spanish scientists. Spon- sored by the Ministry of Marine, this institution was especially concerned with research in general oceanography, oceanographic chemistry, marine biology, and fishery economics. The headquarters of this institution was in Madrid where it main- tained research laboratories in addition to its field stations. The serial publications of the Spanish Institute of Oceanography, which contain much of the research work done at the field laboratories, include Resultados de Campanas y Trabajos, Notas y Restimenes, Memorias, and Boletin de Oceanografia y Pesca. The Vasco da Gama Aquarium and Station of Marine Biology (Aqudrio Vasco Da Gama—Es- tacdo de Biologia Maritima) is located in the suburbs of Lisbon, at Dafundo. It was estab- lished as a public aquarium in commemoration of the fourth centenary of the voyage of Vasco da Gama to India. In 1908 plans were made to es- tablish a marine laboratory in connection with the lack of funds and the World War, a laboratory was not opened here until 1919. Sponsored by the Fisheries Admin- istration of the Ministry of Marine, this station now conducts research in the biology and ocean- ography of the sea near Portugal and is host to any visiting investigators who may wish to es- tablish headquarters at Dafundo. aquarium. Because of * OK OK In describing the biological stations of Spain, it is often difficult to decide whether to use the present or past tense, since the Spanish Civil War greatly affected the work of these institutions and nothing has been heard of them since the war ceased. When the rebellion began in July 1936, Professor Od6on de Buen was doing research in the laboratory on the Balearic Islands. For rea- sons never fully explained to him, he was impri- soned in his own laboratory by General Franco’s forces for six months and then had to spend an equal time in a hospital. Through the influence of the British Ambassador and scientific friends in several countries, Dr. de Buen was released dur- ing an interchange of prisoners. He went into voluntary exile with his family at Banyuls, France, where he had the opportunity once again to work at the Laboratory Arago. It was at Banyuls that the author talked with Professor de Buen in the summer of 1938. He told how his two sons, formerly scientists in the Spanish Institute of Oceanography, had positions fighting with the Loyalist armies. He was proud that Professor José Cerezo, who was his colleague as chief of the department of chemistry of the In- stitute, became acting minister of foreign affairs for the Loyalist Government. He had little news about the five marine laboratories he worked so hard to develop. Word reached Dr. de Buen that the Italians had installed themselves in the labora- tory building at Malaga and that the research ship, Xauwen, had been sunk by the nationalists. Another scientific vessel, the Tofino, was in Loy- alist hands and still in good condition. He ad- mitted that the scientific work of the Institute had practically ceased since the war began, although its offices had been moved from Madrid to quieter Barcelona. The last issues of the Institute’s serial publications appeared during the month that the war began, although research originating from work done at the laboratories appeared in foreign journals as late as 1937. Reminiscing in a small, second-story apartment, Professor de Buen was tired but hopeful, and he talked of building up the Spanish field stations as soon as the Loyalists won —which he knew they must. The latest word the author has received about Professor de Buen was in a short note from A. Gonzalez Prada in which the latter said that the 208 THE COLLECRNG NET [ Vor. XV, No. 137 great Spanish biologist was still a refugee in France in the summer of 1939. He was in seri- ous financial circumstances and Professors Henry B. Bigelow and Thomas Wayland Vaughan were making monthly contributions on his behalf. Ser EE This series of articles on the biological stations of Europe could not be adequately concluded with- out a section explaining where interested students and investigators may obtain further information about these institutions. There is, unfortunately, no up-to-date manual on the biological stations of Europe. One of the most complete directories of these institutions is Professor Charles A. Kofoid’s The Biological Stations of Europe (U. S. Bur. Educ., Bull. 440. 360 pp.). Although this bulletin was published in 1910, much of the material in it is surprisingly correct today. A more recent di- rectory, although limited to marine stations, is Thomas Wayland Vaughan’s Catalogue of Insti- tutions Engaged in Oceanographic Work (in In- THE AMAKUSA MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY (Continued from page 193) a 4-horsepower oil engine can work with two pumps, which drive seawater up into a water-tank with a capacity of about 20 kilolitres. The tank is placed about 11 metres high about the level of the laboratory and aquarium, and is embedded deep in the earth, so as to keep seawater always cool. For dredging and short excursions a 6- horsepower motorboat is in use, besides several small row-boats for other purposes. The latitude being 32°32’ N., the climate here is mild thanks to the branch of the warm current “Kuro-Sio” flowing northwards off along the west coast of Kytisyt. The shores near around the laboratory offer almost every possible variety of biological conditions, such as rocky cliffs, sandy beach with raging surf, quiet inlet where sandy or muddy flats become exposed at low tide, ete. The marine fauna of the seas surrounding the site of the laboratory is rich. From among the many notable forms known to occur here, the fol- lowing ones may be worthy of especial remark. Devonia semperi, the highly modified bivalve, lives commensally with the synaptid Protankyra biden- tata. Besides this, the 6-legged crab Hesxapus sexpes and two species of polychaete annelids live CLEANING — PRESSING Dyeing — Repairing Daily Calls and Deliveries Tel. 907 PARK TAILORING SHOP BAND BOX CLEANERS 172 Main St. Falmouth ternational Aspects of Oceanography, National Academy of Sciences, 1937, pp. 73-225). Older — but often useful accounts of the European stations — are those by Bashford Dean (American Natural- ist 27:625-37, 697-707. 1893), by Rene Sand (Revue de l'Université de Bruxelles 3:23-47, 121-51, 203-35. 1898), and by Chancey Juday (Trans. Wisc. Acad. 16:1257-77. 1910). The best manual of freshwater institutions is Fr. Lenz’s Limnologische Laboratorien (Handbuch der Biologischen Arbeitsmethoden 9:2:1285-1368. 1927). Short notices on the work or personnel of these laboratories have appeared occasionally in Tue Cottectinc Net, Chronica Botanica, and Nature. The most complete list of the biological stations of Europe may be found in the Septem- ber 1938 issue of Chronica Botanica (4:301-83). Finally, mention perhaps should be made of the author’s directory of the 263 biological field sta- — tions of the world which he hopes to have pub- lished soon after the cessation of the current war. in the burrow of this synaptid. Coeloplana, Kish- inouyea, Haliclystus and Olindioides are often found in the eel-grass zone of the shallow part of the gulf. The large solenogastre Epimenia ver- rucosa 1s not rare in the rough outside sea, while submerged reef of Acropora harbors many coral- reef dwellers. Branchiostoma belcheri occurs abundantly in the Gulf of Ariaké, north of the Amakusa-Group. More than 80 papers have hitherto been pub- lished as products of the investigations done here by a few workers, most of them dealing with mor- phology, embryology and systematics of marine invertebrates. Mr. K. Baba has been staying here — since 1932, working a good deal on opisthobranchs and solenogastres. Recently two other resident workers have been added: Mr. S. Miyake of de- capod crustaceans, and Mr. S. Murakami of ophiuroids. The faunistic survey of the locality is still im- perfect: the harvest is rich and the laborers are few. Much should be done also in physiological and ecological fields of those marine animals within easy access. MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS HOSIERY, DRY GOODS Toilet Necessities Cretonne, Chintz, Lingerie FALMOUTH Aucust 31, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 209 LATEX INJECTIONS By TURTOX Latex emulsion (liquid rubber) provides an injection medium for practically all forms which so far surpasses any medium pre- une : viously used that it has already made starch and gelatine masses In addition to the latex in- obsolete. A few of the characteristics which have made the | jected vertebrates commonly Latex Injected Invertebrates panics Latex ee outstanding le i A used, the latex injected inver- 1. It flows freely into even the smallest vessels. ; - 2. Completely fills the vessels giving a “plumpness” not evident Sons a eae ee in other injections. available for immediate ship- 3. Sets to remain flexible and elastic. ment. 4. Retains full, brilliant, non-fading color. Starfish 5. Will not stain or discolor surrounding tissue. aS 6. Not affected by formalin, alcohol or other preservatives. Earthworm 7. Results equally fine in either embalmed or liquid preserved Leech animals. Crayfish | 8. Provides a perfect, permanent cast of the blood vessels. (Cambarus & Astacus) 9. Permits a freedom in dissecting that brings a much more Tobeter accurate understanding of the circulatory system in less than one half the time required for dissection of other Grasshopper specimens. Fulgur Insist on Turtox Latex injected specimens. They cost no more than poorly injected animals. Roky So, ee GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE TURTOX RR OpUCTS Incorporated 6 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisjaction = HERE’S THE ONE YOU NEED This galvanometer is an inexpensive instru- ment with the sensitivity of a reflecting galvano- meter and the ruggedness of a milliameter. It is accordingly well adapted for student use, and many types of research. Fitted both with a pointer and a reflecting mirror it is particularly suitable for ‘null’ point indications as well as for use with a lamp and scale outfit. At one meter scale distance, one microampere gives a deflection of 12 mms. The period is 1.3 seconds and the coil resistance is 50 ohms. CAMBRIDGE 7°": LINSTRUMENT. CO INE = 3732 Grand Central Terminal, New York, N. Y. PIONEER MANUFACTURERS OF PRECISION INSTRUMENTS 210 Mal, COMMA MUNG, We Ar [ VoL. XV, No. Carolina Cultures Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata and dorotocephala, ete. Shipments during all seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre Biology Farm” are at your disposal. We are commencing our fourteenth year of Culture Service. CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. Elon College, N. C. For Salon Quality in ROWE’S PHARMACY Your Exhibition Prints —USE A SOLAR— Cigarettes — Cosmetics A SOLAR will give you Salon a quality in all your enlargements & Magazines . . + . it will bring out the full pictoriay Oe ce everyunceal ie ae . perfected light and optical system along Home Remedies with its wide flexibility in adjustments make Solar the choice of the man who DEVELOPING and PRINTING knows enlargers. Models are available to cover negative sizes from 35mm. to 5x7 inches, with or without condensers. Prices | SNAPSHOTS from $29.50 to $112.50. i Fal h ENLARGING TREATISE CN740 FREE. almout Woods Hole : | BURKE: & JAMES, ‘Inc. ReonmunSereace North Falmouth 223 W. MADISON ST.’ @ | CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 137 The Improved REHBERG MICRO-BURETTE The new improved Rehberg Burrette is being made in capacities of 0.1250 ec. and 0.2250 cc. It has been so modified that the present instrument employs ground joints throughout, glass to glass and glass to steel. The smallest graduated division is 0.001 cc. and interpolation can be made to 0.0001 ce. Titrations are made below the surface of the solution to be titrated and stirring is done mechanically by means of compressed air. By this means the most minute delivery of standard is dispersed throughout the solution. Has Accuracy of Delivery 0.0001 cc. The Rehberg Burette need but be rinsed with distilled water in changing from one standard to another since the mercury forces out all traces of the previous standard. REFERENCES A. Keys—Journal of Biological Chem., 114, 449 (1936) P. B. Rehberg—Biochemical Journal, 19, 270 (1925) Send for Literature and Price List MACALASTER - BICKNELL COMPANY Cambridge, Mass. New Haven, Conn. Makers of Scientific Glassware Aueust 31, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET Zi ® Spencer announces a Direct Result 5. colorimeter which presents many impor- tant advantages over other present-day instruments. for} 1. Direct reading of the percentage of the unknown. 7. 2. Inclined eyepiece for comfort. _ A New Spencer 4 COLORIMETER ® Simplified Technique ® Improved Accuracy ® Saves Time Cups which are easily taken apart for cleaning, with no necessity to check the zero adjustment. Reverse position of instrument af- fords convenience in placing or re- moving cups. A beautiful, easy to clean, modern design that combines strength and practicability. 3. Simple, accurate adjustment of arti- Your nearest Spencer sales office glad- ly will demonstrate one of these new ficial illumination. Colorimeters — or, upon your request, : Saag F the factory will send to you complete 4. Tilted plungers which dissipate air eseriptive information. Write Dept. bubbles as they are immersed. H8-5. Spencer Lens Company MICROSCOPES REFRACTOMETERS MICROTOMES SPENCER COLORIMETERS PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC BUFFALQ SPECTROMETERS EQUIPMENT Wu. 5.A SS PROJECTORS [ VoL. XV, No. 137 212 THE COLLECTING NET ‘Tae Mechanical Precision of working parts in the B&L Instruments you use, did not begin at the lathe. It had its beginning in the selection of materials, their testing and analyses, even before B&L engineers set up the tolerances within which all B&L Instruments are built. So close are those tolerances, so accurately must each completed part fit and work into its component, that even the grain structure of the different metals used must answer definite rigid specifications. Only thus can friction be decreased to a minimum and long life and trouble-free performance be attained. Care such as this has made the name of Bausch & Lomb synonymous with quality and accuracy. No matter how delicate or exacting your work is, you can always depend upon your B&L instrument. Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul St., Rochester, N. Y. BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL COMPANY FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH & LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION Wake ae bls re nf , ; Ue as 4 Norah i Henn iesedsesh eal | etl nia eisiezs See Sac eee uty eh ou wy nie f ent int ania siti ae oR oe Ae ae at i iat raha Ny ee A AiR ane oe